Siemens SINAMICS G120 Скачать руководство пользователя страница 797 | Manualshive

Страница: 797 / 1256

background image

S

IN

A

MICS G1

20 CU250

S

-2 Contr

ol

Units

List Manual, 09/201

7, A5E33842890

79

7

3

F

un

ction dia

g

ra

ms

3.

7

C

ommun

ication field

bus inter

fa

ce (USS, Mo

dbu
s)

F

ig.

3

-54

93

52 – ZSW

1 status word in

terco

nnectio

n

- 9352 -

Function diagram

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

fp_9352_97_62.vsd

Fieldbus Interface (USS, Modbus)

G120 CU250S-2

05.09.2017

V4.7.9

ZSW1 status word interconnection

ZSW1.0

ZSW1.1

ZSW1.2

ZSW1.3

ZSW1.4

ZSW1.5

ZSW1.6

ZSW1.8

ZSW1.9

ZSW1.11

ZSW1.12

ZSW1.13

ZSW1.14

ZSW1.15

ZSW1.7

ZSW1.10

p2080[2] = r0899.2

p2080[3] = r2139.3

p2080[4] = r0899.4

p2080[5] = r0899.5

p2080[6] = r0899.6

p2080[7] = r2139.7

p2080[8] = r2197.7

p2080[9] = r0899.9

p2080[10] = r2199.1

p2080[11] = r1407.7

p2080[13] = r2135.14

p2080[15] = r2135.15

p2080[0] = r0899.0

p2080[1] = r0899.1

p2080[14] = r2197.3

[2503.7]

[2548.7]

[2503.7]

[2503.7]

[2503.7]

[2548.7]

[2534.7]

[2503.7]

[2536.7]

[2522.7]

[2548.7]

[2548.7]

[2503.7]

[2503.7]

[2534.7]

[8060]

[8065]

[8011]

[2503]

[8010]

[6060]

[8016]

[8021]

[8011]

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Signal sources for fieldbus ZSW1

Signal

Meaning

Interconnection

parameters

[Function diagram]

internal control word

[Function diagram]

signal target

Inverted

1 = Ready for switching on

1 = Ready for operation (DC link loaded, pulses inhibited)

1 = Operation enabled (drive follows n_set)

1 = Fault present

1 = No coast down active (OFF2 inactive)

1 = No Quick stop active (OFF3 inactive)

1 = Switching on inhibited active

1 = Alarm present

1 = Speed setpoint - actual value deviation within tolerance t_off

1 = Control requested

1 = f or n comparison value reached/exceeded

1 = I, M, or P limit not reached

1 = Open holding brake

1 = No motor overtemperature alarm

1 = Motor rotates forwards (n_act 0)
0 = Motor rotates backwards (n_act < 0)

1 = No alarm, thermal overload, power unit

The ZSW1 is generated using the binector-connector converter (BI: p2080[0...15], inversion: p2088[0].0...p2088[0].15).
The drive is ready to accept data.

Sequence control

p2080[12] = r0899.12

[2503.7]

[2701]

<1>

Sequence control

Sequence control

Sequence control

Sequence control

Sequence control

<2>

<1>
<2>

«
...
795
796
797
798
799
...
»

Содержание SINAMICS G120

Страница 1: ...SINAMICS SINAMICS G120 CU250S 2 Control Units List Manual 09 2017 Edition www siemens com drives ...

Страница 2: ......

Страница 3: ...2 Control Units List Manual Fundamental safety instructions 1 Parameters 2 Function diagrams 3 Faults and alarms 4 Appendix A Index Valid for Control Units Firmware version CU250S 2 USS 4 7 SP9 CU250S 2 CAN 4 7 SP9 CU250S 2 DP 4 7 SP9 CU250S 2 PN 4 7 SP9 ...

Страница 4: ...ses could violate the rights of the owner Disclaimer of liability We have verified that the contents of this document correspond to the hardware and software described Since variance cannot be precluded entirely we cannot guarantee full consistency The information given in this document is reviewed at regular intervals and any corrections that might be necessary are made in the subsequent editions...

Страница 5: ...ers connectors binectors 708 2 4 1 Binector inputs BI 708 2 4 2 Connector inputs CI 712 2 4 3 Binector outputs BO 714 2 4 4 Connector outputs CO 715 2 4 5 Connector binector outputs CO BO 720 2 5 Parameters for write protection and know how protection 722 2 5 1 Parameters with WRITE_NO_LOCK 722 2 5 2 Parameters with KHP_WRITE_NO_LOCK 722 2 5 3 Parameters with KHP_ACTIVE_READ 723 2 6 Quick commissi...

Страница 6: ...rd Drive Control p0096 1 915 3 20 Vector control Dynamic Drive Control p0096 2 921 3 21 Technology functions 938 3 22 Free function blocks 941 3 23 Technology controller 962 3 24 Signals and monitoring functions 967 3 25 Diagnostics 980 3 26 Data sets 986 4 Faults and alarms 991 4 1 Overview of faults and alarms 992 4 1 1 General 992 4 1 2 Explanation of the list of faults and alarms 996 4 1 3 Num...

Страница 7: ...120 CU250S 2 Control Units List Manual 09 2017 A5E33842890 7 Fundamental safety instructions Content 1 1 General safety instructions 8 1 2 Warranty and liability for application examples 8 1 3 Industrial security 9 ...

Страница 8: ...y for safe handling when using installing operating and maintaining the equipment WARNING Danger to life if the safety instructions and residual risks are not observed If the safety instructions and residual risks in the associated hardware documentation are not observed accidents involving severe injuries or death can occur Observe the safety instructions given in the hardware documentation Consi...

Страница 9: ...ion about industrial security please visit Industrial security http www siemens com industrialsecurity Siemens products and solutions undergo continuous development to make them more secure Siemens strongly recommends to apply product updates as soon as available and to always use the latest product versions Use of product versions that are no longer supported and failure to apply latest updates m...

Страница 10: ...1 Fundamental safety instructions 1 3 Industrial security SINAMICS G120 CU250S 2 Control Units 10 List Manual 09 2017 A5E33842890 ...

Страница 11: ...90 11 Parameters Content 2 1 Overview of parameters 12 2 2 List of parameters 25 2 3 Command and drive data sets overview 695 2 4 BICO parameters connectors binectors 708 2 5 Parameters for write protection and know how protection 722 2 6 Quick commissioning p0010 1 724 ...

Страница 12: ...ame and meaning of index 0 1 Name and meaning of index 1 2 Name and meaning of index 2 etc Dependency Text See also pxxxx rxxxx See also Fxxxxx Axxxxx Note Information that might be useful End of example The individual pieces of information are described in detail below pxxxx 0 n BICO Full parameter name abbreviated name CU PM variants Access level 3 Calculated p0340 1 Data type FloatingPoint32 Ca...

Страница 13: ...ameters Setting the PROFIBUS telegram BICO interconnection p0922 Setting component lists p0230 p0300 p0301 p0400 Automatically calculating and pre assigning p0340 p3900 Restoring the factory settings p0970 The following applies to display parameters The fields Min Max and Factory setting are specified with a dash and the relevant unit in square parentheses p Adjustable parameters read and write r ...

Страница 14: ... with other parameters CO BO Connector Binector Output This parameter is available as an analog and digital signal for interconnection with other parameters Note A BICO input BI CI cannot be interconnected with just any BICO output BO CO signal source When interconnecting a BICO input using the commissioning software only the corresponding possible signal sources are listed Function diagrams 1020 ...

Страница 15: ...0340 3 includes the calculations from p0340 4 5 p0340 4 only calculates the controller parameters p0340 5 only calculates the controller limits Parameters with a reference to p0340 after Calculated depend on the Power Module being used and the motor In this case the values at Factory setting do not correspond to the actual values because these values are calculated during the commissioning This al...

Страница 16: ...nteger number Integer16 I16 16 bit integer number Integer32 I32 32 bit integer number Unsigned8 U8 8 bits without sign Unsigned16 U16 16 bits without sign Unsigned32 U32 32 bits without sign FloatingPoint32 Float 32 bit floating point number Table 2 2 Possible combinations of BICO interconnections BICO input parameter CI parameter BI parameter BICO output parameter Unsigned32 Integer16 Unsigned32 ...

Страница 17: ...y converted for a BICO interconnection The following reference variables are available p2000 p2007 Reference speed reference voltage etc PERCENT 1 0 100 4000H 4000 hex 100 wort or 4000 0000 hex 100 double word p0514 specific normalization Refer to the description for p0514 0 9 and p0515 0 19 to p0524 0 19 C x Commissioning C Commissioning Drive commissioning is in progress p0010 0 Pulses cannot be...

Страница 18: ...nd unit selection The standard unit of a parameter is specified in square parentheses after the values for Min Max and Factory setting For parameters where the unit can be switched over the specifications for Unit group and Unit selection determine the group to which this parameter belongs and with which parameter the unit can be switched over Example Unit group 7_1 unit selection p0505 The parame...

Страница 19: ...Table 2 4 Unit group p0505 Unit group Unit Choice for p0505 Reference variable for 1 2 3 4 2_1 Hz Hz p2000 3_1 1 rpm 1 rpm p2000 5_1 Vrms Vrms p2001 5_2 V V p2001 5_3 V V p2001 6_2 Arms Arms p2002 6_5 A A p2002 7_1 Nm lbf ft p2003 7_2 Nm Nm lbf ft lbf ft 14_5 kW hp r2004 14_10 kW kW hp hp 21_1 C C F F 21_2 K K F F 39_1 1 s2 1 s2 p2007 Table 2 5 Unit group p0595 Unit group Unit Choice for p0595 Ref...

Страница 20: ...have the same factory setting index 0 is specified with the unit to represent all indices When the indices have different factory settings they are all listed individually with the unit Min Minimum value of the parameter unit Max Maximum value of the parameter unit Factory setting Value when delivered unit In the case of a binector connector input the signal source of the default BICO interconnect...

Страница 21: ... be considered List of faults and alarms to be considered Safety guidelines Important information that must be observed to avoid the risk of physical injury or material damage Information that must be observed to avoid any problems Information that the user may find useful Danger The description of this safety notice can be found at the beginning of this manual see Legal information Page 4 Warning...

Страница 22: ...its motor specific data probes 0600 0699 Thermal monitoring maximum current operating hours motor data central probe 0700 0799 Control Unit terminals measuring sockets 0800 0839 CDS DDS data sets motor changeover 0840 0879 Sequence control e g signal source for ON OFF1 0880 0899 ESR parking control and status words 0900 0999 PROFIBUS PROFIdrive 1000 1199 Setpoint channel e g ramp function generato...

Страница 23: ...ment 4000 4599 Terminal Board Terminal Module e g TB30 TM31 4600 4699 Sensor Module 4700 4799 Trace 4800 4849 Function generator 4950 4999 OA application 5000 5169 Spindle diagnostics 5200 5230 Current setpoint filter 5 10 r0108 21 5400 5499 System droop control e g shaft generator 5500 5599 Dynamic grid support solar 5600 5614 PROFIenergy 5900 6999 SINAMICS GM SM GL SL 7000 7499 Parallel connecti...

Страница 24: ...rameter consistency and storage 9500 9899 Safety Integrated 9900 9949 topology 9950 9999 Diagnostics internal 10000 10199 Safety Integrated 11000 11299 Free technology controller 0 1 2 20000 20999 Free function blocks FBLOCKS 21000 25999 Drive Control Chart DCC 50000 53999 SINAMICS DC MASTER closed loop DC current control 61000 61001 PROFINET Table 2 6 Number ranges for SINAMICS continued Range De...

Страница 25: ...st commissioning p0010 41 Switching on inhibited set ON OFF1 0 p0840 42 Switching on inhibited set OC OFF2 1 p0844 p0845 43 Switching on inhibited set OC OFF3 1 p0848 p0849 44 Switching on inhibited supply STO terminal w 24 V hardware 45 Switching on inhibited rectify fault acknowledge fault STO 46 Switching on inhibited exit commissioning mode p0009 p0010 60 Drive object de activated not operatio...

Страница 26: ... drive can only be powered up outside the drive commissioning inverter enable To realize this this parameter must be set to 0 By setting p3900 to a value other than 0 the quick commissioning is completed and this parameter is automatically reset to 0 Procedure for Reset parameter Set p0010 to 30 and p0970 to 1 Description Runs the corresponding macro files Notice After the value has been modified ...

Страница 27: ...tion Displays the calculated and smoothed rotor speed Frequency components from the slip compensation for induction motors are not included Dependency Refer to r0022 r0063 Note Smoothing time constant 100 ms The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity The speed actual value is available smoothed r0021 r0022 and unsmoothed r0063 p0015 Macro drive unit...

Страница 28: ...ss quantity and may only be used as a display quantity The output voltage is available smoothed r0025 and unsmoothed r0072 Description Displays the smoothed actual value of the DC link voltage Dependency Refer to r0070 Notice When measuring a DC link voltage 200 V for the Power Module a valid measured value is not supplied In this case when an external 24 V power supply is connected a value of app...

Страница 29: ...plays the smoothed field generating actual current Dependency Refer to r0076 Note Smoothing time constant 300 ms The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity The field generating current actual value is available smoothed r0029 and unsmoothed r0076 Description Displays the smoothed torque generating actual current Dependency Refer to r0078 r0027 CO Ab...

Страница 30: ...ing p2196 Dependency This parameter is only available for vector control For U f control r0033 0 Note Smoothing time constant 100 ms The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity The torque utilization is available smoothed r0033 and unsmoothed r0081 For M_set total r0079 0 the following applies Required torque M_set total Actual torque limit M_max upp...

Страница 31: ...05 p0611 p0612 p0613 p0627 r0632 Refer to F07011 A07012 Notice After the drive is switched on the system starts to determine the motor temperature with an assumed model value This means that the value for the motor utilization is only valid after a stabilization time Note Smoothing time constant 100 ms The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity For ...

Страница 32: ...r 1 12 Reserved 13 Depletion layer 1 14 Depletion layer 2 15 Depletion layer 3 16 Depletion layer 4 17 Depletion layer 5 18 Depletion layer 6 19 Reserved Notice Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting Note The value of 200 indicates that there is no measuring signal r0037 0 Maximum value of the inverter temperatures r0037 5 10 r0037 1 Maximum value of the depletion layer temperatures r0037 13 18...

Страница 33: ...t to zero Dependency Refer to r0039 Note When this display is reset p0040 then the process energy display r0042 is also reset Description Displays the saved energy referred to 100 operating hours Dependency Refer to p0040 Note This display is used for a fluid flow machine The flow characteristic is entered into p3320 p3329 For an operating time of below 100 hours the display is interpolated up to ...

Страница 34: ...and BICO output for missing enable signals that are preventing the closed loop drive control from being commissioned r0042 0 2 CO Process energy display Proc energy disp Access level 2 Calculated Data type Integer32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting Wh Wh Wh p0043 BI Enable energy usage display Enab energy usage Access level 2 Calculate...

Страница 35: ...etpoint is entered from jogging and the two signal sources for jogging bit 0 p1055 and bit 1 p1056 have a 1 signal Bit 12 1 enable signal missing if the signal source in p1142 is a 0 signal When activating the function module basic positioner r0108 4 1 the signal source in p1142 is set to a 0 signal Bit 16 1 enable signal missing if there is an OFF1 fault response The system is only enabled if the...

Страница 36: ...he cooling unit ready signal via binector input p0266 1 missing Bit 30 1 speed controller inhibited if one of the following reasons is present a 0 signal is available via binector input p0856 the function generator with current input is active the measuring function current controller reference frequency characteristic is active the pole position identification is active motor data identification ...

Страница 37: ...ve MDS EDS effective Access level 2 Calculated Data type Unsigned8 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 8565 Min Max Factory setting r0050 0 1 CO BO Command Data Set CDS effective CDS effective Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned8 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 8560 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal nam...

Страница 38: ...Idrive status word interconnection 05 Quick Stop active OFF3 No Yes 06 Switching on inhibited active Yes No 07 Alarm present Yes No 08 Deviation setpoint actual speed No Yes 09 Control request Yes No 10 Maximum speed reached Yes No 11 I M P limit reached No Yes 12 Motor holding brake open Yes No 13 Alarm motor overtemperature No Yes 14 Motor rotates forwards Yes No 15 Alarm drive converter overloa...

Страница 39: ... Bit 6 Bit 07 r2138 Bit 7 Bit 08 r0898 Bit 8 Bit 09 r0898 Bit 9 Bit 10 r0898 Bit 10 Bit 11 r1198 Bit 11 Bit 13 r1198 Bit 13 Bit 14 r1198 Bit 14 Bit 15 r0836 Bit 0 r0054 0 15 CO BO Control word 1 STW 1 Access level 2 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 ON OFF...

Страница 40: ...setpoint bit 0 Yes No 01 Fixed setpoint bit 1 Yes No 02 Fixed setpoint bit 2 Yes No 03 Fixed setpoint bit 3 Yes No 04 DDS selection bit 0 Yes No 05 DDS selection bit 1 Yes No 08 Technology controller enable Yes No 09 DC braking enable Yes No 11 Droop enable Yes No 12 Torque control active Yes No 13 External fault 1 F07860 No Yes 15 CDS bit 1 Yes No r0056 0 15 CO BO Status word closed loop control ...

Страница 41: ...oup Unit selection Func diagram 2526 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Initialization completed Yes No 01 De magnetizing completed Yes No 02 Pulse enable available Yes No 03 Soft starting present Yes No 04 Magnetizing completed Yes No 05 Voltage boost when starting Active Inactive 6301 06 Acceleration voltage Active Inactive 6301 07 Frequency negative Yes No...

Страница 42: ...r output for the unsmoothed output frequency of the power unit Frequency components from the slip compensation induction motor are included r0062 CO Speed setpoint after the filter n_set after filter Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling p2000 Dyn index Unit group 3_1 Unit selection p0505 Func diagram 6020 6030 6031 Min Max Factory setting rpm rpm rpm r0063 0 2...

Страница 43: ...rrents as peak value Index 0 Phase U 1 Phase V 2 Phase W 3 Phase U offset 4 Phase V offset 5 Phase W offset 6 Total U V W 7 Alpha component 8 Beta component Note In indices 3 5 the offset currents of the 3 phases which are added to correct the phase currents are displayed The sum of the 3 corrected phase currents is displayed in index 6 r0067 CO Output current maximum Current max Access level 3 Ca...

Страница 44: ...dency Refer to r0025 Note The output voltage is available smoothed r0025 and unsmoothed r0072 Description Displays the maximum modulation depth Dependency Refer to p1803 r0070 CO Actual DC link voltage Vdc act val Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling p2001 Dyn index Unit group 5_2 Unit selection p0505 Func diagram 6723 6724 6730 6731 6799 Min Max Factory setti...

Страница 45: ...hed r0029 and unsmoothed r0076 Description Display and connector output for the torque generating current setpoint Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Note This value is irrelevant for the U f control mode r0074 CO Modulat_depth Mod_depth Access level 4 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling PERCENT Dyn index Unit group Unit selecti...

Страница 46: ... vector control For U f control r0081 0 Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Refer to r0033 Note The torque utilization is available smoothed r0033 and unsmoothed r0081 The torque utilization is obtained from the required torque referred to the torque limit as follows Positive torque r0081 r0079 r1538 100 Negative torque r0081 r0079 r1539 100 r0078 CO Current actua...

Страница 47: ...ch on duration r0082 0 2 CO Active power actual value P_act Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling r2004 Dyn index Unit group 14_5 Unit selection p0505 Func diagram 6714 6799 Min Max Factory setting kW kW kW r0083 CO Flux setpoint Flex setp Access level 4 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling PERCENT Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func...

Страница 48: ...dapted Description Defines whether the motor and drive converter power settings e g rated motor power p0307 are expressed in kW or hp Depending on the selection the rated motor frequency p0310 is either set to 50 Hz or 60 Hz For p0100 0 2 the following applies The power factor p0308 should be parameterized For p0100 1 the following applies The efficiency p0309 should be parameterized Value 0 IEC M...

Страница 49: ...control Activated Not activated 03 Position control Activated Not activated 04 Basic positioner Activated Not activated 08 Extended setpoint channel Activated Not activated 10 Moment of inertia estimator Activated Not activated 13 Safety rotary axis Activated Not activated 15 Encoder Activated Not activated 16 Technology controller Activated Not activated 17 Extended messages monitoring Activated ...

Страница 50: ...en their component numbers are identical For an SMC different component numbers are assigned for the SMC p0141 and the actual encoder p0142 Description Displays the firmware version of the Sensor Module Dependency Refer to r0018 r0197 r0198 Note Example The value 1010100 should be interpreted as V01 01 01 00 Description Sets the number of Command Data Sets CDS Dependency Refer to p0010 r3996 Notic...

Страница 51: ...onfigured Description Displays the bootloader version Index 0 Displays the bootloader version Index 1 Displays the bootloader version 3 for CU320 2 and CU310 2 Value 0 means that boot loader 3 is not available Dependency Refer to r0018 r0148 r0198 Note Example The value 1010100 should be interpreted as V01 01 01 00 p0180 Number of Drive Data Sets DDS DDS count Access level 3 Calculated Data type U...

Страница 52: ...oltage p0210 is checked and if necessary adjusted Description Displays the type of power unit found Value 2 MICROMASTER 440 3 MICROMASTER 411 4 MICROMASTER 410 5 MICROMASTER 436 6 MICROMASTER 440 PX 7 MICROMASTER 430 100 SINAMICS S 101 SINAMICS S value 102 SINAMICS S combi 103 SINAMICS S120M distributed 112 PM220 SINAMICS G120 r0198 0 2 BIOS EEPROM data version BIOS EEPROM vers Access level 4 Calc...

Страница 53: ...es 1 Load duty cycle with low overload for vector drives 6 S1 duty cycle for internal use 7 S6 duty cycle for internal use Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Dynamic Drive Control DDC p0096 2 Refer to r3996 Notice The parameter value is not reset when the factory setting is restored see p0010 30 p0970 When the power unit use is changed short term commu...

Страница 54: ...ntrol mode p1300 are pre assigned according to the selected application The parameter has no influence when calculating the thermal overload p0205 can only be changed to the settings that are saved in the power unit EEPROM Description Displays the rated power unit power for various load duty cycles Index 0 Rated value 1 Load duty cycle with low overload 2 Load duty cycle with high overload 3 S1 co...

Страница 55: ...opriate alarm A07401 is output Note Setting ranges for p0210 as a function of the rated power unit voltage U_rated 230 V p0210 200 240 V U_rated 400 V p0210 380 480 V U_rated 690 V p0210 500 690 V Description Sets the braking power of the connected braking resistor Dependency Refer to p1127 p1240 p1280 p1531 r0208 Rated power unit line supply voltage PU U_rated Access level 2 Calculated Data type ...

Страница 56: ...l pulse frequency of the filter p1802 modulator modes space vector modulation without overcontrol p0230 4 p0290 power unit overload response inhibit pulse frequency reduction p1802 modulator modes space vector modulation without overcontrol The user must set the following parameters according to the data sheet of the sine wave filter and also the user must check whether they are permitted p0233 po...

Страница 57: ...missioning using p3900 1 the parameter value is set to the value of the defined SIEMENS filter or to zero For this reason the parameter value of a third party filter only has to be entered outside the commissioning phase p0010 0 The parameter cannot be changed if the power unit has an internal sine wave filter Description Sets the number of reactors connected in series at the power unit output Dep...

Страница 58: ...rent limiting controller reduce the pulse frequency A reduction if parameterized is always realized after an appropriate alarm is output Value 0 Reduce output current or output frequency 1 No reduction shutdown when overload threshold is reached 2 Reduce I_output or f_output and f_pulse not using I2t 3 Reduce the pulse frequency not using I2t 12 I_output or f_output and automatic pulse frequency r...

Страница 59: ...ircuit ground fault detection when the test pulse evaluation is active via p1901 Test pulse evaluation configuration the pulse frequency at the instant of switch on is briefly reduced Description Sets the alarm threshold for power unit overtemperatures The value is set as a difference to the tripping shutdown temperature Drive If this threshold is exceeded an overload alarm is generated and the sy...

Страница 60: ...e and corresponds to the third party motor belonging to a motor list 1 induction motor 2 synchronous motor xx motor without code number xxx motor with code number The type information must be entered to filter motor specific parameters and to optimize the operating characteristics and behavior For example for synchronous motors power factor p0308 is neither used nor displayed in the BOP AOP p0295 ...

Страница 61: ...is canceled if the motor type p0300 is set to a non Siemens motor that matches p0301 e g p0300 1 for p0301 1xxxx Write protection is automatically canceled when the results of motor data identification are copied to the motor parameters The motor type of a catalog motor corresponds to the upper three digits of the code number or the following assignment if the particular motor type is listed Type ...

Страница 62: ...1 1FG1 synchronous geared motor without encoder 277 1FK7 synchronous motor without encoder 10000 Motor with DRIVE CLiQ 10001 Motor with DRIVE CLiQ 2nd data set Dependency When selecting p0300 10 19 parameters p0335 p0626 p0627 and p0628 of the thermal motor model are pre assigned as a function of p0307 and p0311 Caution If a motor is selected which is not contained in the motor lists p0300 100 the...

Страница 63: ...n only be exited if a code number is selected If a change is made to a non catalog motor then the motor code number should be reset p0301 0 Description Displays the motor code number from the saved motor data from a motor with DRIVE CLiQ Note Drive commissioning can only be exited if the code number that was downloaded r0302 matches the stored code number p0301 If the numbers differ then the motor...

Страница 64: ...s in parallel must be carefully maintained The number of motors set must correspond to the number of motors that are actually connected in parallel After changing p0306 it is imperative that the control parameters are adapted e g using automatic calculation with p0340 1 p3900 0 For induction motors that are connected in parallel but which are not mechanically coupled with one another then the foll...

Страница 65: ... pole pairs r0313 is automatically re calculated when the parameter is changed together with p0311 if p0314 0 The rated frequency is restricted to values between 1 00 Hz and 650 00 Hz Refer to p0311 r0313 p0314 Notice When selecting a catalog motor p0301 this parameter is automatically pre assigned and is write protected Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protect...

Страница 66: ...Notice When selecting a catalog motor p0301 this parameter is automatically pre assigned and is write protected Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection Description Displays the number of motor pole pairs The value is used for internal calculations r0313 1 2 pole motor r0313 2 4 pole motor etc Dependency For p0314 0 the entered value is displayed in r0313 Fo...

Страница 67: ...as no influence on the closed loop control Notice When selecting a catalog motor p0301 this parameter is automatically pre assigned and is write protected Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection Description Induction motors Sets the rated motor magnetizing current For p0320 0 000 the magnetizing current is internally calculated and displayed in r0331 Synchr...

Страница 68: ...quick commissioning p0010 1 then the maximum current p0640 is pre assigned accordingly Note The parameter has no effect for induction motors The parameter has not effect for synchronous motors if a value of 0 0 is entered The user selectable current limit is entered into p0640 Description Sets the current for the 1st phase of the two stage technique for pole position identification routine The cur...

Страница 69: ...e carefully observed when removing write protection Note For synchronous motors without reluctance torque the value 0 must be set Description Sets the current for the pole position identification routine p1980 1 For a two stage technique p1980 4 the current is set for the 2nd phase The current for the 1st phase is set in p0325 Dependency If a maximum current p0323 was not parameterized then p0329 ...

Страница 70: ...ies p0100 1 2 For p0309 0 the internally calculated power factor is displayed For p0309 0 this value is converted into the power factor and displayed Dependency If p0308 is not entered the parameter is calculated from the rating plate parameters Note The parameter is not used for synchronous motors p0300 2xx Description Displays the rated motor torque Dependency IEC drives p0100 0 unit Nm NEMA dri...

Страница 71: ...otor Note EMF Electromotive force Description Setting to automatically calculate motor parameters and U f open loop and closed loop control parameters from the rating plate data Value 0 No calculation 1 Complete calculation 2 Calculation of equivalent circuit diagram parameters 3 Calculation of closed loop control parameters 4 Calculation of controller parameters 5 Calculation of technological lim...

Страница 72: ...to 1 At the end of the calculations p0340 is automatically set to 0 Description Sets the motor moment of inertia without load Dependency IEC drives p0100 0 unit kg m 2 NEMA drives p0100 1 unit lb ft 2 The parameter value is included together with p0342 in the rated starting time of the motor Refer to p0342 r0345 Notice When selecting a catalog motor p0301 this parameter is automatically pre assign...

Страница 73: ...e constant r0384 If this time is excessively reduced this can result in an inadequate magnetizing of the induction motor This is the case if the current limit is reached while building up magnetizing For induction motors the parameter cannot be set to 0 s internal limit 0 1 r0384 For permanent magnet synchronous motors and vector control the value depends on the stator time constant r0386 Here it ...

Страница 74: ...20 of the measured total resistance if p0352 is zero at the time that the measurement is made If p0352 is not zero then the value is subtracted from the measured total stator resistance to calculate stator resistance p0350 In this case p0350 is a minimum of 10 of the measured value The cable resistance is reset when quick commissioning is exited with p3900 0 If the stator resistance is available i...

Страница 75: ...sing the motor identification routine p1910 Note For permanent magnet synchronous motors p0300 2 this is the non saturated value and is ideal for a low current Description Sets the rotor secondary section leakage inductance of the motor The value is automatically calculated using the motor model p0340 1 2 or using the motor identification routine p1910 Notice When selecting a catalog motor p0301 t...

Страница 76: ...cription The saturation characteristics flux as a function of the magnetizing current is defined using 4 points This parameter specifies the y coordinate flux for the 2nd value pair of the characteristic Sets the second flux value of the saturation characteristic as a referred to the rated motor flux 100 Dependency The following applies for the flux values p0362 p0363 p0364 p0365 Refer to p0367 No...

Страница 77: ...with p3900 0 then the parameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been selected p0300 Description The saturation characteristics flux as a function of the magnetizing current is defined using 4 points This parameter specifies the x coordinate magnetizing current for the 1st value pair of the characteristic Sets the first magnetization current of the saturation characteristic in with reference to...

Страница 78: ...then the parameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been selected p0300 Description The saturation characteristics flux as a function of the magnetizing current is defined using 4 points This parameter specifies the x coordinate magnetizing current for the 4th value pair of the characteristic Sets the fourth magnetization current of the saturation characteristic in with reference to the rated m...

Страница 79: ...Note The parameter is not used for synchronous motors p0300 2xx r0370 0 n Motor stator resistance cold Mot R_stator cold Access level 4 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index MDS Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting ohm ohm ohm r0372 0 n Cable resistance Mot R_cable Access level 4 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling D...

Страница 80: ...adaptation of the resistances is not taken into account r0377 0 n Motor leakage inductance total Mot L_leak total Access level 4 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index MDS Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting mH mH mH r0378 0 n Motor stator inductance d axis Mot L_stator d Access level 4 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Sc...

Страница 81: ...tor Data Set is included with the rotor temperature of the thermal motor model This parameter is not used for synchronous motors p0300 2xx Description Maximum angle when calculating the polynomial function to decouple the magnetic flux axes for permanent magnet synchronous motors see p0398 p0399 r0394 0 n Rated motor power Mot P_rated Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be chan...

Страница 82: ... 2082 2048 1 Vpp A B SSI Multiturn 4096 2083 2048 1 Vpp A B SSI singleturn error bit 2084 2048 1 Vpp A B SSI multiturn 4096 error bit 2110 4000 nm 1 Vpp A B R distance coded 2111 20000 nm 1 Vpp A B R distance coded 2112 40000 nm 1 Vpp A B R distance coded 2151 16000 nm 1 Vpp A B EnDat resolution 100 nm 3001 1024 HTL A B R 3002 1024 TTL A B R 3003 2048 HTL A B R 3005 1024 HTL A B 3006 1024 TTL A B ...

Страница 83: ...ither mechanically or electronically p0431 adjusted to the pole position For p0400 10000 the following applies If an identification is not possible then p0400 is set to 0 For p0400 10100 the following applies If an identification is not possible p0400 remains set to 10100 until it becomes possible Description Selects the gearbox type to pre set the inversion and the gearbox factor Measuring gear f...

Страница 84: ...onitoring of the zero mark distance p0424 p0425 linear rotary or in the case of the linear encoder with 1 zero mark and p0424 0 zero mark monitoring is activated For bit 13 irregular zero mark The zero marks occur at irregular intervals e g a linear scale with only 1 zero mark in the traversing range The zero mark distance is not monitored For bit 14 distance coded zero mark The distance clearance...

Страница 85: ...eter cannot be changed write protection Information in p0400 should be carefully observed when removing write protection Note The lowest permissible value is 250 nm Description Sets the number of pulses for a rotary encoder Notice This parameter is automatically pre set for encoders from the encoder list p0400 When selecting a catalog encoder this parameter cannot be changed write protection Infor...

Страница 86: ...nted using r0483 For rotary axes modulo axes the following applies p0411 0 1 This parameter is pre set with p0421 and can be changed p0411 3 1 The parameter value is pre set to the highest possible value The highest possible value depends on the pulse number p0408 and the fine resolution p0419 p0410 0 n Encoder inversion actual value Enc inv act value Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16...

Страница 87: ...cremental position actual values Note The parameter applies for the following process data Gx_XIST1 Gx_XIST2 for reference mark or flying measurement The fine resolution specifies the fraction between encoder pulses Depending on the physical measurement principle an encoder pulse can be broken down into a different number of fractions e g squarewave encoder 2 bit resolution 4 sin cos encoder Typic...

Страница 88: ...esolution refers to the absolute position Notice This parameter is automatically pre set for encoders from the encoder list p0400 When selecting a catalog encoder this parameter cannot be changed write protection Information in p0400 should be carefully observed when removing write protection p0420 0 n Encoder connection Enc_connection Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed ...

Страница 89: ...When selecting a catalog encoder this parameter cannot be changed write protection Information in p0400 should be carefully observed when removing write protection Description Sets the baud rate for an SSI encoder Notice This parameter is automatically pre set for encoders from the encoder list p0400 When selecting a catalog encoder this parameter cannot be changed write protection Information in ...

Страница 90: ...Dyn index EDS p0140 Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting 0 µs 65535 µs 30 µs p0429 0 n Encoder SSI configuration Enc SSI config Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed C 4 Scaling Dyn index EDS p0140 Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting 0000 0000 bin Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Transfer code Binary code...

Страница 91: ...alues if bit 1 the extrapolation of the position values is activated For bit 28 cubic correction if bit 1 the cubic correction for track A B sine is activated For bit 29 phase correction if bit 1 the phase correction for track A B sine is activated For bit 30 amplitude correction if bit 1 the amplitude correction for track A B sine is activated For bit 31 offset correction if bit 1 the offset corr...

Страница 92: ...lue dcba ba Position of the error bit in the protocol 0 63 c Level 0 Low level 1 High level d Status of the evaluation 0 Off 1 On with 1 error bit 2 On with 2 error bits 9 On with 9 error bits For several error error bits the following applies the position specified under ba and the additional bits are assigned increasing consecutively the level set under c applies to all error bits Example p0434 ...

Страница 93: ...parity p0436 1115 The evaluation is switched in and the parity bit is at position 15 with uneven parity Description Sets the extended configuration of the Sensor Module p0435 0 n Encoder SSI alarm bit Enc SSI alarm bit Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed C 4 Scaling Dyn index EDS p0140 Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting 0 65535 0 p0436 0 n Enco...

Страница 94: ...et the encoder pulses which have not been corrected are added to p4688 at the zero mark For bit 11 If the bit is set the Sensor Module checks within a certain time grid whether the fault cause is still present This enables the Sensor Module to switch from the fault state to the operating state and provide valid actual values automatically The faults are displayed until the user acknowledges them F...

Страница 95: ... p0441 p0442 p0443 p0444 p0445 r0460 r0461 r0462 r0463 r0464 Note For encoders with serial number encoder replacement is monitored in order to request angular commutation calibration adjustment for motor encoders and absolute calibration for direct measuring systems with absolute value data The serial number which from then onwards is used for monitoring purposes can be transferred using p0440 In ...

Страница 96: ...er is not present p0441 0 n Encoder commissioning serial number part 1 Enc comm ser_no 1 Access level 4 Calculated p0340 1 Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed C 4 Scaling Dyn index EDS p0140 Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting 0000 hex FFFF FFFF hex 0000 hex p0442 0 n Encoder commissioning serial number part 2 Enc comm ser_no 2 Access level 4 Calculated p0340 1 Data type...

Страница 97: ...ity bit can be positioned at these bits Description Sets the number of filler bits for double absolute value transfer in the SSI protocol Dependency Refer to p0429 Notice This parameter is automatically pre set for encoders from the encoder list p0400 When selecting a catalog encoder this parameter cannot be changed write protection Information in p0400 should be carefully observed when removing w...

Страница 98: ...on e g encoder with EnDat interface Index 0 Encoder 1 1 Encoder 2 2 Reserved r0451 0 2 Commutation angle factor Enc commut_factor Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 4710 Min Max Factory setting r0452 0 2 Squarewave encoder filter time display Enc t_filt displ Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can ...

Страница 99: ...zero mark Yes No 15 Commutation with zero mark not ASM Yes No 16 Acceleration Yes No 17 Track A B analog Yes No 20 Voltage level 5 V Yes No 21 Voltage level 24 V Yes No 22 Remote sense only SMC30 Yes No 23 Resolver excitation Yes No r0456 0 2 Encoder configuration supported Enc_config supp Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Fun...

Страница 100: ... encoder p0408 p0421 no power of 2 Yes No 06 Sensor Module permits parking unparking Yes No 07 Hall sensor can be combined with actual value inversion Yes No 08 Evaluation through several temperature channels possible Yes No 09 Encoder fault and its associated information available Yes No 10 Speed diagnostics in the Sensor Module Yes No 11 Configuring without park state possible Yes No 12 Extended...

Страница 101: ...nit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Data logger Yes No 01 Zero mark edge detection Yes No 02 Correction position actual value XIST1 Yes No 04 Edge evaluation bit 0 Yes No 05 Edge evaluation bit 1 Yes No 06 Freeze the speed actual value for dn dt errors Yes No 07 Accumulate uncorrected encoder pulses Yes No 09 Function p042...

Страница 102: ...number part 4 of the appropriate encoder Index 0 Encoder 1 1 Encoder 2 2 Reserved Dependency Refer to p0441 p0442 p0443 p0444 p0445 r0460 r0461 r0462 r0464 r0460 0 2 Encoder serial number part 1 Enc ser_no 1 Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting r0461 0 2 Encoder serial number part 2 Enc ser_no...

Страница 103: ...der 2 Index 0 first character of the identification number Index x 20 hex blank separation between the identification number of serial number Index x 1 2F hex slash separation between the identification number of serial number Index x 2 20 hex blank separation between the identification number of serial number Index x 3 first character of the serial number Index y with contents last character of t...

Страница 104: ...ach DRIVE CLiQ basic clock cycle and displayed with sign Index 0 Encoder 1 1 Encoder 2 2 Reserved Caution Following ramping up or after a data set changeover the new value is present at connector inputs which are interconnected to connector output r0479 and under certain circumstances take 100 ms to become available Reason These interconnections are updated in the background unlike interconnection...

Страница 105: ...l source Enc Gn_STW S_src CU250S_V Position control CU250S_V_CAN Position control CU250S_V_DP Position control CU250S_V_PN Position control Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 Integer16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 4720 4750 Min Max Factory setting 0 2520 0 1 2520 1 2 2520 2 r0481 0 2 CO Encoder status word Gn_ZSW Enc Gn_ZSW Access level 3 Calculate...

Страница 106: ...corresponds to the position controller clock cycle the update time in non isochronous operation or without position control EPOS comprises the following Update time 4 least common multiple LCM of all current controller clock cycles in the drive group infeed drives The minimum update time is 1 ms Description Displays the encoder actual position value Gn_XIST2 according to PROFIdrive Recommendation ...

Страница 107: ...1 1 Encoder 2 2 Reserved Description Displays the raw value of the absolute encoder actual value before the measuring gear Index 0 Encoder 1 1 Encoder 2 2 Reserved Description Displays the encoder control word Gn_STW according to PROFIdrive for diagnostics Index 0 Encoder 1 1 Encoder 2 2 Reserved r0485 0 2 CO Measuring gear encoder raw value incremental Enc raw val incr Access level 1 Calculated D...

Страница 108: ...e encoder interface for PROFIdrive If parameterization is rejected check whether the terminal is already being used in p0580 p0680 p2517 or p2518 Description Sets the input terminal to connect probe 2 Value 0 No measuring probe 24 DI DO 24 X208 3 25 DI DO 25 X208 4 26 DI DO 26 X208 5 27 DI DO 27 X208 6 Index 0 Encoder 1 1 Encoder 2 2 Reserved Dependency Refer to p0488 p0490 p0728 Note DI Digital I...

Страница 109: ...have been started For a value 1 the following applies in spite of the motor encoder fault that has occurred the motor continues to operate Note For a value 1 2 3 5 the following applies Refer to the status signal encoderless operation due to a fault BO r1407 13 if with r1407 13 1 a different drive data set is selected e g interconnection from p0820 then the open loop or closed loop control type p1...

Страница 110: ...al For p0493 0 the following applies the positive edge of the input signal is evaluated If the negative edge is to be evaluated signal inversion must be parameterized via p0490 if a parameter change is rejected a check should be performed as to whether the input terminal is already being used in p0580 p0680 p2517 or p2518 Description Selects the input terminal for connecting an equivalent zero mar...

Страница 111: ...2500 Ohm 51 r0497 Absolute speed difference dn dt 52 r0497 Xact1 corrected quadrants 60 Analog sensor r0498 raw val chann A r0499 raw val chann B 61 Analog sensor r0498 fine pos chann A r0499 fine pos chann B 62 Analog sensor r0498 Fine pos before characteristic r0499 70 Resolver r0498 Transformation ratio r0499 phase 80 Spindle r0498 Sensor S1 raw r0499 Sensor S4 raw 81 Spindle r0498 Sensor S5 ra...

Страница 112: ...encoder zero mark detected For p0496 24 25 500 mV 21299 dec For p0496 30 Rotary 1 singleturn measuring step 1 dec linear 1 measuring step 1 dec For p0496 31 Absolute position incremental in 1 4 encoder pulses For p0496 32 Zero mark position in 1 4 encoder pulses For p0496 33 counter offset absolute value in 1 4 encoder pulses For p0496 40 r0498 R_KTY 1 kOhm 0 9 32768 For p0496 42 2500 Ohm 2 32 For...

Страница 113: ...ting mode p1300 is pre set accordingly Note The calculation of parameters dependent on the technology application can be called up as follows when exiting quick commissioning using p3900 0 when writing p0340 1 3 5 For p0500 0 and when the calculation is initiated the following parameters are set p1574 10 V p1750 2 0 p1802 4 SVM FLB without overcontrol PM240 p1802 0 PM260 p1802 2 p1803 106 PM260 p1...

Страница 114: ...2 Sensorless closed loop control down to f 0 passive loads 3 Pumps and fans efficiency optimization Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Dynamic Drive Control DDC p0096 2 Notice If the technological application is set to p0500 0 3 during commissioning p0010 1 5 30 the operating mode p1300 is pre set accordingly Note The calculation of parameters dependen...

Страница 115: ...cation class Dynamic Drive Control DDC p0096 2 Refer to p1300 Notice If the technological application is set to p0501 0 1 during commissioning p0010 1 5 30 the operating mode p1300 is pre set accordingly Note The calculation of parameters dependent on the technology application can be called up as follows when exiting quick commissioning using p3900 0 when writing p0340 1 3 5 For p0501 0 1 and whe...

Страница 116: ... then the physical significance of several control parameters is also adapted at the same time As a consequence the control behavior can change see p1744 p1752 p1755 Note Reference parameter for the unit system are for example p2000 p2004 Depending on what has been selected these are displayed using either SI or US units Description Sets the reference values for the specific scaling of BICO parame...

Страница 117: ...0516 2 parameter number p0516 19 parameter number Dependency Refer to p0514 Description Sets the parameters with reference value in p0514 2 for the specific scaling p0517 0 parameter number p0517 1 parameter number p0517 2 parameter number p0517 19 parameter number Dependency Refer to p0514 p0515 0 19 Scaling specific parameters referred to p0514 0 Scal spec p514 0 Access level 3 Calculated p0340 ...

Страница 118: ...ic scaling p0521 0 parameter number p0521 1 parameter number p0518 0 19 Scaling specific parameters referred to p0514 3 Scal spec p514 3 Access level 3 Calculated p0340 1 Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting 0 4294967295 0 p0519 0 19 Scaling specific parameters referred to p0514 4 Scal spec p514 4 Access level 3 Calc...

Страница 119: ...for the specific scaling p0524 0 parameter number p0524 1 parameter number p0524 2 parameter number p0524 19 parameter number Dependency Refer to p0514 p0522 0 19 Scaling specific parameters referred to p0514 7 Scal spec p514 7 Access level 3 Calculated p0340 1 Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting 0 4294967295 0 p052...

Страница 120: ...0301 p0530 p0532 p1082 Notice If p0531 is changed during quick commissioning p0010 1 then the maximum speed p1082 which is also associated with quick commissioning is pre assigned appropriately This is not the case when commissioning the motor p0010 3 The maximum speed of the bearing is factored into the limit for the maximum speed p1082 Note p0531 cannot be changed on a motor with DRIVE CLiQ Desc...

Страница 121: ...earbox Description Sets the denominator for the overall ratio of the load gearbox p0541 0 n Load gearbox code number Load grbx CodeNo Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index MDS Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting 0 4294967295 0 p0542 0 n Load gearbox maximum speed Load grbx n_max Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint...

Страница 122: ...Dyn index MDS Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting 0 65535 0 p0551 0 n Brake code number Brake code no Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index MDS Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting 0 65535 0 p0552 0 n Maximum brake speed Brake n_max Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T S...

Страница 123: ...8 4 26 DI DO 26 X208 5 27 DI DO 27 X208 6 Dependency Refer to p0581 p0728 Refer to A07498 Note DI DO Bidirectional Digital Input Output Description Sets the edge to evaluate the measuring probe signal for speed actual value measurement 0 0 1 edge 1 1 0 edge Dependency Refer to p0580 Description Sets the number of pulses per revolution e g for disks with holes p0573 Inhibit automatic reference valu...

Страница 124: ...of measuring pulses that have occurred been received up until now Dependency Refer to p0580 Note After reaching 4294967295 2 32 1 the counter starts again at 0 p0583 Measuring probe maximum measuring time MT t_meas max Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting 0 040 s 10 000 s 10 000 s p05...

Страница 125: ... active Value 1 2 1 referred no dimensions 3 bar 4 C 5 Pa 6 ltr s 7 m s 8 ltr min 9 m min 10 ltr h 11 m h 12 kg s 13 kg min 14 kg h 15 t min 16 t h 17 N 18 kN 19 Nm 20 psi 21 F 22 gallon s 23 inch s 24 gallon min 25 inch min 26 gallon h 27 inch h 28 lb s 29 lb min 30 lb h 31 lbf 32 lbf ft 33 K 34 rpm 35 parts min 36 m s 37 ft s r0589 Measuring probe delay time MT t_delay Access level 3 Calculated ...

Страница 126: ...ature sensor via CU D SUB Dependency Refer to p0601 Caution If for a selected temperature sensor p0600 0 the motor temperature sensor is not connected but another sensor then the temperature adaptation of the motor resistances must be switched out Otherwise in controlled loop operation torque errors will occur that will mean that the drive will not be able to be stopped Notice The parameter is cal...

Страница 127: ...assigned and is write protected Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection Note The hysteresis is 2 K When quick commissioning is exited with p3900 0 then the parameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been selected p0300 Description Sets the threshold and temperature value to monitor the motor temperature Temperature model 1 I2t p0612 0 1 The following app...

Страница 128: ...for monitoring the motor temperature for motor temperature model 2 or KTY PT1000 This timer is started when the temperature alarm threshold p0604 is exceeded If the timer has expired and the alarm threshold has in the meantime not been fallen below then fault F07011 is output If the temperature fault threshold p0605 is prematurely exceeded before the timer has expired then fault F07011 is immediat...

Страница 129: ...e constant specifies the warm up time of the cold stator winding when loaded with the motor standstill current rated motor current if the motor standstill current is not parameterized up until a temperature rise of 63 of the continuously permissible winding temperature has been reached Dependency The parameter is only used for synchronous motors p0300 2xx 4 and synchronous reluctance motors p0300 ...

Страница 130: ... cannot be simultaneously activated with another motor temperature model For bit 08 This bit is used to extend the motor temperature model 1 I2t The following applies for firmware version 4 7 SP6 only bit 0 this bit has no function Temperature model 1 operates in the standard mode Overtemperature at rated load p0605 40 C Alarm threshold p0605 Fault threshold p0615 The following applies from firmwa...

Страница 131: ...or is only effective for p0610 12 and refers to the overtemperature Description Sets the fault threshold for monitoring the motor temperature for motor temperature model 1 I2t The following applies for firmware version 4 7 SP6 fault F07011 is output after the fault threshold is exceeded fault threshold for r0034 100 p0615 40 p0605 40 The following applies from firmware version 4 7 SP6 and p0612 8 ...

Страница 132: ...on p0350 to the matching ambient temperature p0625 the actual mean temperature of the stator winding is calculated The result is used to initialize the thermal motor model p0621 1 Identification of the stator resistance only when the drive is switched on for the first time pulse enable after booting the Control Unit p0621 2 Identification of the stator resistance every time the drive is switched o...

Страница 133: ...mp up time of the current setpoint is defined by p0622 limited to p0346 The speed is enabled after the measurement has been completed After the measurement p0621 is reset and the result is saved in p0352 Description For p0621 1 2 Sets the excitation time of the motor for the stator resistance identification after switching on again restart For p0621 3 Ramp time of the current setpoint rise when me...

Страница 134: ...not been selected p0300 Description Defines the rated overtemperature of the stator winding referred to the ambient temperature motor temperature model 1 I2t p0612 0 1 The following applies for firmware version 4 7 SP6 or p0612 8 0 p0605 is of significance for the rated temperature The following applies from firmware version 4 7 SP6 and p0612 8 1 Overtemperature at the rated operating point motor ...

Страница 135: ...e parameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been selected p0300 Description Displays the ambient temperature of the motor temperature model models 2 and 3 Description Displays the stator iron temperature of the motor temperature model models 2 and 3 Note For motor temperature model 1 p0612 0 1 this parameter is not valid Description Displays the stator winding temperature of the motor temperat...

Страница 136: ...rature axis current Dependency Refer to p0634 p0635 p0636 r0633 0 n Mot_temp_mod rotor temperature Mod rotor temp Access level 4 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling p2006 Dyn index MDS Unit group 21_1 Unit selection p0505 Func diagram 8018 Min Max Factory setting C C C p0634 0 n Q flux flux constant unsaturated PSIQ KPSI UNSAT Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoi...

Страница 137: ...hen the pulse enable is withdrawn the counter is held and the value saved Dependency Refer to p0651 Refer to A01590 Note For p0651 0 the operating hours counter is disabled The operating hours counter in p0650 can only be reset to 0 The operating hours counter only runs with drive data set 0 and 1 DDS Description Sets the service maintenance intervals in hours for the appropriate motor An appropri...

Страница 138: ...he simulation mode p0795 x 1 to terminal mode p0795 x 0 Note If a DI DO is parameterized as output p0728 x 1 then r0721 x 0 is displayed DI Digital Input DI DO Bidirectional Digital Input Output r0720 0 4 CU number of inputs and outputs CU I O count Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 2119 Min Max Factory setting r0...

Страница 139: ... 4 T 16 High Low 05 DI 5 T 17 66 High Low 06 DI 6 T 67 High Low 11 DI 11 T 3 4 AI 0 High Low 12 DI 12 T 10 11 AI 1 High Low 16 DI 16 T 41 High Low 17 DI 17 T 42 High Low 18 DI 18 T 43 High Low 19 DI 19 T 44 High Low 24 DI DO 24 T 51 High Low 25 DI DO 25 T 52 High Low 26 DI DO 26 T 53 High Low 27 DI DO 27 T 54 High Low r0723 0 27 CO BO CU digital inputs status inverted CU DI status inv Access level...

Страница 140: ...0740 p0741 r0747 p0748 Note The DI DO must be connected as output p0728 DI DO Bidirectional Digital Input Output p0724 CU digital inputs debounce time CU DI t_debounce Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting 0 000 ms 20 000 ms 4 000 ms p0728 CU set input or output CU DI or DO Access leve...

Страница 141: ...not be changed Note DO Digital Output T Terminal Relay output NO normally open NC normally closed Description Sets the signal source for terminal DO 1 NO T 21 Recommendation r0052 0 Ready for switching on r0052 1 Ready for operation r0052 2 Operation enabled r0052 3 Fault present r0052 4 Coast down active OFF2 r0052 5 Quick stop active OFF3 r0052 6 Switching on inhibited active r0052 7 Alarm prese...

Страница 142: ...0 n_min r0053 3 I_act p2170 r0053 4 n_act p2155 r0053 5 n_act p2155 r0053 6 n_act n_set r0053 10 Technology controller output at the lower limit r0053 11 Technology controller output at the upper limit Notice The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed Note DO Digital Output T Terminal Relay output NO normally open NC normally closed Description Sets the sign...

Страница 143: ...CU310 Note Inversion using p0748 has been taken into account DI DO Bidirectional Digital Input Output p0739 BI CU signal source for terminal DI DO 25 CU S_src DI DO 25 Access level 1 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 2230 Min Max Factory setting 0 p0740 BI CU signal source for terminal DI DO 26 CU S_src DI DO 26 Access level...

Страница 144: ... Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 DO 0 NO T 19 NC T 18 High Low 01 DO 1 NO T 21 High Low 02 DO 2 NO T 24 NC T 23 High Low 24 DI DO 24 T 51 High Low 25 DI DO 25 T 52 High Low 26 DI DO 26 T 53 High Low 27 DI DO 27 T 54 High Low r0751 0 9 BO ...

Страница 145: ...A 20 mA 3 Unipolar current input monitored 4 mA to 20 mA 4 Bipolar voltage input 10 V 10 V Index 0 AI0 T 3 4 1 AI1 T 10 11 Dependency Refer to A03520 Warning The maximum voltage difference between analog input terminals AI AI and the ground must not exceed 35 V If the system is operated when the load resistor is switched on DIP switch set to I the voltage between differential inputs AI and AI must...

Страница 146: ...rdinate percentage of the 1st value pair of the characteristic Index 0 AI0 T 3 4 1 AI1 T 10 11 Note The parameters for the characteristic do not have a limiting effect Description Sets the scaling characteristic for the analog inputs The scaling characteristic for the analog inputs is defined using 2 points This parameter specifies the x coordinate V mA of the 2nd value pair of the characteristic ...

Страница 147: ... zone at the analog input Analog input type unipolar e g 0 10 V The dead zone starts with the characteristic value x1 y1 p0757 p0758 Analog input type bipolar e g 10 V 10 V The dead zone is located at the symmetrical center between characteristic value x1 y1 p0757 p0758 and x2 y2 p0759 p0760 The set value doubles the dead zone p0760 0 1 CU analog inputs characteristic value y2 CU AI char y2 Access...

Страница 148: ...utput T Terminal p0771 0 1 CI CU analog outputs signal source CU AO S_src Access level 2 Calculated Data type U32 FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling PERCENT Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 2201 2261 Min Max Factory setting 0 21 0 1 27 0 r0772 0 1 CU analog outputs output value currently referred CU AO outp act ref Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be ...

Страница 149: ... 4 0 mA p0779 100 0 and p0780 to 20 0 mA Description Sets the scaling characteristic for the analog outputs The scaling characteristic for the analog outputs is defined using 2 points This parameter specifies the x coordinate percentage of the 1st value pair of the characteristic Index 0 AO0 T 12 13 1 AO1 T 26 27 Dependency Refer to p0776 Notice This parameter is automatically overwritten when cha...

Страница 150: ... limiting effect Description Sets the scaling characteristic for the analog outputs The scaling characteristic for the analog outputs is defined using 2 points This parameter specifies the y coordinate output voltage in V or output current in mA of the 2nd value pair of the characteristic Index 0 AO0 T 12 13 1 AO1 T 26 27 Dependency The unit of this parameter V or mA depends on the analog output t...

Страница 151: ...ith p0791 0 AO 1 p0771 1 with p0791 1 p0782 0 1 BI CU analog outputs invert signal source CU AO inv S_src Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 9572 Min Max Factory setting 0 r0785 0 1 BO CU analog outputs status word CU AO ZSW Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit gr...

Страница 152: ...l control 02 DI 2 T 7 Simulation Terminal control 03 DI 3 T 8 65 Simulation Terminal control 04 DI 4 T 16 Simulation Terminal control 05 DI 5 T 17 66 Simulation Terminal control 06 DI 6 T 67 Simulation Terminal control 11 Simulation Terminal control 12 Simulation Terminal control 16 DI 16 T 41 Simulation Terminal control 17 DI 17 T 42 Simulation Terminal control 18 DI 18 T 43 Simulation Terminal c...

Страница 153: ...t is a voltage in V If AI x is parameterized as a current input p0756 the setpoint is a current in mA Refer to p0756 p0797 Note This parameter is not saved when data is backed up p0971 AI Analog Input Description Sets the number for data transfer of a parameter backup from to memory card Transfer from memory card to device memory p0804 1 sets the source of parameter backup e g p0802 48 PS048xxx AC...

Страница 154: ...ameter backup stored on memory card as target with setting 22 p0803 0 parameter backup stored in device memory as source with setting 0 p0804 2 start data transfer from device memory to memory card PS000xxx ACX is transferred from device memory to memory card and stored as PS022xxx ACX the parameter backup PS022xxx ACX on the memory card can be used for data backup Example 2 The parameter backup i...

Страница 155: ... written to the memory card when the parameters are saved in a non volatile memory e g by means of Copy RAM to ROM Once the data has been successfully transferred this parameter is automatically reset to 0 If an error occurs the parameter is set to a value 1000 Possible fault causes p0804 1001 The parameter backup set in p0802 as the source on the memory card does not exist or there is not suffici...

Страница 156: ...ecommendation When switching off switching on a possibly valid parameter backup is loaded to the memory card with setting 0 Therefore we do not recommend parameter backup with setting 0 p0803 0 in the non volatile device memory Dependency Refer to p0802 p0803 Notice The memory card must not be removed while data is being transferred Note If a parameter backup with setting 0 is detected on the memo...

Страница 157: ... copying set index 2 from 0 to 1 p0809 2 is automatically set to 0 when copying is completed Description Sets the signal source to select the Command Data Set bit 0 CDS bit 0 Dependency Refer to r0050 p0811 r0836 Notice The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed Note The Command Data Set selected using the binector inputs is displayed in r0836 The currently ...

Страница 158: ...enter which drive data set is to be copied 2 In index 1 enter the drive data set data that is to be copied into 3 Start copying set index 2 from 0 to 1 p0819 2 is automatically set to 0 when copying is completed Description Sets the signal source to select the Drive Data Set bit 0 DDS bit 0 Dependency Refer to r0051 r0837 Notice The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cann...

Страница 159: ...time required for the internal parameter calculation For bit 04 A data set changeover is only carried out when the armature short circuit is not activated For bit 05 A data set changeover is only carried out when pole position identification is not running For bit 07 A data set changeover is only carried out when rotating measurement is not running For bit 08 A data set changeover is only carried ...

Страница 160: ...e moved jogging using binector input p1055 or p1056 The command ON OFF OFF1 can be issued using binector input p0840 or p1055 p1056 For binector input p0840 0 signal the switching on inhibited is acknowledged Only the signal source that originally switched on can also switch off again The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed Note For drives with closed loo...

Страница 161: ... using binector input p1055 or p1056 The command ON OFF OFF1 can be issued using binector input p0840 or p1055 p1056 For binector input p0840 0 signal the switching on inhibited is acknowledged Only the signal source that originally switched on can also switch off again The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed Note For drives with closed loop speed control...

Страница 162: ... down OFF2 signal source 1 BI p0845 No coast down coast down OFF2 signal source 2 For the PROFIdrive profile the result of the AND logic operation corresponds to control word 1 bit 1 STW1 1 BI p0844 0 signal or BI p0845 0 signal OFF2 immediate pulse suppression and switching on inhibited BI p0844 1 signal and BI p0845 1 signal no OFF2 enable is possible Caution When master control from PC is activ...

Страница 163: ...e AND logic operation corresponds to control word 1 bit 2 STW1 2 BI p0848 0 signal or BI p0849 0 signal OFF3 braking along the OFF3 ramp p1135 then pulse suppression and switching on inhibited BI p0848 1 signal and BI p0849 1 signal no OFF3 enable is possible Caution When master control from PC is activated this binector input is ineffective Notice The parameter may be protected as a result of p09...

Страница 164: ...quick stop quick stop OFF3 The following signals are AND ed BI p0848 No quick stop quick stop OFF3 signal source 1 BI p0849 No quick stop quick stop OFF3 signal source 2 For the PROFIdrive profile the result of the AND logic operation corresponds to control word 1 bit 2 STW1 2 BI p0848 0 signal or BI p0849 0 signal OFF3 braking along the OFF3 ramp p1135 then pulse suppression and switching on inhi...

Страница 165: ...sult of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed Description Sets the signal source for the command control by PLC no control by PLC For the PROFIdrive profile this command corresponds to control word 1 bit 10 STW1 10 BI p0854 0 signal No control by PLC BI p0854 1 signal Master control by PLC p0852 0 n BI Enable operation inhibit operation Enable operation CU250S_V_DP CU250S_V_PN Access level 3 Calcul...

Страница 166: ...854 and even in the case of free telegram configuration p0922 999 Description Sets the signal source for the command unconditionally open holding brake Dependency Refer to p0858 Notice The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed Note The signal via BI p0858 unconditionally close holding brake has a higher priority than via BI p0855 unconditionally open holdin...

Страница 167: ...nditionally close the holding brake is executed and internally a zero setpoint is entered Description Sets the signal source for the feedback signal from the line contactor Recommendation When the monitoring is activated BI p0860 not equal to r0863 1 then to control the line contactor signal BO r0863 1 of its own drive object should be used Dependency Refer to p0861 r0863 Refer to F07300 Notice Th...

Страница 168: ... to SINUMERIK which only closes the main contactor with the OFF1 command blocksize chassis p0867 should be set as a minimum to 50 ms Description Sets the configuration for the sequence control Dependency Refer to p0867 p0861 Line contactor monitoring time LineContact t_mon Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram ...

Страница 169: ...cannot be changed Note After it has been selected the parking axis function only becomes active when the pulses are suppressed Description Display and connector output for the control word of the sequence control Note OC Operating condition p0870 BI Close main contactor Close main cont Access level 2 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func ...

Страница 170: ...A change only becomes effective after a POWER ON Note Permissible PROFIBUS addresses 1 126 Address 126 is used for commissioning Every PROFIBUS address change only becomes effective after a POWER ON r0899 0 15 CO BO Status word sequence control ZSW seq_ctrl Access level 2 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 2503 Min Max Factory se...

Страница 171: ...038 is automatically set to 1 and p2038 can no longer be changed This means that for these telegrams the SIMODRIVE 611 universal interface mode is set and cannot be changed If a value is not equal to 999 a telegram is set and the automatically set interconnections in the telegram are inhibited The inhibited interconnections can only be changed again after setting value 999 Description Sets the num...

Страница 172: ... r0945 7 r0949 7 r0948 7 r2109 7 actual fault case fault 8 r0945 8 r0949 8 r0948 8 r2109 8 1st acknowledged fault case fault 1 r0945 15 r0949 15 r0948 15 r2109 15 1st acknowledged fault case fault 8 r0945 56 r0949 56 r0948 56 r2109 56 7th acknowledged fault case fault 1 r0945 63 r0949 63 r0948 63 r2109 63 7th acknowledged fault case fault 8 Description Lists the fault codes stored in the drive uni...

Страница 173: ...ult situations that have occurred since the last reset Dependency The fault buffer is deleted cleared by setting p0952 to 0 Refer to r0945 r0947 r0948 r0949 r2109 r2130 r2133 r2136 Description Displays the corresponding value for the PROFIBUS baud rate Value 0 9 6 kbit s 1 19 2 kbit s r0947 0 63 Fault number Fault number Access level 2 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed Scaling Dyn ind...

Страница 174: ...version complete version V04 03 02 00 Device type r0964 1 6363 SINAMICS G120 CU250S 2 VECTOR r0964 1 6360 SINAMICS G120 CU250S 2_DP VECTOR r0964 1 6361 SINAMICS G120 CU250S 2_PN VECTOR r0964 1 6362 SINAMICS G120 CU250S 2_CAN VECTOR Description Displays the PROFIdrive profile number and profile version Constant value 0329 hex Byte 1 Profile number 03 hex PROFIdrive profile Byte 2 Profile version 29...

Страница 175: ...a PROFIBUS DP communication with Class 1 masters e g S7 controllers is interrupted Communication with Class 2 masters e g STARTER is retained Note A factory setting run can only be started if p0010 was first set to 30 parameter reset At the end of the calculations p0970 is automatically set to 0 Parameter reset is completed with p0970 0 and r3996 0 0 For p0970 5 the following applies The password ...

Страница 176: ...he required procedure to execute a hardware reset for the drive unit Value 0 Inactive 1 Hardware Reset immediate 2 Hardware reset preparation 3 Hardware reset after cyclic communication has failed Danger It must be absolutely ensured that the system is in a safe condition The memory card device memory of the Control Unit must not be accessed Note If value 1 Reset is immediately executed and commun...

Страница 177: ...st for this drive Dependency Refer to r0981 r0989 Note Modified parameters are displayed in indices 0 to 298 If an index contains the value 0 then the list ends here In a long list index 299 contains the parameter number at which position the list continues This list consists solely of the following parameters r0980 0 299 r0981 0 299 r0989 0 299 The parameters in this list are not displayed in the...

Страница 178: ... drive Dependency Refer to r0991 r0999 Note Modified parameters are displayed in indices 0 to 98 If an index contains the value 0 then the list ends here In a long list index 99 contains the parameter number at which position the list continues This list consists solely of the following parameters r0990 0 99 r0991 0 99 r0999 0 99 The parameters in this list are not displayed in the expert list of ...

Страница 179: ...g applies The value specifies the main setpoint For double digit values the following applies The left hand digit specifies the supplementary setpoint the right hand digit the main setpoint Example Value 26 The analog setpoint 2 supplies the supplementary setpoint The fieldbus 6 supplies the main setpoint Value 0 No main setpoint 1 Motorized potentiometer 2 Analog setpoint 3 Fixed speed setpoint 6...

Страница 180: ...PROFINET Control Units the following applies The parameter can be freely set by setting p0922 999 When executing a specific macro the corresponding programmed settings are made and become active Description Sets the source for the speed setpoint For single digit values the following applies The value specifies the main setpoint For double digit values the following applies The left hand digit spec...

Страница 181: ...n is set automatically p2051 1 r0063 Notice The parameter is possibly protected as a result of p0922 For PROFIBUS PROFINET Control Units the following applies The parameter can be freely set by setting p0922 999 When executing a specific macro the corresponding programmed settings are made and become active Description Setting and connector output for fixed speed setpoint 1 Dependency Refer to p10...

Страница 182: ...r that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set p1003 0 n CO Fixed speed setpoint 3 n_set_fixed 3 Access level 2 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling p2000 Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group 3_1 Unit selection p0505 Func diagram 3010 Min Max Factory setting 210000 000 rpm 210000 000 rpm 0 000 rpm p1004 0 n CO Fixed speed setpoint 4 n_set_fixed 4 Acce...

Страница 183: ... that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set p1008 0 n CO Fixed speed setpoint 8 n_set_fixed 8 Access level 2 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling p2000 Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group 3_1 Unit selection p0505 Func diagram 3010 Min Max Factory setting 210000 000 rpm 210000 000 rpm 0 000 rpm p1009 0 n CO Fixed speed setpoint 9 n_set_fixed 9 Acces...

Страница 184: ...to 16 different setpoints are obtained by adding the individual fixed speed setpoints For p1016 2 In this mode the setpoint is entered via the fixed speed setpoints p1001 p1015 p1013 0 n CO Fixed speed setpoint 13 n_set_fixed 13 Access level 2 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling p2000 Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group 3_1 Unit selection p0505 Func diagram 3010 Min Max Fact...

Страница 185: ...ed speed setpoint has not been selected p1020 p1023 0 r1197 0 then r1024 0 setpoint 0 Description Sets the signal source for selecting the fixed speed setpoint Dependency Selects the required fixed speed setpoint using p1020 p1023 Displays the number of the actual fixed speed setpoint in r1197 Sets the values for the fixed speed setpoints 1 15 using p1001 p1015 Refer to p1020 p1021 p1022 r1197 Not...

Страница 186: ...th V2 3 or higher Control Unit 320 CU320 with hardware version C or higher module with NVRAM Note For bit 00 0 The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is not saved and after ON is entered using p1040 1 The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is saved after OFF and after ON set to the saved value In order to save in a non volatile fashion bit 03 should be set to 1 r1024 CO Fixed speed set...

Страница 187: ... 1 For bit 04 When the bit is set the ramp function generator is computed independent of the pulse enable The actual output value of the motorized potentiometer is always in r1050 Description Sets the signal source to continually increase the setpoint for the motorized potentiometer The setpoint change CO r1050 depends on the set ramp up time p1047 and the duration of the signal that is present BI...

Страница 188: ... potentiometer Note This parameter is automatically pre assigned in the commissioning phase The setpoint output from the motorized potentiometer is limited to this value see function diagram 3020 p1036 0 n BI Motorized potentiometer lower setpoint Mop lower Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index CDS p0170 Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 2505 3020 M...

Страница 189: ...e for the motorized potentiometer Dependency Refer to p1044 Note The setting value CI p1044 becomes effective for a 0 1 edge of the setting command BI p1043 p1039 0 n BI Motorized potentiometer inversion MotP inv Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index CDS p0170 Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 3020 Min Max Factory setting 0 p1040 0 n Motorized poten...

Страница 190: ...meter ramp function generator This setpoint is the output value of the motorized potentiometer and must be appropriately interconnected onwards e g with the main setpoint p1044 0 n CI Motorized potentiometer setting value Mop set val Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling p2000 Dyn index CDS p0170 Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 3020 Min Max Factory...

Страница 191: ...tch off again Description Sets the signal source for jog 1 Recommendation When the setting for this binector input is changed the motor can only be switched on by means of an appropriate signal change of the source Dependency Refer to p0840 p1058 Notice The drive is enabled for jogging using BI p1055 or BI p1056 The command ON OFF1 can be issued using BI p0840 or using BI p1055 p1056 Only the sign...

Страница 192: ...og 1 Jogging JOG is level triggered and allows the motor to be incrementally traversed Dependency Refer to p1055 p1056 Description Sets the speed for jog 2 Jogging JOG is level triggered and allows the motor to be incrementally traversed Dependency Refer to p1055 p1056 p1056 0 n BI Jog bit 1 Jog bit 1 CU250S_V_DP CU250S_V_PN Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed T Scaling D...

Страница 193: ...tentiometer setpoint after the ramp function generator p1063 0 n Setpoint channel speed limit Setp_chan n_lim Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group 3_1 Unit selection p0505 Func diagram 3040 Min Max Factory setting 0 000 rpm 210000 000 rpm 210000 000 rpm p1070 0 n CI Main setpoint Main setpoint CU250S_V_DP CU250S_V_PN Access l...

Страница 194: ...yn index CDS p0170 Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 3001 3030 Min Max Factory setting 1 r1073 CO Main setpoint effective Main setpoint eff Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling p2000 Dyn index Unit group 3_1 Unit selection p0505 Func diagram 3030 Min Max Factory setting rpm rpm rpm p1075 0 n CI Supplementary setp Suppl setp Access level 3 Calculated Data ...

Страница 195: ...ternal control increase Writing to p1079 again initiates the automatic adaptation of the interpolation time p1079 0 01 ms interpolation is performed corresponding to the ratio to the computation clock cycle Description Sets the lowest possible motor speed This value is not undershot in operation Dependency Refer to p1106 Notice The effective minimum speed is formed from p1080 and p1106 Note The pa...

Страница 196: ...entiometer The parameter is part of the quick commissioning p0010 1 this means that it is appropriately pre assigned when changing p0310 p0311 p0322 The following limits are always effective for p1082 p1082 60 x minimum 15 x r0310 550 Hz r0313 p1082 60 x maximum power unit pulse frequency k x r0313 with k 12 vector control k 6 5 U f control During automatic calculation p0340 1 p3900 0 the paramete...

Страница 197: ...oup 3_1 Unit selection p0505 Func diagram 3050 7958 Min Max Factory setting rpm rpm rpm p1085 0 n CI Speed limit in positive direction of rotation n_limit pos Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling p2000 Dyn index CDS p0170 Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 3050 Min Max Factory setting 1083 0 p1086 0 n CO Speed limit in negative direction of rotation ...

Страница 198: ...092 p1093 p1094 p1091 0 n Skip speed 1 n_skip 1 Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling p2000 Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group 3_1 Unit selection p0505 Func diagram 3050 Min Max Factory setting 0 000 rpm 210000 000 rpm 0 000 rpm p1092 0 n Skip speed 2 n_skip 2 Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling p2000 Dyn index DDS p01...

Страница 199: ...170 580 rpm and 580 rpm r1114 620 rpm r1119 580 rpm For a setpoint speed coming from above the following applies r1170 620 rpm and 580 rpm r1114 620 rpm r1119 620 rpm Description Sets the signal source for lowest possible motor speed Dependency Refer to p1080 Notice The effective minimum speed is formed from p1080 and p1106 r1099 0 CO BO Skip band status word Skip band ZSW Access level 3 Calculate...

Страница 200: ...onnection is made to r2397 0 Refer to p1108 Caution If the technology controller is to supply the total setpoint using p1109 then it is not permissible to disable the interconnection to its output r2294 If the hibernation mode function is activated then it is not permissible to withdraw the interconnection to setpoint r2398 0 Description Sets the signal source to disable the negative direction Dep...

Страница 201: ...et aft min_lim Access level 4 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling p2000 Dyn index Unit group 3_1 Unit selection p0505 Func diagram 3050 Min Max Factory setting rpm rpm rpm p1113 0 n BI Setpoint inversion Setp inv CU250S_V_DP CU250S_V_PN Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index CDS p0170 Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 2441 244...

Страница 202: ...urement the motor can accelerate faster than was originally parameterized For U f control and sensorless vector control see p1300 a ramp up time of 0 s does not make sense The setting should be based on the startup times r0345 of the motor r1114 CO Setpoint after the direction limiting Setp after limit Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling p2000 Dyn index Unit ...

Страница 203: ... value Dependency Refer to p1082 Note The setting should be based on the startup times r0345 of the motor If the maximum speed p1082 changes p1123 is re calculated Description Sets the minimum ramp down time The ramp down time p1121 is limited internally to this minimum value The parameter cannot be set shorter than the minimum ramp up time p1123 Dependency Refer to p1082 p1121 0 n Ramp function g...

Страница 204: ...es to ramp up and ramp down Note Rounding off times avoid an abrupt response and prevent damage to the mechanical system Rounding off is not active if the technology controller is used as main speed setpoint p2251 0 Description Sets the smoothed response to the OFF1 command or the reduced setpoint for the extended ramp function generator Value 0 Continuous smoothing 1 Discontinuous smoothing Depen...

Страница 205: ...n Sets the signal source for scaling the ramp down time of the ramp function generator Dependency Refer to p1121 Note The ramp down time is set in p1121 p1135 0 n OFF3 ramp down time OFF3 t_RD Access level 2 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed C 1 U T Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 3060 3070 Min Max Factory setting 0 000 s 5400 000 s 0 000 s p113...

Страница 206: ...ffective Notice The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed Description Sets the signal source for the command continue ramp function generator freeze ramp function generator For the PROFIdrive profile this command corresponds to control word 1 bit 5 STW1 5 BI p1141 0 signal Freezes the ramp function generator BI p1141 1 signal Continue ramp function generato...

Страница 207: ...h ramp function generator output below the minimum speed Description Sets the signal source for the command enable setpoint inhibit setpoint For the PROFIdrive profile this command corresponds to control word 1 bit 6 STW1 6 BI p1142 0 signal Inhibits the setpoint the ramp function generator input is set to zero BI p1142 1 signal Setpoint enable Dependency Refer to p1140 p1141 Caution When master c...

Страница 208: ...tivated this binector input is ineffective Notice The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed Note When the function module position control r0108 3 1 is activated this binector input is interconnected as follows as standard BI p1142 0 signal Description Sets the signal source for accepting the setting value of the ramp function generator Dependency The signa...

Страница 209: ...he output value of the ramp function generator can no longer be tracked corrected corresponding to the maximum possible drive acceleration For p1145 0 0 This value deactivates the ramp function generator tracking For p1145 0 0 1 0 Generally these values are not practical They cause the motor to accelerate below its torque limit The lower the selected value the greater the margin between the contro...

Страница 210: ...d cannot be changed Description Sets the signal source for speed setpoint 2 of the speed controller Dependency Refer to p1155 r1170 p1148 0 n Ramp function gen tolerance for ramp up and ramp down active RFG tol HL RL act Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group 3_1 Unit selection p0505 Func diagram 3060 3070 Min Max Factory setti...

Страница 211: ...selecting the ramp function generator The value is the sum of speed setpoint 1 p1155 and speed setpoint 2 p1160 Dependency Refer to r1150 p1155 p1160 Description Displays the number of the selected fixed speed velocity setpoint Dependency Refer to p1020 p1021 p1022 p1023 Note If a fixed speed setpoint has not been selected p1020 p1023 0 r1197 0 then r1024 0 setpoint 0 p1160 0 n CI Speed controller...

Страница 212: ...d Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Fixed setpoint bit 0 Yes No 3010 01 Fixed setpoint bit 1 Yes No 3010 02 Fixed setpoint bit 2 Yes No 3010 03 Fixed setpoint bit 3 Yes No 3010 05 Inhibit negative direction Yes No 3040 06 Inhibit positive direction Yes No 3040 11 Setpoint inversion Yes No 3040 13 Motorized potentiometer raise Yes No 3020 14 Motorized potentiometer lower Yes No 3020 15 Bypass...

Страница 213: ...as setting p1200 0 Description Sets the search current for the flying restart function The value is referred to the motor magnetizing current Dependency Refer to r0331 Caution An unfavorable parameter value can result in the motor behaving in an uncontrollable fashion Notice The following applies for a synchronous reluctance motor The minimum search current is limited p1202 50 Note In U f control ...

Страница 214: ...monitoring flying restart states in the vector control mode p1203 0 n Flying restart search rate factor FlyRst v_Srch Fact Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting 10 4000 100 r1204 0 13 CO BO Flying restart U f control status FlyRest Uf st Access level 4 Calculated Data type Un...

Страница 215: ...tart is interrupted When using an Operator Panel in the LOCAL mode then there is no automatic start For p1210 14 16 a manual acknowledgment is required for an automatic restart Refer to p0840 p0857 Refer to F30003 Danger If the automatic restart is activated p1210 1 if there is an ON command refer to p0840 the drive is switched on as soon as any fault messages that are present can be acknowledged ...

Страница 216: ...starts with the counter value that applied before the power failure and decrements this start attempt by 1 If a further attempt to acknowledge is started by the automatic restart function prior to power failure e g when the CU remains active on power failure longer than the time p1212 2 the fault counter will already have been decremented once In this case the start counter is thus decreased by th...

Страница 217: ...6 and the additional delay time due to the flying restart then fault F07320 is generated at each restart If for p1210 1 the time in p1213 is set lower than in p1212 then fault F07320 is also generated at each restart The monitoring time must be extended if the faults that occur cannot be immediately and successfully acknowledged e g for faults that are permanently present In the case of p1210 14 1...

Страница 218: ...rocess For p1210 1 this signal is directly set after the faults have been successfully acknowledged For bit 07 State which is assumed after a fault occurs within the automatic restart function This is only reset after acknowledging the fault and withdrawing the switch on command For bit 10 When the automatic restart function is active r1214 7 is displayed otherwise the active fault r2139 3 The bit...

Страница 219: ...ble and Safe Brake Control enabled p1215 0 p9602 1 p9802 1 is not practical if there is no motor holding brake The parameterization motor holding brake the same as sequence control connection via BICO and Safe Brake Control enabled p1215 3 p9602 1 p9802 1 is not practical Description Sets the time to open the motor holding brake After the holding brake has been controlled opened the speed setpoint...

Страница 220: ...till cannot be detected if the speed threshold is too low Description Sets the monitoring time for the standstill identification When braking with OFF1 or OFF3 standstill is identified after this time has expired after the setpoint speed has fallen below p1226 also refer to p1145 Dependency The parameter is pre assigned depending on the size of the power unit Refer to p1226 Notice For p1145 0 0 RF...

Страница 221: ...unction is activated as soon as the activation criterion is fulfilled the function can be superseded by an OFF2 response Activation criterion one of the following criteria is fulfilled binector input p1230 1 signal DC braking activation depending on the operating mode the drive is not in the state S4 Operation or in S5x the internal pulse enable is missing r0046 19 0 DC braking can only be withdra...

Страница 222: ...1234 r1239 p1345 p1346 Note A change to the braking current becomes effective the next time that DC braking is switched on The value for p1232 is specified as an rms value in the 3 phase system The magnitude of the braking current is the same as that of an identical output current at frequency zero see r0067 r0068 p0640 The braking current is internally limited to r0067 For the current controller ...

Страница 223: ...pplies the Vdc_max controller limits the regenerative energy in order that the DC link voltage is kept below the maximum DC link voltage when braking the ramp down times are automatically increased p1240 2 3 When the switch in threshold of the Vdc_min controller is reached p1245 the following applies the Vdc_min controller limits the energy taken from the DC link in order to keep the DC link volta...

Страница 224: ...ed on a theoretical controller optimization If subsequent optimization is required this can be carried out using the dynamic factor In this case p1250 p1251 p1252 are weighted with the dynamic factor p1243 Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Description Sets the switch in level for the Vdc min controller kinetic buffering The value is obtained as follow...

Страница 225: ...ncreasing the speed threshold and setting a final rounding off time in the ramp function generator p1131 This is supported using a dynamic setting of the speed controller Description Sets the proportional gain for the DC link voltage controller Vdc_min controller Vdc_max controller Dependency The effective proportional gain is obtained taking into account p1243 Vdc_max controller dynamic factor an...

Страница 226: ...ependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Refer to F07406 Notice If a time threshold has been parameterized the Vdc_max controller should also be activated p1240 3 so that the drive does not shut down with overvoltage when Vdc_min control is exited due to the time violation and in the event of fault response OFF3 It is also possible to increase the OFF3 ramp d...

Страница 227: ...r vector control to precontrol the Vdc_max controller The lower the power limit is set the lower the correction signals of the controller when the voltage limit is reached Description Sets the maximum search frequency for a flying restart in an inhibited setpoint direction p1110 p1111 Note The parameter has no effect for an operating mode which only searches in the setpoint direction p1200 3 p1256...

Страница 228: ...able Vdc_min controller and Vdc_max controller Dependency Not visible with application class Dynamic Drive Control DDC p0096 2 Note For high input voltages p0210 the following settings can improve the degree of ruggedness of the Vdc_max controller set the input voltage as low as possible and in so doing avoid A07401 p0210 set the rounding times p1130 p1136 increase the ramp down times p1121 reduce...

Страница 229: ... Note The Vdc_max controller is not switched back off until the DC link voltage falls below the threshold 0 95 r1282 and the controller output is zero Description Sets the dynamic factor for the DC link voltage controller Vdc_max controller 100 means that p1290 p1291 and p1292 gain integral time and rate time are used in accordance with their basic settings and on the basis of a theoretical contro...

Страница 230: ...ic settings and based on a theoretical controller optimization If subsequent optimization is required this can be carried out using the dynamic factor In this case p1290 p1291 and p1292 are weighted with the dynamic factor p1287 Dependency Not visible with application class Dynamic Drive Control DDC p0096 2 p1284 0 n Vdc_max controller time threshold U f Vdc_max t_thresh PM240 Access level 3 Calcu...

Страница 231: ...Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Dynamic Drive Control DDC p0096 2 p1288 0 n Vdc_max controller feedback coupling factor ramp fct gen U f Vdc_max factor RFG Access level 4 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting 0 000 100 000 0 500 p1290 0 n Vdc controller...

Страница 232: ...ck stop ramp entered in p1135 must not be equal to zero to prevent overcurrent shutdown if F07406 is triggered Description Sets the speed threshold for the Vdc min controller kinetic buffering If this value is exceeded a fault is output the required response can be parameterized Dependency Not visible with application class Dynamic Drive Control DDC p0096 2 Note Exiting the Vdc_min control before ...

Страница 233: ...with speed encoder is not possible for permanent magnet synchronous motors Refer to p0108 p0300 p0311 p0400 p1501 Notice Active slip compensation is required in the U f control types with Eco mode p1300 4 7 The scaling of the slip compensation p1335 should be set so that the slip is completely compensated generally 100 The Eco mode is only effective in steady state operation and when the ramp func...

Страница 234: ...prove faster starting operations for high rating motors For bit 09 For field orientation bit04 1 while the induction motor is being magnetized the current is automatically increased if the magnetization time p0346 is shortened Description Sets the configuration for the U f control Dependency Not visible with application class Dynamic Drive Control DDC p0096 2 Notice p1302 bit 5 1 only for field or...

Страница 235: ...352 For vector control the starting current is realized using p1610 Not visible with application class Dynamic Drive Control DDC p0096 2 Refer to p1300 p1311 p1312 r1315 Notice The starting current voltage boost increases the motor temperature particularly at zero speed Note The starting current as a result of the voltage boost is only effective for U f control p1300 The boost values are combined ...

Страница 236: ...d withdrawal of the voltage boost are smoothed The magnitude of the boost in Volt at a frequency of zero is defined as follows not for field orientation Voltage boost V 1 732 p0305 rated motor current A x r0395 stator primary section resistance ohm x p1311 voltage boost when accelerating 100 Dependency The current limit p0640 limits the boost For field orientation p1302 bit 4 1 not PM230 PM250 PM2...

Страница 237: ...2 of the voltage boost is also added in the direction of the load current non linear Description Displays the total resulting voltage boost in volt For field orientation p1302 4 1 not for PM230 PM250 PM260 at low speeds as a minimum the magnetizing current is set so that the voltage depends on r0331 Dependency Not visible with application class Dynamic Drive Control DDC p0096 2 Refer to p1310 p131...

Страница 238: ...7 Description The programmable characteristic for the U f control is defined using 4 points and 0 Hz p1310 This parameter specifies the voltage of the second point along the characteristic Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Dynamic Drive Control DDC p0096 2 Refer to p1310 p1311 p1320 p1321 p1322 p1324 p1325 p1326 p1327 Description The programmable char...

Страница 239: ...ut frequencies above p1326 the characteristic is extrapolated with the gradient between the characteristic points p1324 p1325 and p1326 p1327 The voltage boost when accelerating p1311 is also applied to the freely programmable U f characteristic Description The programmable characteristic for the U f control is defined using 4 points and 0 Hz p1310 This parameter specifies the voltage of the fourt...

Страница 240: ...ly set to 6 of the rated motor frequency Description Sets the starting frequency of the slip compensation Dependency Not visible with application class Dynamic Drive Control DDC p0096 2 Note For p1334 0 the starting frequency of the slip compensation is automatically set to 6 of the rated motor frequency p1330 0 n CI U f control independent voltage setpoint Uf U_set independ Access level 3 Calcula...

Страница 241: ...n in referred to r0330 motor rated slip p1335 0 0 Slip compensation deactivated p1335 100 0 The slip is completely compensated Dependency Prerequisite for a precise slip compensation for p1335 100 are the precise motor parameters p0350 p0360 If the parameters are not precisely known a precise compensation can be achieved by varying p1335 For U f control types with Eco optimization 4 and 7 the slip...

Страница 242: ...n order that the output frequency can be precisely set Description Sets the filter time constant for resonance damping for U f control Dependency Not visible with application class Dynamic Drive Control DDC p0096 2 Refer to p1300 p1338 p1349 p1336 0 n Slip compensation limit value Slip comp lim val Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 U...

Страница 243: ...with p1122 1 p1341 0 I_max frequency controller deactivated and I_max voltage controller activated over the complete speed range Description Sets the integral time for the I_max frequency controller Dependency Not visible with application class Dynamic Drive Control DDC p0096 2 Refer to p1340 Note When p1341 0 the current limiting controller influencing the frequency is de activated and only the c...

Страница 244: ...Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Dynamic Drive Control DDC p0096 2 Refer to p1335 Note The value is only determined for operating modes with Economic p1300 4 7 r1344 I_max controller voltage output I_max_ctrl U_outp Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling p2001 Dyn index Unit group 5_1 Unit selection p0505 Func diagram 6300 Mi...

Страница 245: ...lding brake Dependency When setting p1351 0 then slip compensation is automatically activated p1335 100 Refer to p1302 p1352 Notice A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set Note Connected with p1352 a value of 100 corresponds to the motor rated slip r0330 Description Sets the signal source for the frequency setting value at the sl...

Страница 246: ...tor control if p1496 is not zero For bit 25 When the bit is set for high dynamic starting in the I f mode the acceleration precontrol torque smoothing only has a short minimum time 4 ms p1382 0 n Saturation limit for flux setpoint Max FluxSaturation PM240 Access level 4 Calculated p0340 1 Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group Unit selection Func diagra...

Страница 247: ...416 is displayed For bit 06 not for induction motors Magnetizing is performed with maximum current 0 9 r0067 With active identification of the stator resistance see p0621 quick magnetizing is internally de activated and alarm A07416 is displayed During a flying restart of a rotating motor see p1200 no quick magnetizing takes place For bit 07 if the speed of the drive exceeds the effective speed li...

Страница 248: ...n index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 2520 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 04 Hold speed controller I component Yes No 6040 05 Set speed controller I component Yes No 6040 08 Travel to fixed stop Yes No 8012 11 Droop enable Yes No 6030 12 Torque control active Yes No 6060 15 Set speed adaptation controller I component Yes No r1407 0 27 CO BO Status w...

Страница 249: ...ve Yes No 25 Load estimate active Yes No 26 Moment of inertia estimator stabilized Yes No 27 Moment of inertia estimator fast estimation active Yes No r1408 0 14 CO BO Status word current controller ZSW I_ctrl Access level 4 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 2530 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signa...

Страница 250: ...osed loop speed controller p0115 1 and the calculation PRIOR TO closed loop speed controller should be made in order that for a motor speed encoder fault a changeover can be made to encoderless operation see p0491 the speed signal if it is derived from its own motor speed encoder must be used from r0063 and not from r0061 Description Sets the smoothing time constant PT1 for the speed actual value ...

Страница 251: ... Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Refer to r1119 p1155 p1160 Description Display and connector output for the actual smoothed speed actual value of the speed control Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 p1442 0 n Speed controller speed actual value smoothing time n_ctr n_act T_smth Access level 2 Calculated...

Страница 252: ... application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Dynamic Drive Control DDC p0096 2 Refer to p1455 p1457 p1458 p1459 Note If the upper transition point p1457 of the speed controller adaptation is set to lower values than the lower transition p1456 then the controller gain below p1457 is adapted with p1459 and above p1456 with p1458 p1452 0 n Speed controller speed actual value smoothing time s...

Страница 253: ...rive Control DDC p0096 2 Refer to p1455 p1456 p1457 p1458 Note If the upper transition point p1457 of the speed controller adaptation is set to lower values than the lower transition p1456 then the controller gain below p1457 is adapted with p1459 and above p1456 with p1458 Description Sets the P gain of the speed controller before the adaptation speed range 0 p1464 This value corresponds to the b...

Страница 254: ...6 1 Refer to p1462 p1464 p1465 Note If the upper transition point p1465 of the speed controller adaptation is set to lower values than the lower transition point p1464 then the controller integral time below p1465 is adapted with p1463 This means that an adaptation can be implemented for low speeds without having to change the controller parameters Description Sets the lower adaptation speed of th...

Страница 255: ...application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Dynamic Drive Control DDC p0096 2 Description Displays the effective P gain of the speed controller Dependency The connector output signal r1468 is increased by a factor of 100 in order to improve the resolution Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Description Displays the effective integral time of the speed con...

Страница 256: ...tizing see p0346 r0056 bit 4 and ends at the end of the brake control opening time p1216 A setting value of zero means that no setting procedure will take place If p1351 is used as a signal source for the torque setting value the percentage value is interpreted in relation to the rated torque p2003 Description Sets the signal source to hold the integrator for the speed controller Dependency Not vi...

Страница 257: ...In order that when setting the integrator output only the static torque is detected we recommend that the accelerating torque is completely precontrolled e g p1496 If p1478 is interconnected to another output other than r1482 then after magnetizing and speed controller enable the integral output is set once if the setting command is not interconnected p1477 0 Not visible with application class Sta...

Страница 258: ... controller output 3 Droop from integral output speed controller Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Dynamic Drive Control DDC p0096 2 Refer to p1486 p1487 p1489 r1490 p1492 Caution For active acceleration precontrol of the speed controller refer to p1496 it is not recommended that p1488 is set to 1 as this could result in positive coupling effects Inst...

Страница 259: ...he setpoint speed This makes it possible to subtract the result of this calculation from the speed of another drive Description Display and connector output for the parameterized total moment of inertia The value is calculated as follows p0341 p0342 p1496 Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 p1489 0 n Droop feedback scaling Droop scal Access level 3 Calc...

Страница 260: ...eration Description Sets the scaling for the acceleration integrator at low speeds only for encoderless torque control Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Dynamic Drive Control DDC p0096 2 Refer to p0341 p0342 Description Sets the source for the torque setpoint For single digit values the following applies The value specifies the main setpoint For doubl...

Страница 261: ...rol 1 signal Closed loop torque control Dependency The input connectors to enter the torque are provided using p1511 p1512 and p1513 Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Dynamic Drive Control DDC p0096 2 Refer to p1300 Notice If the closed loop torque control is not activated p1300 and a change is made to closed loop torque control p1501 OFF1 p0840 does not have it...

Страница 262: ...scaling the supplementary torque 1 Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Description Sets the signal source for supplementary torque 2 Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 p1503 0 n CI Torque setpoint M_set Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling p2003 Dyn index CDS p0170...

Страница 263: ...dency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Refer to p0341 p0342 p1496 p1514 0 n Supplementary torque 2 scaling M_suppl 2 scal Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling PERCENT Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 6020 6060 Min Max Factory setting 2000 0 2000 0 100 0 r1515 Supplementary torque total M_suppl ...

Страница 264: ...e current limit p0640 Description Sets the signal source for the upper torque limit Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Refer to p1520 p1521 p1523 Danger Negative values resulting from the signal source and scaling can cause the motor to accelerate in an uncontrolled manner Description Sets the signal source for the lower torque limit Dependency Not vis...

Страница 265: ...isible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Refer to p1520 p1521 p1522 p1523 p1528 p1529 Description Display and connector output for the lower torque limit of all torque limits without offset Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Refer to p1520 p1521 p1522 p1523 p1528 p1529 p1524 0 n CO Torque limit upper scaling M_max upper scal Acc...

Страница 266: ...cted as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed Description Sets the signal source for the scaling of the lower torque limit in p1523 Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Danger For p1400 4 0 torque limiting upper lower the following applies Positive values resulting from the signal source and scaling can cause the motor to accelerate in an unco...

Страница 267: ...Displays the maximum limit for the torque generating current component Index 0 indicates the signal limited by the Vdc controller Index 0 Limited 1 Unlimited Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 p1530 0 n Power limit motoring P_max mot Access level 2 Calculated p0340 1 3 5 Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit grou...

Страница 268: ...320 is increased This may be the case for rotating measurements see p1960 The torque limit p1520 can be re calculated using p0340 1 3 or 5 Description Sets the signal source to activate deactivate the travel to fixed stop function 1 Travel to fixed stop is active 0 Travel to fixed stop is inactive Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Notice The parameter...

Страница 269: ...of the upper torque limiting to limit the speed controller output without taking into account the current and power limits Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 p1545 0 n BI Activates travel to a fixed stop TfS activation CU250S_V EPOS CU250S_V_CAN EPOS CU250S_V_DP EPOS CU250S_V_PN EPOS Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed T Scali...

Страница 270: ...oes not provide any new values Description Sets the change time for the moment of inertia for the moment of inertia estimator Lower values mean that faster changes are possible For a higher value this estimated value is smoothed more significantly Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Refer to p1400 p1560 p1562 p1553 0 n Stall limit scaling Stall limit sc...

Страница 271: ...0096 1 Notice A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set Note For p1570 100 the flux setpoint increases as a function of the load from 100 no load operation to the setting in p1570 above rated motor torque if p1580 0 has been set p1562 0 n Moment of inertia estimator change time load J_est t load Access level 3 Calculated p0340 1 3 ...

Страница 272: ...age is only limited if the maximum output voltage r0071 minus the voltage reserve p1574 corresponds to a value higher than p1575 Limiting via p1575 allows the influence of the voltage ripple of the line supply voltage to be eliminated at the operating point Description Sets the efficiency optimization When optimizing the efficiency the flux setpoint of the closed loop control is adapted as a funct...

Страница 273: ... situations the field weakening starts at higher speeds Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Dynamic Drive Control DDC p0096 2 Note If the start of field weakening is shifted to lower speeds then the voltage reserve is increased for partial load situations If the start of field weakening is shifted to higher speeds the voltage reserve is appropriately re...

Страница 274: ... visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Dynamic Drive Control DDC p0096 2 r1589 Field weakening current precontrol value I_FieldWeak prectr Access level 4 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling p2002 Dyn index Unit group 6_2 Unit selection p0505 Func diagram 6724 Min Max Factory setting Arms Arms Arms p1590 0 n Flux controller P gain Flux controller ...

Страница 275: ...s the ramp down time of the current setpoint when switching over from open loop controlled to closed loop controlled operation Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 p1596 0 n Field weakening controller integral action time Field_ctrl Tn Access level 3 Calculated p0340 1 3 4 Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit grou...

Страница 276: ... Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Note When accelerating and braking p1611 is added to p1610 and the resulting total torque is converted into an appropriate current setpoint and controlled For pure accelerating torques it is always favorable to use the torque precontrol of the speed controller p1496 Description Displays the actual maximum possible electromotive force EMF of the separately excite...

Страница 277: ...the setpoint of the torque generating current components Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Dynamic Drive Control DDC p0096 2 Note The smoothing time does not become effective until the field weakening range is reached p1616 0 n Current setpoint smoothing time I_set T_smooth Access level 3 Calculated p0340 1 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U...

Страница 278: ... the PI controller Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Dynamic Drive Control DDC p0096 2 p1702 0 n Isd current controller precontrol scaling Isd_ctr_prectrScal Access level 4 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 6714 Min Max Factory setting 0 0 200 0 70 0 p1703 0 n Isq...

Страница 279: ... decoupling Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Dynamic Drive Control DDC p0096 2 r1719 Isq controller integral component Isq_ctrl I_comp Access level 4 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling p2001 Dyn index Unit group 5_1 Unit selection p0505 Func diagram 6714 Min Max Factory setting Vrms Vrms Vrms r1723 CO Isd controller output Is...

Страница 280: ...alue Instead of the integral component the quadrature arm decoupling is effective Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Dynamic Drive Control DDC p0096 2 Warning For settings above 80 the d current controller is active up to the field weakening limit When operated at the voltage limit this can result in an unstable behavior In order to avoid this the dyna...

Страница 281: ...urrent is injected Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 p1731 0 n Isd controller combination current time component Isd ctr I_combi T1 Access level 4 Calculated p0340 1 3 4 Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting 0 00 ms 10000 00 ms 0 00 ms r1732 0 1 CO Direct...

Страница 282: ...al is not calculated while magnetizing and only in the low speed range below p1755 100 p1756 Description Minimum operating frequency for rugged operation If the minimum value is greater than the lower changeover limit parameterized with p1755 1 2 p1756 then the difference is displayed using p1749 p1755 The parameter value cannot be changed Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Dri...

Страница 283: ...lly set to 1 Manual de selection is possible and may be sensible if the saturation characteristic p1960 was not measured for third party motors Generally for standard SIEMENS motors the already pre assigned default value saturation characteristic is adequate When the bit is set the selection of bits 0 and 1 is ignored For bit 2 0 Bit 3 is also automatically deactivated For bit 6 1 The following ap...

Страница 284: ...nt model and complete machine model with active rugged model feedback and combination current For bit 19 Displays the currently active stator circuit feedback in current model operation For bit 20 Displays the currently effective increase of the changeover limits by the value p1749 p1755 For bit 21 For a blocked synchronous motor the speed ramp function generator is held in the open loop speed con...

Страница 285: ...operation Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Refer to p1755 Note The parameter value refers to p1755 Extremely small hystereses can have a negative impact on the stability in the changeover speed range and very high hystereses in the standstill range p1752 0 n Motor model changeover speed operation with encoder MotMod n_chgov enc Access level 3 Calcula...

Страница 286: ...or speed adaptation with encoder Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Description Sets the integral action time of the controller for speed adaptation with encoder Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 p1758 0 n Motor model changeover delay time closed open loop control MotMod t cl_op Access level 3 Calculated D...

Страница 287: ...t encoder Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Description Displays the effective proportional gain of the controller for the speed adaptation Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 r1762 0 1 Motor model deviation component 1 MotMod dev comp 1 Access level 4 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Sca...

Страница 288: ...ent of the controller for speed adaptation Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 p1767 0 n Motor model without encoder speed adaptation Tn MotMod woE n_adaTn Access level 4 Calculated p0340 1 3 4 Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 6730 Min Max Factory setting 1 ms 200 ms 4 ms r17...

Страница 289: ...f the motor model Index 0 Changeover ramp between current and voltage models Index 1 Changeover ramp for model feedback only for induction motors without encoder Index 2 Changeover ramp for zero frequency range only for induction motors without encoder Index 3 Transition ramp actual speed from speed setpoint to model value SESM without encoder Index 4 Speed controller enable SESM without encoder I...

Страница 290: ...ation of the valve interlocking via Rs bit 7 the compensation in the gating unit is de activated and is instead taken into account in the motor model In order that the correction values of the Rs Lh and kT adaptation selected using Bit 0 Bit 2 are correctly accepted when changing over the drive data set a dedicated motor number must be entered into p0826 for each different motor r1778 Motor model ...

Страница 291: ...dency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Dynamic Drive Control DDC p0096 2 Description Displays the corrective value for the Lh adaptation of the motor model for an induction motor ASM Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Dynamic Drive Control DDC p0096 2 Refer to p0826 p1780 Note The adaptation result is reset if the m...

Страница 292: ...e frequency for the converter This parameter is pre set to the rated converter value when the drive is first commissioned Dependency Refer to p0230 r1791 Motor model Lh adaptation switch on frequency MotMod Lh f_on Access level 4 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting Hz Hz Hz r1792 Motor model Lh adaptat...

Страница 293: ...3 4 then only space vector modulation without overcontrol can be selected as modulation type p1802 3 This does not apply to power units PM260 p1802 10 can only be set for power units PM230 and PM240 and for r0204 15 0 Refer to p0230 p0500 Note When modulation modes are enabled that could lead to overmodulation p1802 0 2 10 the modulation depth must be limited using p1803 default p1803 100 The high...

Страница 294: ...s used to calculate the modulation depth Description DC link voltage used to determine the maximum possible output voltage p1803 0 n Maximum modulation depth Modulat depth max PM240 Access level 3 Calculated p0340 1 3 5 Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 6723 Min Max Factory setting 20 0 150 0 106 0 p1803 0 n Maximum modu...

Страница 295: ... this parameter This means that the direction of the motor is reversed without the setpoint being changed Value 0 OFF 1 ON Caution For operation with encoder if the output phase sequence is changed under certain circumstances it may be necessary to change the direction of rotation for the encoder see p0410 The encoder polarity is also checked for the rotating measurement see p1959 Note This settin...

Страница 296: ...pensate for phase W p1822 Power unit line phases monitoring tolerance time PU ph monit t_tol Access level 4 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting 500 ms 540000 ms 1000 ms p1825 Converter valve threshold voltage Threshold voltage Access level 4 Calculated p0340 1 Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T ...

Страница 297: ...up to a quarter of a revolution With the following switch on command a rotating motor data identification routine is carried out and in addition a speed controller optimization by making measurements at different motor speeds p1832 Dead time compensation current level t_dead_comp I_lev Access level 4 Calculated p0340 1 Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit ...

Страница 298: ...initially at standstill and then with the motor rotating The measurement with rotating motor is not performed for p1300 20 U f controls An appropriate alarm is output when the parameter is set The switch on command must remain set during a measurement and after the measurement has been completed the drive automatically resets it The duration of the measurements can lie between 0 3 s and several mi...

Страница 299: ...rols An appropriate alarm is output when the parameter is set The switch on command must remain set during a measurement and after the measurement has been completed the drive automatically resets it The duration of the measurements can lie between 0 3 s and several minutes This time is for example influenced by the motor size and the mechanical conditions p1900 is automatically set to 0 after the...

Страница 300: ...cessfully performed Yes No 01 Phase short circuit detected Yes No 02 Ground fault test successfully performed Yes No 03 Ground fault detected Yes No 04 Identification pulse width greater than the minimum pulse width Yes No p1909 0 n Motor data identification control word MotID STW Access level 3 Calculated p0340 1 Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index MDS Unit group Unit selectio...

Страница 301: ...of motor data without acceptance 20 Voltage vector input 21 Voltage vector input without filter 22 Rectangular voltage vector input without filter 23 Triangular voltage vector input without filter 24 Rectangular voltage vector input with filter 25 Triangular voltage vector input with filter 26 Enter voltage vector with DTC correction 27 Enter voltage vector with AVC 28 Enter voltage vector with DT...

Страница 302: ... also the time it takes to make the measurement Description Displays the identified stator resistance Index 0 Phase U 1 Phase V 2 Phase W Description Displays the identified rotor time constant Index 0 Phase U 1 Phase V 2 Phase W Description Displays the identified total leakage inductance Index 0 Phase U 1 Phase V 2 Phase W p1911 Phases to be identified number Ph to ident qty Access level 4 Calcu...

Страница 303: ...or ident Access level 4 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting mH mH mH r1916 0 2 Identified stator inductance 1 L_stator 1 ident Access level 4 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting mH mH mH r1917 0 2 Identifie...

Страница 304: ...tem immediately goes into closed loop speed controlled operation r1925 0 2 Identified threshold voltage U_threshold ident Access level 4 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting Vrms Vrms Vrms r1926 0 2 Identified effective valve lockout time t_lock_valve id Access level 4 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint...

Страница 305: ...individual optimization steps Bit 00 None Bit 01 p0320 p0360 p0362 p0369 Bit 02 p0341 p0342 Bit 03 p1400 0 p1458 p1459 p1460 p1462 p1463 p1470 p1472 p1496 Bit 04 Dependent on p1960 Bit 05 p0391 p0392 p0393 p1402 2 only for induction motors p1960 1 3 p1458 p1459 p1470 p1472 p1496 p1400 0 p1960 2 4 p1458 p1459 p1460 p1462 p1496 p1461 p1463 Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Encoder te...

Страница 306: ...hed during the rotating measurement If this is not the case then it is not permissible that the measurement is carried out Notice If there is a motor holding brake it must be open p1215 2 To permanently accept the determined settings they must be saved in a non volatile fashion p0971 During the rotating measurement it is not possible to save the parameter p0971 Note When the rotating measurement i...

Страница 307: ...er can be used to optimize the speed controller p1967 100 speed controller optimization according to a symmetric optimum p1967 100 optimization with a higher dynamic response Kp higher Tn lower If the actual dynamic response see r1968 is significantly reduced with respect to the required dynamic response p1967 then this can be as a result of mechanical load oscillations If in spite of this load be...

Страница 308: ...c r1969 Speed_ctrl_opt moment of inertia determined n_opt M_inert det Access level 4 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group 25_1 Unit selection p0100 Func diagram Min Max Factory setting kgm kgm kgm r1970 0 1 Speed_ctrl_opt vibration test vibration frequency determined n_opt f_vib det Access level 4 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scali...

Страница 309: ...ular difference between the actual electrical commutation angle and the angle determined by the pole position identification r1979 0 12 BO Speed_ctrl_opt status n_opt status Access level 4 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Speed controller optimization act...

Страница 310: ... Pole position identification The following information and data can be taken from the trigger characteristic the value 100 marks the angle at the start of the measurement the value 100 marks the commutation angle determined from the pole position identification routine Description Display and BICO output for the diagnostics information of the pole position identification polID Dependency Refer to...

Страница 311: ...rence quantities are used as internal conversion factor Example 1 The signal of an analog input e g r0755 0 is connected to a speed setpoint e g p1070 0 The actual percentage input value is cyclically converted into the absolute speed setpoint using the reference speed p2000 Example 2 The setpoint from PROFIBUS r2050 1 is connected to a speed setpoint e g p1070 0 The actual input value is cyclical...

Страница 312: ...these are not changed over with the DDS The resulting conversion factor must be taken into account Example p2002 100 A Reference quantity 100 A corresponds to 100 p0305 0 100 A Rated motor current 100 A for MDS0 in DDS0 100 corresponds to 100 of the rated motor current p0305 1 50 A Rated motor current 50 A for MDS1 in DDS1 100 corresponds to 200 of the rated motor current When the reference curren...

Страница 313: ... control Calculated from torque times speed Refer to p2000 p2001 p2002 p2003 Note If a BICO interconnection is established between different physical quantities then the particular reference quantities are used as internal conversion factor The reference power is calculated as follows 2 Pi reference speed 60 reference torque motor reference voltage reference current root 3 infeed Description Sets ...

Страница 314: ...00 1 s Description Sets the baud rate for the commissioning interface USS RS232 Value 6 9600 baud 7 19200 baud 8 38400 baud 9 57600 baud 10 76800 baud 11 93750 baud 12 115200 baud Note COMM IF Commissioning interface The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting Description Sets the address for the commissioning interface USS RS232 Note The parameter is not influenced by setting t...

Страница 315: ...15200 baud 13 187500 baud Note Fieldbus IF Fieldbus interface Changes only become effective after POWER ON The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting The parameter is set to the factory setting when the protocol is reselected When p2030 1 USS the following applies Min max factory setting 4 13 8 When p2030 2 Modbus the following applies Min max factory setting 5 13 7 p2016 0 3 C...

Страница 316: ... max factory setting 1 247 1 Description Sets the number of 16 bit words in the PZD part of the USS telegram for the field bus interface Dependency Refer to p2030 Note The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting Description Sets the number of 16 bit words in the PKW part of the USS telegram for the field bus interface Value 0 PKW 0 words 3 PKW 3 words 4 PKW 4 words 127 PKW varia...

Страница 317: ...ors 5 Number of starting character errors 6 Number of checksum errors 7 Number of length errors Description Sets the communication protocol for the field bus interface Value 0 No protocol 1 USS 2 Modbus RTU Note Changes only become effective after POWER ON The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting p2024 0 2 Fieldbus interface times Fieldbus times CU250S_V Access level 3 Calcul...

Страница 318: ...ce Changes only become effective after POWER ON The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting The parameter is set to the factory setting when the protocol is reselected p2030 2 p2030 Field bus interface protocol selection Field bus protocol CU250S_V_CAN Access level 1 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 9310 Min...

Страница 319: ...22 p2079 this parameter influences the device specific assignment of the bits in the control and status words Value 0 SINAMICS 2 VIK NAMUR Dependency Refer to p0922 p2079 Notice The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed Note For p0922 p2079 1 350 999 p2038 is automatically set to 0 For p0922 p2079 20 p2038 is automatically set to 2 It is not then possible t...

Страница 320: ...fter a POWER ON Description Displays the PROFIdrive PZD state Dependency Refer to p2044 Note When using the setpoint failure signal the bus can be monitored and an application specific response triggered when the setpoint fails p2039 Select debug monitor interface Debug monit select Access level 4 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func d...

Страница 321: ...put Dependency Refer to F01910 Note For controller STOP the additional monitoring time is not effective Description Connector output to interconnect PZD setpoints with word format received from the fieldbus controller Index 0 PZD 1 1 PZD 2 2 PZD 3 3 PZD 4 4 PZD 5 5 PZD 6 6 PZD 7 7 PZD 8 p2044 PROFIdrive fault delay PD fault delay CU250S_V_DP CU250S_V_PN Access level 3 Calculated Data type Floating...

Страница 322: ...d cannot be changed Description Selects the PZD actual values with word format to be sent to the fieldbus controller Index 0 PZD 1 1 PZD 2 2 PZD 3 3 PZD 4 4 PZD 5 5 PZD 6 6 PZD 7 7 PZD 8 8 PZD 9 9 PZD 10 10 PZD 11 11 PZD 12 12 PZD 13 13 PZD 14 14 PZD 15 15 PZD 16 16 PZD 17 Notice The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed p2051 0 16 CI PROFIdrive PZD send wo...

Страница 323: ...4 Cyclic data OK r2053 0 16 PROFIdrive diagnostics send PZD word Diag send word Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 2450 2470 9370 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Bit 0 ON OFF 01 Bit 1 ON OFF 02 Bit 2 ON OFF 03 Bit 3 ON OFF 04 Bit 4 ON OFF 05 Bit 5 ON OFF 06 Bit 6 ON OFF 07 ...

Страница 324: ...ction for a single PZD can only take place either on r2050 or r2060 Description Selects the PZD actual values with double word format to be sent to the fieldbus controller Index 0 PZD 1 2 1 PZD 2 3 2 PZD 3 4 3 PZD 4 5 r2055 0 2 PROFIBUS diagnostics standard PB diag standard CU250S_V_DP Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func di...

Страница 325: ... 4 3 PZD 4 5 4 PZD 5 6 5 PZD 6 7 6 PZD 7 8 7 PZD 8 9 8 PZD 9 10 9 PZD 10 11 10 PZD 11 12 11 PZD 12 13 12 PZD 13 14 13 PZD 14 15 14 PZD 15 16 15 PZD 16 17 r2063 0 15 PROFIdrive diagnostics PZD send double word Diag send DW Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 2450 2470 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name...

Страница 326: ...value is preset to the end of the PZD telegram For p0922 equal to 999 and p2079 not equal to 999 the preset value can be increased The value must be set again after changing p0922 p2079 22 Bit 22 ON OFF 23 Bit 23 ON OFF 24 Bit 24 ON OFF 25 Bit 25 ON OFF 26 Bit 26 ON OFF 27 Bit 27 ON OFF 28 Bit 28 ON OFF 29 Bit 29 ON OFF 30 Bit 30 ON OFF 31 Bit 31 ON OFF r2065 PB PN controller sign of life diagnost...

Страница 327: ...D 11 11 PZD 12 Note Value range 0 242 Byte offset 65535 Not assigned p2072 Response receive value after PZD failure Resp aft PZD fail Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting 0000 bin Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Unconditionally open holding brake p0855 Freeze value Zero the...

Страница 328: ...ndard telegram 4 PZD 6 14 20 Standard telegram 20 PZD 2 6 350 SIEMENS telegram 350 PZD 4 4 352 SIEMENS telegram 352 PZD 6 6 353 SIEMENS telegram 353 PZD 2 2 PKW 4 4 354 SIEMENS telegram 354 PZD 6 6 PKW 4 4 999 Free telegram configuration with BICO Dependency Refer to p0922 r2076 0 16 PROFIdrive diagnostics telegram offset PZD send Diag offs send Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can b...

Страница 329: ...is inhibited All of the interconnections and extensions contained in the telegram are inhibited For p0922 999 the following applies p2079 can be freely set If p2079 is also set to 999 then all of the interconnections can be set For p0922 999 and p2079 999 the following applies The interconnections contained in the telegram are inhibited However the telegram can be extended Description Selects bits...

Страница 330: ... 15 Dependency Refer to p2088 r2089 Notice The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed Description Selects bits to be sent to the PROFIdrive controller The individual bits are combined to form status word 2 Index 0 Bit 0 1 Bit 1 2 Bit 2 3 Bit 3 4 Bit 4 5 Bit 5 6 Bit 6 7 Bit 7 p2080 0 15 BI Binector connector converter status word 1 Bin con ZSW1 CU250S_V CU250...

Страница 331: ... 9 10 Bit 10 11 Bit 11 12 Bit 12 13 Bit 13 14 Bit 14 15 Bit 15 Dependency Refer to p2088 r2089 Notice The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed Description Selects bits to be sent to the PROFIdrive controller The individual bits are combined to form free status word 4 Index 0 Bit 0 1 Bit 1 2 Bit 2 3 Bit 3 4 Bit 4 5 Bit 5 6 Bit 6 7 Bit 7 8 Bit 8 9 Bit 9 10 B...

Страница 332: ...nector connector converter status word 5 Bin con ZSW5 Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 2472 Min Max Factory setting 0 p2088 0 4 Invert binector connector converter status word Bin con ZSW inv CU250S_V_DP CU250S_V_PN Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index Unit group...

Страница 333: ...ated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 2472 Min Max Factory setting 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Bit 0 Inverted Not inverted 01 Bit 1 Inverted Not inverted 02 Bit 2 Inverted Not inverted 03 Bit 3 Inverted Not inverted 04 Bit 4 Inverted Not inverted 05 Bit 5 Inverted Not inverted 06 Bit 6 Inv...

Страница 334: ...el 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 2468 9360 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Bit 0 ON OFF 01 Bit 1 ON OFF 02 Bit 2 ON OFF 03 Bit 3 ON OFF 04 Bit 4 ON OFF 05 Bit 5 ON OFF 06 Bit 6 ON OFF 07 Bit 7 ON OFF 08 Bit 8 ON OFF 09 Bit 9 ON OFF 10 Bit 10 ON OFF 11 Bit 11 ON OFF 12 Bit 12 ON OFF...

Страница 335: ...setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Bit 0 ON OFF 01 Bit 1 ON OFF 02 Bit 2 ON OFF 03 Bit 3 ON OFF 04 Bit 4 ON OFF 05 Bit 5 ON OFF 06 Bit 6 ON OFF 07 Bit 7 ON OFF 08 Bit 8 ON OFF 09 Bit 9 ON OFF 10 Bit 10 ON OFF 11 Bit 11 ON OFF 12 Bit 12 ON OFF 13 Bit 13 ON OFF 14 Bit 14 ON OFF 15 Bit 15 ON OFF r2093 0 15 BO PROFIdrive PZD4 receive bit serial PZD4 recv bitw Access level 3 Calc...

Страница 336: ... Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Bit 0 ON OFF 01 Bit 1 ON OFF 02 Bit 2 ON OFF 03 Bit 3 ON OFF 04 Bit 4 ON OFF 05 Bit 5 ON OFF 06 Bit 6 ON OFF 07 Bit 7 ON OFF 08 Bit 8 ON OFF 09 Bit 9 ON OFF 10 Bit 10 ON OFF 11 Bit 11 ON OFF 12 Bit 12 ON OFF 13 Bit 13 ON OFF 14 Bit 14 ON OFF 15 Bit 15 ON OFF r2095 0 15 BO Connector binector converter binector output Con bin out...

Страница 337: ... present The change only becomes effective after the fault has been resolved p2098 0 1 Inverter connector binector converter binector output Con bin outp inv Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 2468 9360 Min Max Factory setting 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Bit 0 Inver...

Страница 338: ...or faults with the appropriate identification Example F12345 and fault response NONE OFF1 OFF2 The fault response NONE can be changed to OFF1 or OFF2 For value 1 OFF1 Braking along the ramp function generator down ramp followed by a pulse inhibit For value 2 OFF2 Internal external pulse inhibit For value 3 OFF3 Braking along the OFF3 down ramp followed by a pulse inhibit For value 5 STOP2 n_set 0 ...

Страница 339: ...evel 3 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index CDS p0170 Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 2441 2442 2443 2447 2475 2546 9220 9677 9678 Min Max Factory setting 0 2090 7 1 722 2 2 2090 7 3 2090 7 p2103 0 n BI 1st acknowledge faults 1st acknowledge CU250S_V CU250S_V_CAN CU250S_V_DP EPOS CU250S_V_PN EPOS Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed U...

Страница 340: ...0949 r2130 r2133 r2136 p2105 0 n BI 3rd acknowledge faults 3rd acknowledge Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index CDS p0170 Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 2546 8060 Min Max Factory setting 0 p2106 0 n BI External fault 1 External fault 1 Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index CDS p0170 Unit group Unit...

Страница 341: ...ds and r2114 1 days After r2114 0 has reached a value of 86 400 000 ms 24 hours this value is reset and r2114 1 is incremented Index 0 Milliseconds 1 Days Dependency Refer to r0948 r2109 r2123 r2125 r2130 r2136 r2145 r2146 Note When the electronic power supply is switched out the counter values are saved After the drive unit is switched on the counter continues to run with the last value that was ...

Страница 342: ...is present The change only becomes effective after the message has gone The message type can only be changed for messages with the appropriate identification exception value 0 Example F12345 A Fault F12345 can be changed to alarm A12345 In this case the message number that may be possibly entered in p2100 0 19 and p2126 0 19 is automatically removed p2116 0 n BI External alarm 2 External alarm 2 A...

Страница 343: ... the oldest Description Displays the system runtime in milliseconds when the alarm occurred Dependency Refer to r2110 r2122 r2124 r2125 r2134 r2145 r2146 Notice The time comprises r2145 days and r2123 milliseconds Note The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background refer to status signal in r2139 The structure of the alarm buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r2122 ...

Страница 344: ...ved Description Sets the acknowledge mode for selected fault Value 1 Acknowledgment only using POWER ON 2 Ack IMMEDIATELY after the fault cause has been removed Dependency Selects the faults and sets the required acknowledge mode realized under the same index Refer to p2126 Notice It is not possible to re parameterize the acknowledge mode for a fault in the following cases fault number does not ex...

Страница 345: ...3 r2136 Notice The time comprises r2130 days and r0948 milliseconds The value displayed in r2130 refers to January 1 1970 p2128 0 15 Faults alarms trigger selection F A trigger sel Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 8050 8070 Min Max Factory setting 0 65535 0 r2129 0 15 CO BO Faults alarms trigger word F A trig...

Страница 346: ...t code Act fault code Access level 2 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 8060 Min Max Factory setting r2132 CO Actual alarm code Actual alarm code Access level 2 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 8065 Min Max Factory setting r2133 0 63 Fault value for float valu...

Страница 347: ...CS functionality r2136 0 63 Fault time removed in days t_flt resolv days Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 8060 Min Max Factory setting r2138 7 15 CO BO Control word faults alarms STW fault alarm Access level 2 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram ...

Страница 348: ...r parameters are cyclically updated in the background refer to status signal in r2139 p2140 0 n Hysteresis speed 2 n_hysteresis 2 Access level 3 Calculated p0340 1 3 5 Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group 3_1 Unit selection p0505 Func diagram 8010 Min Max Factory setting 0 00 rpm 300 00 rpm 90 00 rpm p2141 0 n Speed threshold 1 n_thresh val 1 Access l...

Страница 349: ...bit is set the load monitoring is only executed in the 1st quadrant as a result of the positive characteristic parameters p2182 p2190 For bit 03 When the bit is set r2197 1 and r2197 2 are determined using separate hysteresis functions For bit 05 When this bit is set a change to open loop speed controlled operation is only possible when the motor is stationary r2146 0 63 Alarm time removed in days...

Страница 350: ...ls Dependency Refer to r2169 p2150 0 n Hysteresis speed 3 n_hysteresis 3 Access level 3 Calculated p0340 1 3 5 Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group 3_1 Unit selection p0505 Func diagram 8010 8011 8022 Min Max Factory setting 0 00 rpm 300 00 rpm 2 00 rpm p2151 0 n CI Speed setpoint for messages signals n_set for msg Access level 3 Calculated Data type ...

Страница 351: ...ing Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group 3_1 Unit selection p0505 Func diagram 8010 Min Max Factory setting 0 00 rpm 210000 00 rpm 900 00 rpm p2156 0 n On delay comparison value reached t_on cmpr val rchd Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 8010 Min Max Factory setting 0 0 ms 10000 0 ms 0 0 ms p2157 0 n...

Страница 352: ...f possible If this is insufficient the hysteresis p2162 can only be increased by more than 10 of the rated speed when the maximum speed p0322 of the motor is sufficiently greater than the speed limit p1082 p2159 0 n Speed threshold 6 n_thresh val 6 CU250S_V Ext msg CU250S_V_CAN Ext msg CU250S_V_DP Ext msg CU250S_V_PN Ext msg Access level 3 Calculated p0340 1 3 5 Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be ch...

Страница 353: ...oatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group 3_1 Unit selection p0505 Func diagram 8011 Min Max Factory setting 0 00 rpm 210000 00 rpm 90 00 rpm p2164 0 n Hysteresis speed 4 n_hysteresis 4 Access level 3 Calculated p0340 1 3 5 Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group 3_1 Unit selection p0505 Func diagram 8011 Min Max Factory set...

Страница 354: ... changed U T Scaling p2002 Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group 6_2 Unit selection p0505 Func diagram 8022 Min Max Factory setting 0 00 Arms 10000 00 Arms 0 00 Arms p2171 0 n Current threshold value reached delay time I_thresh rch t_del CU250S_V Ext msg CU250S_V_CAN Ext msg CU250S_V_DP Ext msg CU250S_V_PN Ext msg Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index DDS p01...

Страница 355: ...nge is made to open loop speed controlled operation If this is the case the value in p2177 must be reduced accordingly p2177 p1758 before time p2177 has elapsed in order to detect the locked state reliably As countermeasure it is generally also possible to set p1750 6 This is only not permitted if the drive is slowly reversed by the load at the torque limit speed below p1755 for longer than p1758 ...

Страница 356: ...ed out of tolerance 4 F07923 for torque speed too low 5 F07924 for torque speed too high 6 F07925 for torque speed out of tolerance p2178 0 n Motor stalled delay time Mot stall t_del Access level 3 Calculated p0340 1 3 Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 8012 Min Max Factory setting 0 000 s 10 000 s 0 010 s p2179 0 n Outpu...

Страница 357: ...hreshold 3 upper p2190 M_threshold 3 lower Dependency The following applies p2182 p2183 p2184 Refer to p2182 p2184 p2187 p2188 Refer to A07926 Description Sets the speed torque envelope curve for load monitoring The envelope curve upper and lower envelope curve is defined as follows based on 3 speed thresholds p2182 n_threshold 1 p2185 M_threshold 1 upper p2186 M_threshold 1 lower p2183 n_threshol...

Страница 358: ...fer to p2183 p2188 Refer to A07926 Note The upper envelope curve is defined by p2185 p2187 and p2189 p2185 0 n Load monitoring torque threshold 1 upper M_thresh 1 upper CU250S_V Ext msg CU250S_V_CAN Ext msg CU250S_V_DP Ext msg CU250S_V_PN Ext msg Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group 7_1 Unit selection p0505 Func diagram 8013 ...

Страница 359: ...evel 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group 7_1 Unit selection p0505 Func diagram 8013 Min Max Factory setting 0 00 Nm 20000000 00 Nm 0 00 Nm p2189 0 n Load monitoring torque threshold 3 upper M_thresh 3 upper CU250S_V Ext msg CU250S_V_CAN Ext msg CU250S_V_DP Ext msg CU250S_V_PN Ext msg Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Ca...

Страница 360: ... the delay time has expired Dependency Refer to p2174 p2194 Description Sets the scaling factor for torque utilization r0033 p2193 0 n Load monitoring configuration Load monit config CU250S_V Ext msg CU250S_V_CAN Ext msg CU250S_V_DP Ext msg CU250S_V_PN Ext msg Access level 3 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 8013 Mi...

Страница 361: ...p2170 and the delay time in p2171 For bit 09 10 The threshold value is set in p2172 and the delay time in p2173 For bit 11 The threshold value is set in p2179 and the delay time in p2180 For bit 12 The threshold value is set in p2182 the hysteresis in p2162 and the delay time for canceling the signal in p2152 For bit 13 Only for internal Siemens use r2197 0 13 CO BO Status word monitoring 1 ZSW mo...

Страница 362: ...etting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 n_act speed threshold value 5 Yes No 8023 01 n_act speed threshold value 5 Yes No 8023 02 n_act speed threshold value 6 Yes No 8023 03 n_act speed threshold value 6 Yes No 8023 04 n_set p2161 Yes No 8011 05 n_set 0 Yes No 8011 06 Motor blocked Yes No 8012 07 Motor stalled Yes No 8012 08 I_act I_threshold value p2170 Yes No 8022 09 M_act torq...

Страница 363: ... Func diagram 7958 Min Max Factory setting 0 p2201 0 n CO Technology controller fixed value 1 Tec_ctrl fix val1 CU250S_V Tech_ctrl CU250S_V_CAN Tech_ctrl CU250S_V_DP Tech_ctrl CU250S_V_PN Tech_ctrl Access level 2 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling PERCENT Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group 9_1 Unit selection p0595 Func diagram 7950 7951 Min Max Factory setting 200 00 200 0...

Страница 364: ...CO Technology controller fixed value 5 Tec_ctr fix val 5 CU250S_V Tech_ctrl CU250S_V_CAN Tech_ctrl CU250S_V_DP Tech_ctrl CU250S_V_PN Tech_ctrl Access level 2 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling PERCENT Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group 9_1 Unit selection p0595 Func diagram 7950 Min Max Factory setting 200 00 200 00 50 00 p2206 0 n CO Technology controller fixed value 6 Tec...

Страница 365: ...0S_V Tech_ctrl CU250S_V_CAN Tech_ctrl CU250S_V_DP Tech_ctrl CU250S_V_PN Tech_ctrl Access level 2 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling PERCENT Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group 9_1 Unit selection p0595 Func diagram 7950 Min Max Factory setting 200 00 200 00 90 00 p2210 0 n CO Technology controller fixed value 10 Tec_ctr fix val 10 CU250S_V Tech_ctrl CU250S_V_CAN Tech_ctrl CU...

Страница 366: ...atingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling PERCENT Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group 9_1 Unit selection p0595 Func diagram 7950 Min Max Factory setting 200 00 200 00 130 00 p2214 0 n CO Technology controller fixed value 14 Tec_ctr fix val 14 CU250S_V Tech_ctrl CU250S_V_CAN Tech_ctrl CU250S_V_DP Tech_ctrl CU250S_V_PN Tech_ctrl Access level 2 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling...

Страница 367: ...ixed value selection bit 2 Tec_ctrl sel bit 2 Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index CDS p0170 Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7950 7951 Min Max Factory setting 0 p2223 0 n BI Technology controller fixed value selection bit 3 Tec_ctrl sel bit 3 Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index CDS p0170 Unit group Un...

Страница 368: ...rk is effective until the maximum acceleration is reached a_max p2237 p2247 s or a_max p2238 p2248 s after which the drive continues to run linearly with constant acceleration The higher the maximum acceleration the lower that p2247 is the longer the ramp up time increases with respect to the set ramp up time For bit 03 0 Non volatile data save deactivated 1 The setpoint for the motorized potentio...

Страница 369: ...h_ctrl CU250S_V_CAN Tech_ctrl CU250S_V_DP Tech_ctrl CU250S_V_PN Tech_ctrl Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group 9_1 Unit selection p0595 Func diagram 7954 Min Max Factory setting p2235 0 n BI Technology controller motorized potentiometer raise setpoint Tec_ctrl mop raise CU250S_V Tech_ctrl CU250S_V_CAN Tech_ctrl CU250S_V_DP Tech_ctrl CU250S...

Страница 370: ...ted Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group 9_1 Unit selection p0595 Func diagram 7954 Min Max Factory setting 200 00 200 00 100 00 p2240 0 n Technology controller motorized potentiometer starting value Tec_ctrl mop start CU250S_V Tech_ctrl CU250S_V_CAN Tech_ctrl CU250S_V_DP Tech_ctrl CU250S_V_PN Tech_ctrl Access level 2 Calculated Data type FloatingPoin...

Страница 371: ...lated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7954 Min Max Factory setting 0 0 s 1000 0 s 10 0 s r2250 CO Technology controller motorized potentiometer setpoint after RFG Tec_ctr mop aftRFG CU250S_V Tech_ctrl CU250S_V_CAN Tech_ctrl CU250S_V_DP Tech_ctrl CU250S_V_PN Tech_ctrl Access level 2 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 ...

Страница 372: ...the speed set point channel This prevents the speed from oscillating between the edges of the skip band For bit 05 1 The setting is only effective if a skip band is no longer active The integral component of the PID controller is not held in the range of the skip speeds The skip band is passed through even for small system deviations and low controller gain factors In so doing the controller integ...

Страница 373: ...al CU250S_V Tech_ctrl CU250S_V_CAN Tech_ctrl CU250S_V_DP Tech_ctrl CU250S_V_PN Tech_ctrl Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7958 Min Max Factory setting 0 00 100 00 100 00 p2257 Technology controller ramp up time Tec_ctrl t_ramp up CU250S_V Tech_ctrl CU250S_V_CAN Tech_ctrl CU250S_V_DP Tech_ctrl CU250S_V_PN...

Страница 374: ...c_ctr set aftFlt CU250S_V Tech_ctrl CU250S_V_CAN Tech_ctrl CU250S_V_DP Tech_ctrl CU250S_V_PN Tech_ctrl Access level 4 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling PERCENT Dyn index Unit group 9_1 Unit selection p0595 Func diagram 7958 Min Max Factory setting p2263 Technology controller type Tec_ctrl type CU250S_V Tech_ctrl CU250S_V_CAN Tech_ctrl CU250S_V_DP Tech_ctrl CU250S_V_PN Tec...

Страница 375: ...N Tech_ctrl Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling PERCENT Dyn index Unit group 9_1 Unit selection p0595 Func diagram 7958 Min Max Factory setting p2267 Technology controller upper limit actual value Tec_ctrl u_lim act CU250S_V Tech_ctrl CU250S_V_CAN Tech_ctrl CU250S_V_DP Tech_ctrl CU250S_V_PN Tech_ctrl Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be ...

Страница 376: ...al value decreases as the motor speed increases then p2271 should be set to 1 the actual value signal is inverted Description Display and connector output for the scaled actual value signal of the technology controller Dependency Refer to p2264 p2265 r2266 p2267 p2268 p2269 p2270 p2271 p2270 Technology controller actual value function Tec_ctr ActVal fct CU250S_V Tech_ctrl CU250S_V_CAN Tech_ctrl CU...

Страница 377: ...troller output reaches the limit the I component of the controller is held p2285 0 The integral time is disabled and the I component of the controller is reset r2273 CO Technology controller system deviation Tec_ctrl sys_dev CU250S_V Tech_ctrl CU250S_V_CAN Tech_ctrl CU250S_V_DP Tech_ctrl CU250S_V_PN Tech_ctrl Access level 2 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling PERCENT Dyn in...

Страница 378: ...oller precontrol signal Tec_ctr prectr_sig CU250S_V Tech_ctrl CU250S_V_CAN Tech_ctrl CU250S_V_DP Tech_ctrl CU250S_V_PN Tech_ctrl Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling PERCENT Dyn index CDS p0170 Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7958 Min Max Factory setting 0 p2290 0 n BI Technology controller limiting enable Tec_ctrl lim enab CU250S_V Tech_ctrl CU...

Страница 379: ...r2294 CO Technology controller output signal Tec_ctrl outp_sig CU250S_V Tech_ctrl CU250S_V_CAN Tech_ctrl CU250S_V_DP Tech_ctrl CU250S_V_PN Tech_ctrl Access level 2 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling PERCENT Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7958 Min Max Factory setting p2295 CO Technology controller output scaling Tec_ctrl outp scal CU250S_V Tech_ctrl CU250S...

Страница 380: ...he drive is switched on a start speed remains ineffective and the controller output starts with the actual setpoint speed of the ramp function generator Note If the technology controller operates on the speed setpoint channel p2251 0 then the starting value is interpreted as the starting speed and when operation is enabled is connected to the output of the technology controller r2294 If fault F074...

Страница 381: ...meter has no effect for p2252 bit 5 1 integrator hold deactivated Refer to r2273 Note Only p2251 0 If the output signal of the technology controller reaches a skip band in the speed setpoint channel then the integral component of the controller is held if at the same time the system deviation is lower than the threshold value set here By holding the integral component it can be avoided that the co...

Страница 382: ...345 must be set to zero If the fault occurs during ramping up to the starting setpoint p2302 this starting setpoint is retained as the final value there is no changeover to the fault response setpoint Description Display and BICO output for the status word of the technology controller p2345 Technology controller fault response Tech_ctrl flt resp CU250S_V Tech_ctrl CU250S_V_CAN Tech_ctrl CU250S_V_D...

Страница 383: ...y axis with linear encoder LU Length Unit Description Sets the motor revolutions for the gearbox factor between the motor shaft and load shaft Gearbox factor motor revolutions p2504 load revolutions p2505 10 Technology controller output at the minimum Yes No 11 Technology controller output at the maximum Yes No 12 Fault response active Yes No 13 Technology controller limiting enable Yes No p2502 0...

Страница 384: ...t adjusted 2 Absolute encoder not adjusted and encoder adjustment initiated 3 Absolute encoder adjusted Dependency Refer to p2525 p2598 p2599 p2733 Caution For rotating absolute encoders when adjusting a range is set up symmetrically around zero with half of the encoder range within which the position must be re established after switch off switch on In this range it is only permissible that the e...

Страница 385: ...suring probe evaluation are simultaneously activated then no function is activated and the actual function is interrupted Description Sets the signal source for the function activate measuring probe evaluation 0 1 signal The function activate measuring probe evaluation is started Index 0 Position control 1 Encoder 1 2 Encoder 2 3 Reserved Dependency Refer to p0488 p0489 p0490 p2502 p2508 p2510 p25...

Страница 386: ...preprocessing corrective value edge 0 1 signal The correction value available via CI p2513 is activated Index 0 Position control 1 Encoder 1 2 Encoder 2 3 Reserved p2510 0 3 BI LR selecting measuring probe evaluation MT_eval select CU250S_V Position control CU250S_V_CAN Position control CU250S_V_DP Position control CU250S_V_PN Position control Access level 1 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be ...

Страница 387: ...while the function reference mark search or measuring probe evaluation is activated then the corresponding function is deactivated Note BI p2514 1 signal The position actual value is set to the setting value in CI p2515 Alarm A07497 position setting value activated is output Encoder increments that are received in the meantime are not taken into account BI p2514 1 0 signal The position actual valu...

Страница 388: ... 27 X208 6 Index 0 Encoder 1 1 Encoder 2 2 Reserved Dependency Refer to p0490 p2509 p2510 p2511 p2515 0 3 CI LR position actual setting setting value s_act set setVal CU250S_V Position control CU250S_V_CAN Position control CU250S_V_DP Position control CU250S_V_PN Position control Access level 1 Calculated Data type U32 Integer32 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func dia...

Страница 389: ...the following cases for a DDS changeover the actual position actual value becomes invalid and the reference point is reset the EDS effective for the closed loop position control changes the encoder assignment changes p2502 the mechanical relationships change p2503 p2506 the direction of rotation changes p1821 For absolute encoders the status of the adjustment p2507 is also reset if the same absolu...

Страница 390: ...CU250S_V Position control CU250S_V_CAN Position control CU250S_V_DP Position control CU250S_V_PN Position control Access level 1 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 4010 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Request function 1 Yes No 01 Request function 2 Yes No 02 Request function 3 Yes No 03 R...

Страница 391: ...measured value in r2523 2 for encoder 2 is valid Description Display and connector output for the internal length units LU motor revolution Dependency Refer to p0404 r2522 0 3 CO LR velocity actual value v_act CU250S_V Position control CU250S_V_CAN Position control CU250S_V_DP Position control CU250S_V_PN Position control Access level 1 Calculated Data type Integer32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn ind...

Страница 392: ...trol Access level 4 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index EDS p0140 Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 4010 Min Max Factory setting 0 LU 4294967295 LU 0 LU r2526 0 9 CO BO LR status word ZSW CU250S_V Position control CU250S_V_CAN Position control CU250S_V_DP Position control CU250S_V_PN Position control Access level 1 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed ...

Страница 393: ...s No 01 Referencing active Yes No 02 Measured value valid Yes No r2528 0 2 CO BO LR actual value sensing status word encoder 2 ActValSensZSW enc2 CU250S_V Position control CU250S_V_CAN Position control CU250S_V_DP Position control CU250S_V_PN Position control Access level 1 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setti...

Страница 394: ...CU250S_V_CAN Position control CU250S_V_DP Position control CU250S_V_PN Position control Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 Integer32 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 4015 4020 4025 Min Max Factory setting 2521 0 p2533 0 n LR position setpoint filter time constant s_set_filt T CU250S_V Position control CU250S_V_CAN Position control CU250S_V_DP Position ...

Страница 395: ... velocity which following error is obtained without precontrol Low proportional gain Slow response to a setpoint actual value difference the following error becomes large High proportional gain Fast response to the setpoint actual value difference the following error becomes small p2536 0 n LR speed precontrol symmetrizing filter PT1 n_prectrl filt PT1 CU250S_V Position control CU250S_V_CAN Positi...

Страница 396: ... Position control CU250S_V_CAN Position control CU250S_V_DP Position control CU250S_V_PN Position control Access level 1 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 4015 Min Max Factory setting 0 00 ms 100000 00 ms 0 00 ms p2540 CO LR position controller output speed limit LR_outp n_lim CU250S_V Position control CU250S_...

Страница 397: ...positioning monitoring time expires it is checked once as to whether the difference between the setpoint and actual position lies within the positioning window and if required an appropriate fault is output Dependency Refer to p2543 p2544 r2684 Refer to F07451 Note The following applies for the setting of the standstill and positioning monitoring time Standstill monitoring time p2543 positioning m...

Страница 398: ...t the cam switching signals when output have a true position reference Note Position actual value cam switching position 2 r2683 9 1 signal Position actual value cam switching position 2 r2683 9 0 signal p2546 0 n LR dynamic following error monitoring tolerance s_delta_monit tol CU250S_V Position control CU250S_V_CAN Position control CU250S_V_DP Position control CU250S_V_PN Position control Access...

Страница 399: ...d the positioning and standstill monitoring deactivated Dependency Refer to p2554 r2683 p2549 BI LR enable 1 Enable 1 CU250S_V Position control CU250S_V_CAN Position control CU250S_V_DP Position control CU250S_V_PN Position control Access level 1 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 4015 Min Max Factory setting 899 2 p2550 0 n BI...

Страница 400: ...oint p2552 BI LR signal travel to fixed stop active Signal TfS act CU250S_V Position control CU250S_V_CAN Position control CU250S_V_DP Position control CU250S_V_PN Position control Access level 1 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 4025 Min Max Factory setting 2683 14 p2553 BI LR signal fixed stop reached Signal fixed stop CU250...

Страница 401: ...ion control CU250S_V_CAN Position control CU250S_V_DP Position control CU250S_V_PN Position control Access level 1 Calculated Data type Integer32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 4015 Min Max Factory setting LU LU LU r2558 CO LR position controller output P component LR_outp P comp CU250S_V Position control CU250S_V_CAN Position control CU250S_V_DP Position c...

Страница 402: ...lue and is referred to a moment of inertia of 1 kgm 2 2 PI When using the precontrol then this should be evaluated corresponding to the actual moment of inertia r2561 CO LR speed precontrol value n_prectrl val CU250S_V Position control CU250S_V_CAN Position control CU250S_V_DP Position control CU250S_V_PN Position control Access level 1 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling p...

Страница 403: ...ed into p2567 instead of subsequently evaluating the precontrol value Description Sets the signal source to activate the function STOP cam BI p2568 1 signal The evaluation of the STOP cam minus BI p2569 and STOP cam plus BI p2570 is active r2565 CO LR following error actual Following err act CU250S_V Position control CU250S_V_CAN Position control CU250S_V_DP Position control CU250S_V_PN Position c...

Страница 404: ...al and valid travel direction when the STOP cam is exited this is detected and the status signal r2684 13 is set to 0 and the alarm is deleted Description Sets the signal source for the STOP cam in the positive direction of travel Recommendation Set the OFF3 ramp down time p1135 so that the axis after reaching the STOP cam at the maximum velocity does not move through a higher braking travel than ...

Страница 405: ...override p2619 acts on the maximum acceleration Direct setpoint input MDI mode The acceleration override is effective p2644 4000 hex 100 Jog and search for reference modes No acceleration override is active The axis starts with the maximum acceleration Description Sets the maximum deceleration for the basic positioner function EPOS Dependency Refer to p2620 p2645 Note The maximum deceleration appe...

Страница 406: ...like a CONTINUE_WITH_STOP without the position reached being set Without jerk limiting this behavior can hardly be noticed as when reversing the position setpoint is only kept at zero for one interpolator clock cycle For block change enable CONTINUE_WITH_STOP jerk limiting results in a longer delay time Description Sets the signal source to activate the jerk limiting Activating deactivating using ...

Страница 407: ...for the software limit switch plus Dependency Refer to p2578 p2580 p2581 p2582 Refer to A07470 A07478 A07480 F07482 Notice A change to the software limit switch becomes immediately effective If the software limit switch is changed then this results in the positions in the traversing blocks being checked Note The following applies for the setting of the software limit switch Software limit switch m...

Страница 408: ... traversing block is not started and an appropriate fault is output Axis outside the valid traversing range If the axis is already outside the valid traversing range then an appropriate fault is output The fault can be acknowledged at standstill Traversing blocks with valid position can be activated Note The traversing range can also be limited using STOP cams p2580 CO EPOS software limit switch m...

Страница 409: ...ts the configuration for additional functions for the basic positioner EPOS Note For bit 00 When the bit is set for traversing blocks with absolute target positions p2617 x when the tolerance window p2688 is reached the traversing block number p2616 x is output bit coded r2689 Description Sets the setpoint velocity for jog 1 Dependency Refer to p2587 p2589 p2591 p2583 EPOS backlash compensation Ba...

Страница 410: ...e The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed p2586 EPOS jog 2 setpoint velocity Jog 2 v_set CU250S_V EPOS CU250S_V_CAN EPOS CU250S_V_DP EPOS CU250S_V_PN EPOS Access level 1 Calculated Data type Integer32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 3610 Min Max Factory setting 40000000 1000 LU min 40000000 1000 LU min 300 1000 ...

Страница 411: ...etpoint limiting negative Dependency Refer to r2524 p2571 p2593 Warning In order that the externally limited velocity can be effective for the EPOS operating modes connector input p2593 must be correctly interconnected p2590 BI EPOS jog 2 signal source Jog 2 S_src CU250S_V EPOS CU250S_V_CAN EPOS CU250S_V_DP EPOS CU250S_V_PN EPOS Access level 1 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed T Scali...

Страница 412: ... progress condition END corresponds to the initial state for traversing block interrupted via BI p2640 0 signal intermediate stop for EPOS not enabled BI p2656 0 signal and position actual value valid BI p2658 1 signal Description Sets the signal source to select referencing type 1 signal Flying referencing 0 signal Search for reference Dependency Refer to p2595 Note Referencing is activated as fo...

Страница 413: ...ition value for the reference point coordinate This value is set as the actual axis position after referencing or adjustment Dependency Refer to p2507 p2525 p2595 p2596 p2597 p2598 p2598 0 3 CI EPOS reference point coordinate signal source Ref_pt coord S_src CU250S_V Position control CU250S_V Position control EPOS CU250S_V_CAN Position control CU250S_V_CAN Position control EPOS CU250S_V_DP Positio...

Страница 414: ...st be set so that it is smaller than the outer window Note If the difference between the reference point coordinate and detected actual position is greater than the outer window then no correction is executed for the referenced axis Further an appropriate message is output and r2684 3 is set to 1 p2600 EPOS search for reference reference point offset Ref_pt offset CU250S_V EPOS CU250S_V_CAN EPOS C...

Страница 415: ...for reference when traversing to the reference cam Dependency Refer to p2595 p2597 p2604 p2605 p2607 Refer to F07458 p2603 EPOS flying referencing positioning mode relative Pos_mode relative CU250S_V EPOS CU250S_V_CAN EPOS CU250S_V_DP EPOS CU250S_V_PN EPOS Access level 1 Calculated Data type Integer32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 3635 Min Max Factory ...

Страница 416: ...p2595 p2597 p2604 p2607 p2608 p2610 Refer to F07459 Description Sets the tolerance bandwidth for the distance to the zero mark The zero mark is evaluated within the maximum distance between the reference cam and zero mark p2609 minus the tolerance bandwidth for the distance to the zero mark p2610 p2607 EPOS search for reference reference cam present Ref_cam pres CU250S_V EPOS CU250S_V_CAN EPOS CU2...

Страница 417: ...rence from the reversing cam minus and plus a 0 signal is detected then the axis remains stationary at standstill p2611 EPOS search for reference approach velocity reference point v_appr ref_pt CU250S_V EPOS CU250S_V_CAN EPOS CU250S_V_DP EPOS CU250S_V_PN EPOS Access level 1 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 3612 Min Max Fact...

Страница 418: ...POS maximum number of traversing blocks Trav_block qty max CU250S_V EPOS CU250S_V_CAN EPOS CU250S_V_DP EPOS CU250S_V_PN EPOS Access level 1 Calculated Data type Unsigned8 Can be changed C 17 Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 3616 Min Max Factory setting 1 16 16 p2616 0 n EPOS traversing block block number Trav_blk blkNo CU250S_V EPOS CU250S_V_CAN EPOS CU250S_V_DP EPOS CU250S...

Страница 419: ...ck Value 1 POSITIONING 2 FIXED STOP 3 ENDLESS_POS 4 ENDLESS_NEG 5 WAITING 6 GOTO 7 SET_O 8 RESET_O 9 JERK Dependency The number of indices depends on p2615 Refer to p2615 p2616 p2617 p2618 p2619 p2620 p2622 p2623 p2624 p2619 0 n EPOS traversing block acceleration override Trav_block a_over CU250S_V EPOS CU250S_V_CAN EPOS CU250S_V_DP EPOS CU250S_V_PN EPOS Access level 1 Calculated Data type Floatin...

Страница 420: ...tion cccc 0011 ABS_NEG only for a rotary axis with modulo correction bbbb Progression condition bbbb 0000 END bbbb 0001 CONTINUE WITH STOP bbbb 0010 CONTINUE FLYING bbbb 0011 CONTINUE EXTERNAL bbbb 0100 CONTINUE EXTERNAL WAIT bbbb 0101 CONTINUE EXTERNAL ALARM aaaa IDs aaaa 000x show hide block x 0 show x 1 hide Dependency The number of indices depends on p2615 Refer to p2615 p2616 p2617 p2618 p261...

Страница 421: ...p2625 p2626 p2627 and p2628 are used to select one of the maximum of 16 traversing blocks Refer to p2625 p2626 p2628 p2624 EPOS traversing block sorting Trav_block sort CU250S_V EPOS CU250S_V_CAN EPOS CU250S_V_DP EPOS CU250S_V_PN EPOS Access level 1 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 3616 Min Max Factory setting 0 1 0 p2625 B...

Страница 422: ...ncy Refer to p2623 p2633 r2677 r2678 Note In the mode external block change via measuring probe p2632 0 the following applies When starting a traversing block with the block change enable CONTINUE_EXTERNAL CONTINUE_EXTERNAL_WAIT and CONTINUE_EXTERNAL_ALARM an activated flying referencing is interrupted After ending the block flying referencing must be re activated via BI p2595 0 1 signal p2628 BI ...

Страница 423: ...ncy Refer to r2526 r2683 Refer to F07484 Note If after the fixed stop is reached the end stop shifts in either the positive or negative direction by more than the value set here then BO r2526 5 is set to 1 and an appropriate message is output p2633 BI EPOS external block change 0 1 Ext BlckChg 0 1 CU250S_V EPOS CU250S_V_CAN EPOS CU250S_V_DP EPOS CU250S_V_PN EPOS Access level 1 Calculated Data type...

Страница 424: ... EPOS fixed stop monitoring window Description Sets the signal source for the feedback signal torque limit reached when traversing to fixed stop BI p2639 1 signal Torque limit is reached BI p2639 0 signal Torque limit is not reached Dependency Refer to r1407 Note The feedback signal from torque limit reached is for the factory setting dependent on the signal BO r1407 7 torque limit reached p2637 B...

Страница 425: ...d direct setpoint input MDI When activating reject traversing tasks then the axis brakes with the maximum deceleration p2573 Description Sets the signal source for the position setpoint in the mode direct setpoint input MDI Dependency Refer to p2648 p2649 p2650 p2690 Notice The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed Note Depending on p2649 the position setpo...

Страница 426: ... be changed Note Depending on p2649 the deceleration override is either transferred continuously or edge triggered The signal value 4000 hex 16384 dec corresponds to 100 Description Sets the signal source for the velocity override This velocity override is effective in the following operating modes direct setpoint input MDI traversing blocks jogging and search for reference when approaching the re...

Страница 427: ...nector input p2648 is only evaluated when connector input p2654 0 If p2654 is a value other than 0 the positioning type is evaluated by means of the set signal source Description Sets the signal source to define how values are transferred in the operating mode direct setpoint input MDI BI p2649 1 signal Values are continually transferred refer to parameter under dependency BI p2649 0 signal The va...

Страница 428: ...ector inputs p2651 and p2652 when the modulo correction BI p2577 1 signal is activated and for absolute positioning BI p2648 1 signal the traversing direction is specified as follows BI p2651 BI p2652 0 signal 0 signal Absolute positioning through the shortest distance 1 signal 0 signal Absolute positioning in the positive direction 0 signal 1 signal Absolute positioning in the negative direction ...

Страница 429: ...changeover between setting up and positioning For setup BI p2653 1 signal the following applies A traversing direction must be selected via binector inputs p2651 and p2652 Description Sets the signal source to interconnect the MDI mode to the operating mode direct setpoint input MDI via PROFIBUS telegram 110 CI p2654 0 The binector inputs listed below are evaluated CI p2654 0 The following binecto...

Страница 430: ...dency Refer to r2526 p2655 Description Sets the signal source for the position actual value position setting value Dependency Refer to r2521 p2658 Note In the tracking mode the position setpoint is taken from this connector input p2655 0 1 BI EPOS select tracking mode Sel tracking mode CU250S_V EPOS CU250S_V_CAN EPOS CU250S_V_DP EPOS CU250S_V_PN EPOS Access level 1 Calculated Data type U32 Binary ...

Страница 431: ...ncy Refer to r2526 p2660 p2658 BI EPOS position actual value valid feedback signal Pos valid feedback CU250S_V EPOS CU250S_V_CAN EPOS CU250S_V_DP EPOS CU250S_V_PN EPOS Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 3635 Min Max Factory setting 2526 0 p2659 BI EPOS referencing active feedback signal Ref act fdbk CU250S_V EPOS...

Страница 432: ...the following BICO interconnection is established CI p2531 r2666 p2662 BI EPOS adjustment value valid feedback signal Adj val valid FS CU250S_V EPOS CU250S_V_CAN EPOS CU250S_V_DP EPOS CU250S_V_PN EPOS Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting 2526 9 p2663 BI EPOS clamping active feedback signal C...

Страница 433: ... bit 15 For a 1 signal the operating mode direct setpoint input MDI is active r2667 CO EPOS backlash compensation value Backlash value CU250S_V EPOS CU250S_V_CAN EPOS CU250S_V_DP EPOS CU250S_V_PN EPOS Access level 1 Calculated Data type Integer32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 3635 Min Max Factory setting LU LU LU r2669 CO EPOS actual operating mode Op mode...

Страница 434: ...nit selection Func diagram 3610 3616 3620 Min Max Factory setting LU LU LU r2672 CO EPOS actual velocity setpoint v_set act CU250S_V EPOS CU250S_V_CAN EPOS CU250S_V_DP EPOS CU250S_V_PN EPOS Access level 1 Calculated Data type Integer32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 3610 3612 3616 3620 Min Max Factory setting 1000 LU min 1000 LU min 1000 LU min r2673 CO EPO...

Страница 435: ...2 0 BI p2661 0 1 signal external block change via BI p2633 p2632 1 BI p2633 0 1 signal activate traversing task BI p2631 0 1 signal Dependency Refer to p2631 p2632 p2633 p2661 r2676 CO EPOS actual task parameter Task para act CU250S_V EPOS CU250S_V_CAN EPOS CU250S_V_DP EPOS CU250S_V_PN EPOS Access level 1 Calculated Data type Integer32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Fun...

Страница 436: ...N EPOS CU250S_V_DP EPOS CU250S_V_PN EPOS Access level 1 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 3630 Min Max Factory setting r2682 CO EPOS residual distance to go Residual distance CU250S_V EPOS CU250S_V_CAN EPOS CU250S_V_DP EPOS CU250S_V_PN EPOS Access level 1 Calculated Data type Integer32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit ...

Страница 437: ... 3617 14 Travel to fixed stop active Yes No 3616 3617 r2684 0 15 CO BO EPOS status word 2 POS_ZSW2 CU250S_V Position control CU250S_V_CAN Position control CU250S_V_DP Position control CU250S_V_PN Position control Access level 1 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 3646 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 si...

Страница 438: ...tual value r2521 lies within this tolerance window of the target position then the traversing block number is displayed at connector output r2689 r2685 CO EPOS corrective value Correction value CU250S_V EPOS CU250S_V_CAN EPOS CU250S_V_DP EPOS CU250S_V_PN EPOS Access level 1 Calculated Data type Integer32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 3635 Min Max Factory s...

Страница 439: ...ation override Dependency Refer to p2572 p2644 Note As standard the following BICO interconnection is established CI p2644 r2692 The percentage value refers to the maximum acceleration p2572 r2689 0 1 CO EPOS position feedback signal display Pos_FS display CU250S_V EPOS CU250S_V_CAN EPOS CU250S_V_DP EPOS CU250S_V_PN EPOS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn ind...

Страница 440: ... following applies This parameter is pre set with p0421 when activating position tracking and can be changed For linear axes the following applies This parameter is pre assigned with p0421 when activating position tracking expanded by 6 bits for multiturn information maximum number of overflows and cannot be changed p2693 CO EPOS deceleration override fixed setpoint a_over fixed val CU250S_V EPOS ...

Страница 441: ...quested using the encoder control word Gn_STW 13 Note The increments are displayed in the format the same as r0483 Description Displays the position difference before the load gear between switching off and switching on Note The increments are displayed in the same format as for r0483 r2723 If the measuring gear of the motor encoder is not activated the position difference should be read in encode...

Страница 442: ...ant for absolute encoders The drive determines the value when adjusting the absolute encoder and the user should not change it DDS Drive Data Set p2730 0 3 BI LR pos actual value preprocessing activate neg corr edge ActV_prep neg corr CU250S_V Position control CU250S_V_CAN Position control CU250S_V_DP Position control CU250S_V_PN Position control Access level 1 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can ...

Страница 443: ...11 Fixed value 50 12 Fixed value 100 13 Fixed value 150 14 Fixed value 200 Dependency Refer to p2900 p2901 p2930 Note The signal sources can for example be used to interconnect scalings Description Setting and connector output for a fixed torque value Dependency Refer to p2900 p2901 r2902 p2900 0 n CO Fixed value 1 Fixed value 1 Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U ...

Страница 444: ...0 p3111 Refer to F07862 Description Display and BICO output for the status of the NAMUR message bit bar The faults and alarms are assigned to the appropriate signaling message classes and influence a specific message bit p3110 External fault 3 switch on delay Ext fault 3 t_on Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram ...

Страница 445: ... The communication to the higher level control system internal coupling PROFIBUS PROFINET is faulted or interrupted Check the state of the higher level control system Check the communication connection wiring Check the bus configuration clock cycles For bit 08 A safety operation monitoring function Safety has detected an error For bit 09 When evaluating the encoder signals track signals zero marks...

Страница 446: ...45 r2146 r3123 Note The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background refer to status signal in r2139 The structure of the alarm buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r2122 Description Displays the diagnostic attribute of the fault which has occurred r3120 0 63 Component fault Comp fault Access level 3 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit...

Страница 447: ...Idrive message class 14 braking controller Braking Module faulted Bits 20 19 18 17 16 0 1 1 1 1 PROFIdrive message class 15 line filter faulted Bits 20 19 18 17 16 1 0 0 0 0 PROFIdrive message class 16 external measured value signal state outside the permissible range Bits 20 19 18 17 16 1 0 0 0 1 PROFIdrive message class 17 application technology function faulted Bits 20 19 18 17 16 1 0 0 1 0 PRO...

Страница 448: ...raking Module faulted Bits 20 19 18 17 16 0 1 1 1 1 PROFIdrive message class 15 line filter faulted Bits 20 19 18 17 16 1 0 0 0 0 PROFIdrive message class 16 external measured value signal state outside the permissible range Bits 20 19 18 17 16 1 0 0 0 1 PROFIdrive message class 17 application technology function faulted Bits 20 19 18 17 16 1 0 0 1 0 PROFIdrive message class 18 error in the parame...

Страница 449: ...g restart for a motor that is still rotating 3 phase phase failures cannot be detected and are indicated by other messages e g F07902 p3231 0 n Load monitoring speed deviation Load monit n_dev CU250S_V Ext msg CU250S_V_CAN Ext msg CU250S_V_DP Ext msg CU250S_V_PN Ext msg Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group 3_1 Unit selection ...

Страница 450: ...3 point 2 P2 n2 p3324 p3325 point 3 P3 n3 p3326 p3327 point 4 P4 n4 p3328 p3329 point 5 P5 n5 Dependency Refer to r0041 p3321 p3322 p3323 p3324 p3325 p3326 p3327 p3328 p3329 Note The reference value for power and speed is the rated power rated speed The energy saved is displayed in r0041 r3313 Efficiency optimization 2 optimum flux Optimum flux Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 C...

Страница 451: ...rence value for power and speed is the rated power rated speed The energy saved is displayed in r0041 Description For the energy saving display of a fluid flow machine a typical flow characteristic P f n with 5 points along the characteristic is required This parameter specifies the speed n of point 2 as a Dependency Refer to r0041 p3320 p3321 p3322 p3324 p3325 p3326 p3327 p3328 p3329 Note The ref...

Страница 452: ...er and speed is the rated power rated speed The energy saved is displayed in r0041 Description For the energy saving display of a fluid flow machine a typical flow characteristic P f n with 5 points along the characteristic is required This parameter specifies the speed n of point 4 as a Dependency Refer to r0041 p3320 p3321 p3322 p3323 p3324 p3325 p3326 p3328 p3329 Note The reference value for po...

Страница 453: ...ote The mode of operation of this binector input is dependent on the wire control set in p0015 Description Sets the signal source for command 2 for the two wire control three wire control Dependency Refer to p0015 p3330 p3332 r3333 p3334 Note The mode of operation of this binector input is dependent on the wire control set in p0015 p3328 0 n Fluid flow machine power point 5 Fluid_mach P5 Access le...

Страница 454: ... control set in p0015 Description Sets the signal source for the start of motion dependent on the sign of the setpoint Dependency Refer to p3342 p3343 r3344 Refer to A07352 p3332 0 n BI 2 3 wire control command 3 2 3 wire cmd 3 Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index CDS p0170 Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 2273 Min Max Factory setting 0 r3333 0 ...

Страница 455: ...bit can be used for interconnection with binector input p0840 ON OFF1 For bit 01 0 The drive cannot be moved as a result of the limit switch function e g as a result of the switching on inhibited For example this bit can be used for interconnection with binector input p0848 OFF3 For bit 02 1 The axis is at zero speed p3342 0 n BI Limit switch plus Lim switch plus Access level 3 Calculated Data typ...

Страница 456: ...ion characteristic value n0 Friction n0 Access level 2 Calculated p0340 1 3 5 Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group 3_1 Unit selection p0505 Func diagram 7010 Min Max Factory setting 0 00 rpm 210000 00 rpm 15 00 rpm p3821 0 n Friction characteristic value n1 Friction n1 Access level 2 Calculated p0340 1 3 5 Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scal...

Страница 457: ...stic value n5 Friction n5 Access level 2 Calculated p0340 1 3 5 Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group 3_1 Unit selection p0505 Func diagram 7010 Min Max Factory setting 0 00 rpm 210000 00 rpm 300 00 rpm p3826 0 n Friction characteristic value n6 Friction n6 Access level 2 Calculated p0340 1 3 5 Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index...

Страница 458: ...value M0 Friction M0 Access level 2 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group 7_1 Unit selection p0505 Func diagram 7010 Min Max Factory setting 1000000 0000 Nm 1000000 0000 Nm 0 0000 Nm p3831 0 n Friction characteristic value M1 Friction M1 Access level 2 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group...

Страница 459: ...value M5 Friction M5 Access level 2 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group 7_1 Unit selection p0505 Func diagram 7010 Min Max Factory setting 1000000 0000 Nm 1000000 0000 Nm 0 0000 Nm p3836 0 n Friction characteristic value M6 Friction M6 Access level 2 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Unit group...

Страница 460: ...t selection Func diagram 7010 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Friction characteristic OK Yes No 01 Friction characteristic record activated Yes No 02 Friction characteristic record completed Yes No 03 Friction characteristic record aborted Yes No 08 Friction characteristic positive direction Yes No r3841 CO Friction characteristic output Frict outp Access ...

Страница 461: ...ecord deactivated 1 Friction char record activated for all directions 2 Friction char record activated for positive direction 3 Friction char record activated for negative direction Dependency When selecting the friction characteristic measurement the drive data set changeover is suppressed For linear drives refer to r0108 bit 12 it is not permissible to carry out the friction characteristic measu...

Страница 462: ...230 r1239 motor is still not magnetized e g for flying restart vector control parameterized p1300 20 synchronous motor used p0300 2xx Notice Generally increasing the braking current improves the braking effect when stopping the motor However if the value is set too high then the drive can be tripped shut down as a result of overcurrent or ground fault Recommendation p3856 100 x r0209 r0331 p0305 2...

Страница 463: ...ntrol loop control parameters are calculated corresponding to p0340 1 p3900 2 includes the restoration of the interconnections of PROFIBUS PZD telegram selection p0922 and the interconnections via p15 and p1500 and the calculations corresponding to p0340 1 p3900 3 only includes the calculations associated with the motor open loop and closed loop control parameters corresponding to p0340 1 Value 0 ...

Страница 464: ...ltages The function is deactivated 0 Automatic determination of the base voltage and wobbulation self setting based on the converter and the connected motor Otherwise Base voltage for alternating current generation in volts wobbulation active r3925 0 n Identification final display Ident final_disp Access level 3 Calculated p0340 1 Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index DDS p0180 Uni...

Страница 465: ...Yes No 15 Determine only stator resistance valve voltage fault dead time Yes No 16 Short motor identification lower quality Yes No 17 Measurement without control parameter calculation Yes No 18 After motID direct transition into operation Yes No 19 After MotID automatically save results Yes No 20 Estimate cable resistance Yes No 21 Calibrating the output voltage measurement Yes No 22 Only identify...

Страница 466: ...o 01 Wobble U_generate to determine stator resistance Yes No 02 Wobble U_generation to determine rotor time constant Yes No 03 Wobble U_generation to determine leakage inductance Yes No 04 Wobble U_generation to determine dynamic leakage inductance Yes No 05 Wobble U_generation to determine magnetizing inductance Yes No 08 Alternating U_generate to determine dead time correction Yes No 09 Alternat...

Страница 467: ...e Parameter should be set from 0 to 1 to acknowledge After acknowledgment the parameter is automatically reset to 0 r3960 0 1 Control Unit temperature measured CU temp measured Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling p2006 Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting C C C r3974 Drive unit status word Drv_unit ZSW Access level 1 Calcul...

Страница 468: ...nitialization 101 Only for internal Siemens use 110 Instantiate Control Unit basis 111 Insert drive object 112 Only for internal Siemens use 113 Only for internal Siemens use 114 Only for internal Siemens use 115 Parameter download using commissioning software 117 Only for internal Siemens use 150 Wait until Power Module is determined 160 Evaluate Power Module 170 Instantiate Control Unit reset 18...

Страница 469: ...ration cyclic operation 10350 Automatic FW update DRIVE CLiQ components 10400 Wait for slave properties 10450 Check CX NX status 10500 Wait until DRIVE CLiQ cyclic 10550 Carry out warm start 10600 Evaluate encoder status 10800 Partial boot completed Index 0 System 1 Partial boot Description Displays whether writing to parameters is inhibited r3996 0 0 Parameter write not inhibited 0 r3996 0 100 Pa...

Страница 470: ...to reset the actual value in XIST_ERW CO r4653 Value 0 Inactive 1 Reset with zero mark 2 Reset with BICO 3 Reset with selected zero mark Index 0 Encoder 1 1 Encoder 2 2 Reserved p4641 0 2 OEM encoder diagnostic signal selection OEM enc diag sel Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting 0 65535 ...

Страница 471: ...r output r4654 is reset with a 0 signal from binector input p4655 Description Sets the signal source to reset XIST1_ERW CO r4653 Index 0 Encoder 1 1 Encoder 2 2 Reserved Dependency Refer to p4652 r4653 r4654 Note The reset of XIST1_ERW depends on the selected mode p4652 r4653 0 2 CO XIST1_ERW actual value XIST1_ERW actval Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn in...

Страница 472: ...on linear sensors the interrelationship between the signal voltage and the position can be defined using a third degree polynomial Value 0 Characteristic inactive 1 Characteristic polynomial third degree Dependency Refer to p4663 p4664 p4665 p4666 Note If value 1 A third degree polynomial is defined as follows F x K3 x 3 K2 x 2 K1 x K0 Coefficients K0 K3 should be defined and entered into p4663 p4...

Страница 473: ...s level 4 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index EDS p0140 Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting p4665 0 n Encoder characteristic K2 Enc char K2 Access level 4 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index EDS p0140 Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting p4666 0 n Encoder characteristic ...

Страница 474: ...4671 3 Only the non inverted signal on a track high resolution is evaluated Description Sets the voltage when the connected sensor is at actual value zero At this voltage channel A supplies an actual value of zero Description Sets the output voltage range to be mapped for the connected analog sensor The voltage range is determined by the following parameters p4672 voltage at actual value 0 p4673 v...

Страница 475: ...ingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index EDS p0140 Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting 10 0000 V 10 0000 V 0 0000 V p4675 0 n Analog sensor channel B voltage per encoder period Ana_sens B U per Access level 4 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index EDS p0140 Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting 10 0000 V ...

Страница 476: ...arameterized to alarm A or no message N the encoder pulses which have not been corrected are added to the accumulator p4688 The accumulator can be deactivated using p0437 7 Dependency Refer to p0437 p4681 p4688 Refer to F31131 Note This monitoring is activated by setting p0437 2 1 position actual value correction For a set value 1001 the negated value of p4681 is effective The negative limit descr...

Страница 477: ...o mean higher dead times for the speed actual value Description Sets the minimum length for the zero mark in 1 4 encoder pulses Dependency Refer to p0425 p0437 Note The minimum length of the zero mark must be less than the zero mark distance p4686 p0425 The parameter is activated using p0437 1 1 zero mark edge detection p4683 0 n Zero mark monitoring tolerance window alarm threshold positive ZM to...

Страница 478: ...e saving downloading deletion of motor and or encoder data for the component specified in p4690 SMI DQI A backup of this data can be saved to non volatile memory The backup procedure is performed automatically as part of the function for saving to non volatile memory p0977 1 or Copy RAM to ROM If a part is replaced the saved data can be reloaded p4688 0 2 CO Zero mark monitoring differential pulse...

Страница 479: ...eted and POWER ON required for component 37 Access level not sufficient for delete 38 Delete SMI data not permitted for component 39 SMI data for component cannot be deleted Dependency Refer to p4690 p4692 p4693 Notice Once SMI DQI data has been deleted or downloaded successfully the component has to be switched on POWER ON Note SMI SINAMICS Sensor Module Integrated DQI DRIVE CLiQ Sensor Integrate...

Страница 480: ... 20 29 Error values if the procedure could not be executed successfully The procedure must be repeated if the data save operation was interrupted e g if the power supply voltage failed Help for error value 13 Use a memory card with more memory space Help for error value 16 check the DRIVE CLiQ wiring Remedy for fault value 20 Use an SMI that is not blank Help for error value 29 check and correct t...

Страница 481: ...MI SINAMICS Sensor Module Integrated Description Sets the configuration for the online tuning Dependency Not visible with application class Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 1 Note For bit 00 For significant differences between the motor and load moment of inertia or for low dynamic performance of the controller then the P controller becomes a PD controller in the position control loop As a consequ...

Страница 482: ...The results are written to parameters p5312 p5313 p5314 p5315 For bit 01 The moment of inertia precontrol is activated The moment of inertia is calculated from the currently measured load torque and the saved coefficients p5312 p5313 p5314 p5315 Description Displays the status word for the moment of inertia precontrol Dependency The function module Moment of inertia estimator r0108 10 must be acti...

Страница 483: ...cription Sets the linear coefficients for moment of inertia precontrol in the negative direction when the moment of inertia estimator is active The estimated moment of inertia is obtained according to the following formula Moment of inertia J linear coefficient p5314 load torque constant coefficient p5315 Dependency The function module Moment of inertia estimator r0108 10 must be activated for the...

Страница 484: ...l current I_th0 catalog value The boost factor is calculated as follows p5350 I_0 I_th0 2 Dependency Refer to p0318 p0612 p5390 p5391 Refer to F07011 A07012 A07014 Notice When selecting a catalog motor p0301 this parameter is automatically pre assigned and is write protected Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection Note Temperature model 1 I2t The following ...

Страница 485: ...er the alarm threshold is exceeded when commissioning a catalog motor for the first time the threshold value is copied from p0605 to p5390 The following applies for temperature model 3 after the alarm threshold is exceeded alarm A07012 is output and a calculated delay time t p5371 p5381 is started if the delay time has expired and the alarm threshold has in the meantime not been fallen below then ...

Страница 486: ...models 1 and 3 This value is used to calculate the utilization display p0034 The parameter value is an image of p5390 Dependency Refer to p5390 Refer to F07011 A07012 A07014 Note For firmware version 4 7 SP6 parameter p5390 is not visible for users this is a Siemens internal parameter Description Sets the fault threshold for monitoring the motor temperature for motor temperature models 1 and 3 Fau...

Страница 487: ...y saving mode transition time and the operating state transition time system properties Pe PROFIenergy profiles Description Sets the time of maximum stay for the energy saving mode Index 0 Reserved 1 Mode 2 Note Pe PROFIenergy profiles r5600 Pe energy saving mode ID Pe mode ID CU250S_V_PN Access level 3 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func ...

Страница 488: ...bin Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Inhibit PROFIenergy control commands Yes No 01 Drive initiates OFF1 when transitioning to energy saving mode Yes No 02 Trans to energy saving mode from PROFIdrive state S3 4 poss Yes No p5612 0 1 Pe energy saving properties mode dependent Pe properties mod CU250S_V_PN Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn i...

Страница 489: ...he reference serial number for the Control Unit Using this parameter if a Control Unit and or a memory card is replaced at the end customer the OEM can again adapt the project to the modified hardware Dependency Refer to p7765 p7766 p7767 p7768 Note KHP Know How Protection the OEM may only change this parameter for the use case Sending encrypted SINAMICS data SINAMICS only evaluates this parameter...

Страница 490: ...how protection is active and in p7765 bit 01 is set and not bit 00 For bit 06 When know how protection is activated the drive data can be traced using the device trace function This bit is only set if know how protection is active and in p7765 2 is set Description Setting for activating deactivating the write protection for adjustable parameters Value 0 Deactivate write protection 1 Activate write...

Страница 491: ...that the OEM can define whether the parameters and DCC data encrypted on the memory card should be protected before using on other memory cards Control Units For bit 02 This means that the OEM can define whether it is possible or not to trace the drive data using the device trace function although KHP is activated p7762 Write protection multi master fieldbus system access behavior Fieldbus acc_beh...

Страница 492: ...ermissible in the password entering a password is completed when writing to p7766 29 p7766 29 0 for passwords less than 30 characters Note KHP Know How Protection When reading p7766 0 29 42 dec ASCII character is displayed Parameters with the KHP_WRITE_NO_LOCK attribute are not involved in the know how protection Parameters with the KHP_ACTIVE_READ attribute can be read even when know how protecti...

Страница 493: ...data actions the following data are excluded crash diagnostics CU operating hours counter CU temperature safety logbook Value 0 Inactive 1 NVRAM data backup to memory card 2 Import NVRAM data from the memory card 3 Delete NVRAM data in the device 10 Error when clearing 11 Error when backing up memory card not available 12 Error when backing up insufficient memory space 13 Error when backing up 14 ...

Страница 494: ...1 Index 0 Reference firmware version 1 Actual firmware version 2 EEPROM0 version 3 EEPROM1 version 4 EEPROM2 version 5 EEPROM3 version 6 EEPROM4 version p7820 DRIVE CLiQ component component number DQ compo_no Access level 4 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting 0 65535 0 p7821 DRIVE CLiQ component paramet...

Страница 495: ...LARMBITS_FLOAT_3 114 SAPAR_ALARMBITS_FLOAT_4 115 SAPAR_ALARMBITS_FLOAT_5 10500 ENC_ID_TIME_PRETRIGGER 10501 ENC_ID_TIME_SEND_TELEG_1 10502 ENC_ID_TIME_CYCLE_FINISHED 10503 ENC_ID_TIME_DELTA_FUNMAN 10504 ENC_ID_SUBTRACE_CALCTIMES 10505 ENC_ID_SYNO_PERIOD 10516 ENC_ID_ADC_TRACK_A 10517 ENC_ID_ADC_TRACK_B 10518 ENC_ID_ADC_TRACK_C 10519 ENC_ID_ADC_TRACK_D 10520 ENC_ID_ADC_TRACK_A_SAFETY 10521 ENC_ID_A...

Страница 496: ..._ID_ANA_CHAN_Y 10596 ENC_ID_AB_ANGLE 10597 ENC_ID_CD_ANGLE 10598 ENC_ID_MECH_ANGLE_HI 10599 ENC_ID_RM_POS_PHI_COMMU 10600 ENC_ID_PHI_COMMU 10601 ENC_ID_SUBTRACE_ANGLE 10612 ENC_ID_DIFF_CD_INC 10613 ENC_ID_RM_POS_PHI_COMMU_RFG 10628 ENC_ID_MECH_ANGLE 10629 ENC_ID_MECH_RM_POS 10644 ENC_ID_INIT_VECTOR 10645 FEAT_INIT_VECTOR 10660 ENC_ID_SENSOR_STATE 10661 ENC_ID_BASIC_SYSTEM 10662 ENC_ID_REFMARK_STAT...

Страница 497: ...11 mm dd yy HH MM SS MS DOW 12 ASCII string 13 SINUMERIK frame type 14 SINUMERIK axis type Dependency Refer to r7831 Description Parameter to display a DSA signal in the unsigned integer format The associated signal number is represented at the appropriate index in r7831 Description Parameter to display a DSA signal in the signed integer format The associated signal number is represented at the ap...

Страница 498: ...NSATION_CORR 18 Newton 19 Kilogram 20 Kilogram meter 2 21 Percent 22 Hertz 23 Volt peak to peak 24 Amps peak to peak 25 Degrees Celsius 26 Degrees 28 Millimeter or degrees 29 Meters minute 30 Meters second 31 ohm 32 Millihenry 33 Newton meter 34 Newton meter Ampere 35 Volt Ampere 36 Newton meter second rad 38 31 25 microseconds 39 Microseconds 40 Milliseconds 42 Kilowatt 43 Micro amps peak to peak...

Страница 499: ... 92 10 microseconds 93 Pulses 94 256 pulses 95 Tenths of a pulse 96 Revolutions 97 100 revolutions minute 98 10 revolutions minute 99 0 1 revolutions minute 100 Thousandth revolution minute 101 Pulses second 102 100 pulses second 103 10 revolutions minute x seconds 104 10000 pulses second 2 105 0 1 Hertz 106 0 01 Hertz 107 0 1 seconds 108 Factor 0 1 109 Factor 0 01 110 Factor 0 001 111 Factor 0 00...

Страница 500: ... the List Manual Note Example displaying the serial number for a memory card r7843 0 49 dec ASCII characters 1 serial number character 1 r7843 1 49 dec ASCII characters 1 serial number character 2 r7843 2 49 dec ASCII characters 1 serial number character 3 r7843 3 57 dec ASCII characters 9 serial number character 4 r7843 4 50 dec ASCII characters 2 serial number character 5 r7843 5 51 dec ASCII ch...

Страница 501: ...rom the IOP is displayed r7850 0 n Drive object operational not operational DO ready for oper Access level 4 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting 32786 32767 r7901 0 81 Sampling times t_sample Access level 4 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func d...

Страница 502: ...eter raise 14 Motorized potentiometer lower 15 CDS bit 0 11 Direction reversal setpoint Yes No 12 Reserved Yes No 13 Reserved Yes No 14 Reserved Yes No 15 Reserved Yes No r8541 CO Speed setpoint from the IOP in the manual mode n_set IOP Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling p2000 Dyn index Unit group 3_1 Unit selection p0505 Func diagram Min Max Factory setting...

Страница 503: ...loatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling p2000 Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting 8541 0 p8552 IOP speed unit IOP speed unit Access level 3 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting 1 2 2 p8558 BI Select IOP manual mode Sel IOP man mode Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32...

Страница 504: ...unications error 0 signal There is no message in the range 8700 8799 1 signal There is at least one message fault or alarm in the range 8700 8799 Bit 5 6 Not supported always a 0 signal Bit 7 Fault outside the range 8700 8799 0 signal There is no fault outside the range 8700 8799 1 signal There is at least one fault outside the range 8700 8799 Note Corresponds to the CANopen object 1001 hex r8573 ...

Страница 505: ... is derived by multiplying guard time by the life time factor Index 0 Time interval ms for the life time 1 Factor for the lifetime Dependency Refer to p8606 Refer to F08700 Note For p8604 0 0 and or p8604 1 0 the life guarding event service monitoring the node guarding fault F08700 with fault value 2 is deactivated The node guarding protocol is active without the life guarding event service if the...

Страница 506: ...er is manually started after resolving the cause of the error with p8608 0 1 Index 1 The automatic CAN bus start function is activated using p8608 1 1 At 2 second intervals the CAN controller is automatically restarted until the cause of the error has been resolved and a CAN connection has been established Value 0 Inactive 1 Start CAN controller Index 0 Manual controller start function 1 Activatin...

Страница 507: ... A08751 present 8120 hex Alarm A08752 present 8130 hex Alarm A08700 F with alarm value 2 present 1000 hex Generic error 1 present there is at least one fault outside the range 8700 8799 1001 hex Generic error 2 present there is at least one alarm in the range 8700 8799 with the exception of A08751 A08752 A08700 All drive objects are acknowledged by writing the value 0 to index 0 As soon as a fault...

Страница 508: ...y set CANopen node ID and the PROFIBUS address using p0918 and p8620 prerequisite the address 0 is set for the address switch Description Displays the active CANopen Node ID Dependency Refer to p8620 Description Setting the bit rate for the CAN bus The appropriate bit timings are selected that are defined in p8623 in the associated sub index Example Bit rate 20 kbit s p8622 6 associated bit timing...

Страница 509: ...it s 4 125 kbit s 5 50 kbit s 6 20 kbit s 7 10 kbit s Dependency Refer to p8622 Note The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting Description Activating access to parameters via manufacturer specific CANopen objects and setting for the subindex area index 1 and the parameter area index 2 when using virtual objects This means that it is possible to access all SINAMICS parameters v...

Страница 510: ...egister 7 Interface 1 command request register 8 Interface 1 command mask register Note A description of the individual registers of the C_CAN controller can be taken from C_CAN User s Manual Description Sets the CANopen NMT state that is effective after booting Value 4 Stopped 5 Operational 127 Pre operational p8641 CAN Abort Connection Option Code Abort con opt code CU250S_V_CAN Access level 3 C...

Страница 511: ...mmunication parameters for CANopen Receive Process Data Object 1 RPDO 1 Index 0 PDO COB ID 1 PDO transmission type Dependency A valid COB ID can only be set for the available existing channel Note Corresponds to the CANopen object 1400 hex Transmission types 0 1 FE and FF can be set PDO Process Data Object p8685 CAN NMT states NMT states CU250S_V_CAN Access level 3 Calculated Data type Integer16 C...

Страница 512: ...ata Object 4 RPDO 4 Index 0 PDO COB ID 1 PDO transmission type Dependency A valid COB ID can only be set for the available existing channel Note Corresponds to the CANopen object 1403 hex Transmission types 0 1 FE and FF can be set PDO Process Data Object p8701 0 1 CAN Receive PDO 2 Receive PDO 2 CU250S_V_CAN Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed C 3 T Scaling Dyn index Uni...

Страница 513: ...rocess Data Object 7 RPDO 7 Index 0 PDO COB ID 1 PDO transmission type Dependency A valid COB ID can only be set for the available existing channel Note Corresponds to the CANopen object 1406 hex Transmission types 0 1 FE and FF can be set PDO Process Data Object p8704 0 1 CAN Receive PDO 5 Receive PDO 5 CU250S_V_CAN Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed C 3 T Scaling Dyn i...

Страница 514: ...Data Object 2 RPDO 2 Index 0 Mapped object 1 1 Mapped object 2 2 Mapped object 3 3 Mapped object 4 Note Corresponds to the CANopen object 1601 hex Dummy mapping not supported The parameter can only be written online when the associated COB ID in p870x is set as invalid p8707 0 1 CAN Receive PDO 8 Receive PDO 8 CU250S_V_CAN Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed C 3 T Scaling...

Страница 515: ... can only be written online when the associated COB ID in p870x is set as invalid Description Sets the mapping parameters for CANopen Receive Process Data Object 6 RPDO 6 Index 0 Mapped object 1 1 Mapped object 2 p8712 0 3 CAN Receive Mapping for RPDO 3 Mapping RPDO 3 CU250S_V_CAN Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed C 3 T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func d...

Страница 516: ...s the communication parameters for CANopen Transmit Process Data Object 1 TPDO 1 Index 0 PDO COB ID 1 PDO transmission type 2 Inhibit time in 100 µs 3 Reserved 4 Event timer in ms Dependency A valid COB ID can only be set for the available existing channel Notice For inhibit time and event timer the following apply A value that is not a multiple integer of the CANopen sampling time is rounded off ...

Страница 517: ...cess Data Object 3 TPDO 3 Index 0 PDO COB ID 1 PDO transmission type 2 Inhibit time in 100 µs 3 Reserved 4 Event timer in ms Dependency A valid COB ID can only be set for the available existing channel Notice For inhibit time and event timer the following apply A value that is not a multiple integer of the CANopen sampling time is rounded off Note Corresponds to the CANopen object 1802 hex Transmi...

Страница 518: ...Inhibit time in 100 µs 3 Reserved 4 Event timer in ms Dependency A valid COB ID can only be set for the available existing channel Notice For inhibit time and event timer the following apply A value that is not a multiple integer of the CANopen sampling time is rounded off Note Corresponds to the CANopen object 1804 hex Transmission types 0 1 F0 FE and FF can be set p2048 CANopen sampling time PDO...

Страница 519: ... 2 Inhibit time in 100 µs 3 Reserved 4 Event timer in ms Dependency A valid COB ID can only be set for the available existing channel Notice For inhibit time and event timer the following apply A value that is not a multiple integer of the CANopen sampling time is rounded off Note Corresponds to the CANopen object 1806 hex 40 hex x x Drive number 0 7 Transmission types 0 1 F0 FE and FF can be set ...

Страница 520: ...D in p872x is set as invalid Description Sets the mapping parameters for CANopen Transmit Process Data Object 2 TPDO 2 Index 0 Mapped object 1 1 Mapped object 2 2 Mapped object 3 3 Mapped object 4 Note Corresponds to the CANopen object 1A01 hex The parameter can only be written online when the associated COB ID in p872x is set as invalid p8727 0 4 CAN Transmit PDO 8 Transmit PDO 8 CU250S_V_CAN Acc...

Страница 521: ...2x is set as invalid Description Sets the mapping parameters for CANopen Transmit Process Data Object 6 TPDO 6 Index 0 Mapped object 1 1 Mapped object 2 2 Mapped object 3 3 Mapped object 4 p8732 0 3 CAN Transmit Mapping for TPDO 3 Mapping TPDO 3 CU250S_V_CAN Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed C 3 T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 9208 9210 Min Ma...

Страница 522: ...D receive objects 16 bit using the SDO transfer An index can only be used if the corresponding object has not been mapped in a PDO Index 0 PZD object 0 1 PZD object 1 2 PZD object 2 3 PZD object 3 4 PZD object 4 5 PZD object 5 p8736 0 3 CAN Transmit Mapping for TPDO 7 Mapping TPDO 7 CU250S_V_CAN Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed C 3 T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit s...

Страница 523: ...580D hex Index 14 corresponds to the CANopen object 580E hex Index 15 corresponds to the CANopen object 580F hex Description Sets the signal source for free PZD send objects 16 bit for SDO transfer An index can only be used if the corresponding object has not been mapped in a PDO Index 0 PZD object 0 1 PZD object 1 2 PZD object 2 3 PZD object 3 4 PZD object 4 5 PZD object 5 6 PZD object 6 7 PZD ob...

Страница 524: ...e CANopen object 5824 hex Index 5 corresponds to the CANopen object 5825 hex Index 6 corresponds to the CANopen object 5826 hex Index 7 corresponds to the CANopen object 5827 hex Description Sets the signal source for free PZD send objects 32 bit for SDO transfer An index can only be used if the corresponding object has not been mapped in a PDO Index 0 PZD object 0 1 PZD object 1 2 PZD object 2 3 ...

Страница 525: ...ZD 4 4 PZD 5 5 PZD 6 6 PZD 7 7 PZD 8 8 PZD 9 9 PZD 10 10 PZD 11 11 PZD 12 12 15 Reserved Dependency Refer to r8750 Description Displays the mapped 32 bit receive CANopen objects in the process data buffer Index 0 PZD 1 2 1 PZD 2 3 r8750 0 15 CAN mapped 16 bit receive objects RPDO 16 mapped CU250S_V_CAN Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit ...

Страница 526: ...ransmit objects TPDO 32 mapped CU250S_V_CAN Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting r8762 CO CAN operating mode display Op mode display CU250S_V_CAN Access level 3 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting r8784 ...

Страница 527: ...terconnection of the CANopen control word Value 0 No interconnection 1 Interconnection Dependency Refer to r2050 r2090 r2091 r2092 r2093 r8750 r8795 10 Target reached Yes No 11 Torque limit reached Yes No 12 Velocity equal to zero Yes No 14 Can be freely interconnected BI p8786 Yes No 15 Can be freely interconnected BI p8787 Yes No p8785 BI CAN status word bit 8 Status word bit 8 CU250S_V_CAN Acce...

Страница 528: ...O transfer An index can only be used if the corresponding object has not been mapped in a PDO Index 0 VL Target Velocity Note For index 0 Corresponds to the CANopen object 6042 hex The displayed parameter value is scaled via the reference speed p2000 4000 hex corresponds to p2000 Description Access to the CANopen control word using SDO transfer p8791 CAN stop option code Stop opt_code CU250S_V_CAN...

Страница 529: ...ctor converts the required velocity units into the internal velocity units U s With the factory setting for CANopen the velocity units are increments second The parameter corresponds to the CANopen object 6094 hex The internal velocity is calculated as follows n_set_internal object 6094 1 object 6094 2 1 p0408 2 p0418 n_set_bus Index 0 Numerator 1 Denominator 08 Stop Yes No 11 Freely interconnecta...

Страница 530: ...ier For p8806 32 53 Location identifier Description Parameters for the PROFINET data set Identification and Maintenance 2 I M 2 This information is known as Installation date Dependency Refer to p8806 p8808 Note An ASCII table excerpt can be found for example in the appendix to the List Manual For p8807 0 15 Dates of installation or first commissioning of the device with the following format optio...

Страница 531: ...ribed below For p8809 0 3 Contains the value from r9781 0 SI change tracking checksum functional For p8809 4 7 Contains the value from r9782 0 SI change tracking time stamp checksum functional For p8809 8 53 Reserved Description State display for PROFINET Value 0 No initialization 1 Fatal fault 2 Initialization 3 Send configuration 4 Receive configuration 5 Non cyclic communication 6 Cyclic commun...

Страница 532: ...13 00 17 00 Description Displays the PROFINET Device ID Every SINAMICS device type has its own PROFINET Device ID and its own PROFINET GSD Note List of the SINAMICS Device IDs 0501 hex S120 S150 0504 hex G130 G150 050A hex DC MASTER 050C hex MV 050F hex G120P 0510 hex G120C 0511 hex G120 CU240E 2 0512 hex G120D 0513 hex G120 CU250S 2 Vector 0514 hex G110M r8858 0 39 PROFINET read diagnostics chann...

Страница 533: ...0 and following is activated with p8925 The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting Description Sets the subnet mask for the onboard PROFINET interface on the Control Unit The actual subnet mask is displayed in r8933 Dependency Refer to p8925 r8933 Note The interface configuration p8920 and following is activated with p8925 The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory ...

Страница 534: ...s no longer possible However the interface can be used by the STARTER SCOUT commissioning tool Note For p8925 2 The interface configuration p8920 and following is saved and activated after the next POWER ON For p8925 3 The factory setting of the interface configuration is loaded after the next POWER ON Description Sets the number of remote controllers expected for PROFINET onboard The Shared Devic...

Страница 535: ...ame of Station actual PN Name Stat act CU250S_V_PN Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned8 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting r8931 0 3 PN IP address actual PN IP addr act CU250S_V_PN Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned8 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting 0 255 r...

Страница 536: ...his means that subslot 3 is assigned to controller 2 Description Displays the IP address of the first PROFINET controller connected with the device via PN onboard Description Displays the IP address of the second PROFINET controller connected with the device via PN onboard r8939 PN DAP ID PN DAP ID CU250S_V_PN Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit gro...

Страница 537: ... 16 125 8 126 4 127 2 128 1 129 0 5 130 0 25 131 0 125 132 0 0625 133 0 03125 Dependency Refer to p8980 Note Changes only become effective after POWER ON The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting p8980 Ethernet IP profile Eth IP profile CU250S_V_PN Access level 3 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 2473 Min M...

Страница 538: ... Setting the USB functionality Value 1 USS commissioning via the virtual COM port 2 Only memory access 3 USB commissioning and memory access Note COMM Commissioning A change only becomes effective after a POWER ON The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting p8983 Ethernet IP ODVA torque scaling Eth IP ODVA M scal CU250S_V_PN Access level 3 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be c...

Страница 539: ...ffective after a POWER ON For bit 30 1 PROFIsafe telegram 900 must be configured in the F host SDI Safe Direction safe motion direction SLS Safely Limited Speed SSM Safe Speed Monitor safety relevant feedback signal from the speed monitoring p9210 Flashing component number Flash comp_no Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Fu...

Страница 540: ...drive Note For bit 00 When the function is activated a safety relevant acknowledgment internal event acknowledge can be performed by selecting deselecting STO For bit 01 When the function is activated the active setpoint velocity limit CO r9733 is set to zero when STOP F is active p9301 SI Motion enable safety functions processor 2 SI Mtn enable P2 CU250S_V CU250S_V_CAN Access level 3 Calculated D...

Страница 541: ...gnal last displayed before pulse suppression is kept and the system goes into the STO state For bit 08 For bit 1 and with the SDI safety function activated the following applies During pulse suppression monitoring is switched off and the status signal indicates inactive For bit 0 and with the SDI safety function activated the following applies Monitoring continues during pulse suppression The stat...

Страница 542: ...safety functions integrated in the drive Note SLS Safely Limited Speed Description Sets the tolerance for the crosswise data comparison of the actual position between processors 1 and 2 Dependency Refer to p9542 Refer to C01711 Notice This parameter is overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive p9322 0 7 SI Motion gearbox motor load numerator processor 2 SI Mt...

Страница 543: ...y functions integrated in the drive Note The velocity hysteresis is effective only if the function is enabled p9301 16 p9501 16 1 The parameter is included in the data cross check of the two monitoring channels SSM Safe Speed Monitor safety relevant feedback signal from the speed monitoring Description Sets the velocity tolerance for the SAM function Dependency Refer to p9548 Refer to C01706 Notic...

Страница 544: ... multiple of the monitoring clock cycle Description Sets the shutdown speed for the pulse suppression Below this speed standstill is assumed and for STOP B SS1 the pulses are suppressed by changing to STOP A Dependency Refer to p9356 p9560 Notice This parameter is overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive Note The shutdown speed has no effect for a value 0 SS...

Страница 545: ... After selecting the SDI function then for a maximum of this time motion in the monitored direction is permissible This time can therefore be used for braking any motion Dependency Refer to p9364 p9366 Refer to C30716 Notice This parameter is overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive Note The set time is rounded internally to an integer multiple of the monito...

Страница 546: ...p9358 r9371 Refer to C01799 Note Acceptance test mode can only be selected if the motion monitoring functions which are integrated in the drives are enabled p9601 2 p9801 2 Description Displays the status of the acceptance test mode Value 0 00 hex Acc_mode inactive 12 0C hex Acc_mode not possible due to POWER ON fault 13 0D hex Acc_mode not possible due to incorrect ID in p9370 p9366 SI Motion SDI...

Страница 547: ...te The set time is rounded internally to an integer multiple of the monitoring clock cycle Description Sets the tolerance of the plausibility monitoring of the current and voltage angle A higher value results in a higher degree of ruggedness when reversing at low speeds as well as in the field weakening range for load steps An increase is advantageous if the current or voltage at the motor become ...

Страница 548: ...ensing p9506 p9306 1 3 The set time is rounded internally to an integer multiple of the monitoring clock cycle Description Sets the filter time for smoothing the actual value with sensorless actual value sensing Notice This parameter is overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive A longer filter time results in a longer response time Description Sets the minimu...

Страница 549: ...Dependency Refer to r9784 Refer to C30711 Notice This parameter is overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive Description Displays the checksum over the checked Safety Integrated parameters of the motion monitoring functions actual checksum on processor 2 Index 0 Checksum over SI parameters for motion monitoring 1 Checksum over SI parameters with hardware refe...

Страница 550: ...1 For value 0 1 3 100 These values can only be displayed not set Description Displays the status of the memory card Dependency Refer to p9400 Note For bit 01 00 Bit 1 0 0 0 No memory card inserted corresponds to p9400 0 Bit 1 0 0 1 Safe removal possible corresponds to p9400 3 Bit 1 0 1 0 Status not possible Bit 1 0 1 1 Memory card inserted corresponds to p9400 1 2 100 For bit 02 00 Bit 2 0 0 0 No ...

Страница 551: ...nsferred is displayed in r9407 n r9406 0 0 All of the parameter values were able to be transferred error free r9406 n 0 Displays r9407 n the first index of the parameter number r9406 n that was not transferred Dependency Refer to r9406 r9408 Note All indices from r9406 to r9408 designate the same parameter r9406 x parameter number parameter not accepted r9407 x parameter index parameter not accept...

Страница 552: ...Sets the signal source BO CO parameter BICO coded to search in the signal sinks The signal source to be searched for is set in p9484 BICO coded and the search result is specified using the number r9485 and the first index r9486 Dependency Refer to r9485 r9486 r9409 Number of parameters to be saved Qty par to save Access level 4 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit ...

Страница 553: ...the factory setting Dependency Refer to p9496 p9497 p9498 p9499 Refer to A01318 A01507 Note For p9495 0 the following applies the number of interconnections is zero p9497 0 For p9495 not equal to 0 the following applies the BI CI parameters involved are listed in p9498 0 29 signal sink the associated BO CO parameters are listed in p9499 0 29 signal source Description Sets the behavior when activat...

Страница 554: ...y Refer to p9495 p9496 p9497 p9499 Refer to A01318 A01507 Note A BICO interconnection signal sink signal source is displayed in the same index of p9498 and p9499 Description Displays the saved BO CO parameters signal source which are located on drive objects that are either not capable of operation or have been deactivated Dependency Refer to p9495 p9496 p9497 p9498 Refer to A01318 A01507 Note A B...

Страница 555: ...delay time Dependency Refer to C01711 p9501 SI Motion enable safety functions processor 1 SI Mtn enable P1 CU250S_V_DP CU250S_V_PN Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed C 95 Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Enable SI Motion Enable Inh...

Страница 556: ...uring pulse suppression monitoring is switched off and the feedback signal has a 0 signal level For bit 0 and with the SSM safety function activated the following applies Monitoring continues during pulse suppression The feedback signal last displayed before pulse suppression is kept and the system goes into the STO state For bit 08 For bit 1 and with the SDI safety function activated the followin...

Страница 557: ...Example Gearbox ratio 1 4 pole pair number r0313 2 p9521 1 p9522 8 4 x 2 Description Sets the limit values for the function Safely Limited Speed SLS Index 0 Limit value SLS1 1 Limit value SLS2 2 Limit value SLS3 3 Limit value SLS4 Dependency Refer to p9563 Refer to C01714 Note SLS Safely Limited Speed p9521 0 7 SI Motion gearbox motor load denominator processor 1 SI Mtn gear den P1 Access level 3 ...

Страница 558: ...rameter is included in the data cross check of the two monitoring channels The set time is rounded internally to an integer multiple of the monitoring clock cycle SSM Safe Speed Monitor safety relevant feedback signal from the speed monitoring Description Sets the velocity limit for the SSM feedback signal to detect standstill n nx When this limit value is undershot the signal SSM feedback signal ...

Страница 559: ...ill applied Note SLS Safely Limited Speed Description Sets the delay time for STOP A after STOP B Dependency Refer to p9560 Refer to C01701 Note The set time is rounded internally to an integer multiple of the monitoring clock cycle p9547 SI Motion SSM velocity hysteresis processor 1 SI Mtn SSM hyst P1 Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed C 95 Scaling Dyn index Unit g...

Страница 560: ...speed has no effect for a value 0 SS1 Safe Stop 1 Description Sets the SLS specific stop response for the function Safely Limited Speed SLS These settings apply to the individual limit values for SLS Value 0 STOP A 1 STOP B Index 0 Limit value SLS1 1 Limit value SLS2 2 Limit value SLS3 3 Limit value SLS4 p9558 SI Motion acceptance test mode time limit processor 1 SI Mtn acc t P1 Access level 3 Cal...

Страница 561: ...TOP A 1 STOP B Dependency Refer to p9564 p9565 Refer to C01716 Note SDI Safe Direction safe motion direction Description Sets the velocity tolerance limit for the SAM function SAM is deactivated once the set velocity limit has been undershot p9564 SI Motion SDI tolerance processor 1 SI Mtn SDI tol P1 Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed C 95 Scaling Dyn index Unit gro...

Страница 562: ...to define the brake ramp The rate of rise of the brake ramp depends upon p9581 reference value and p9583 monitoring time Dependency Refer to p9582 p9583 Description Sets the delay time for monitoring the brake ramp Monitoring of the brake ramp starts once the delay time has elapsed Dependency Refer to p9581 p9583 p9570 SI Motion acceptance test mode processor 1 SI Mtn acc_mod P1 Access level 3 Cal...

Страница 563: ...duction motors the calculation is automatically made with a value of 0 if the code number of the power unit p0201 0 14000 otherwise with a value of 2 Description Sets the delay time to evaluate the encoderless actual value sensing after the pulses have been enabled The value must be greater than or equal to the motor magnetizing time p0346 Dependency Refer to C01711 Caution The safety functionalit...

Страница 564: ...reased if C01711 with message value 1043 has occurred the value must be lowered if acceleration procedures have led to an excessive Safety actual velocity Recommendation The setting of this parameter depends on the motor and closed loop control and must be newly determined for each configuration To do this a measurement should be performed while the actual value jumps and the limit in r9785 0 must...

Страница 565: ...erminals permissible for r9771 6 1 000C hex Extended functions are enabled via PROFIsafe permissible for r9771 4 1 000D hex Extended functions are enabled via PROFIsafe and basic functions via onboard terminals permissible for r9771 4 1 In addition to all of the combinations listed above using bit 7 the STO via Power Module terminals function can be enabled this is permissible for r9771 19 1 Depen...

Страница 566: ...l for the Safe Brake Control SBC function on processor 1 Value 0 Inhibit SBC 1 Enable SBC Dependency Refer to p9802 Note The Safe Brake Control function is not activated until at least one safety monitoring function has been enabled i e p9501 not equal to 0 and or p9601 not equal to 0 It does not make sense to parameterize no motor holding brake available and enable Safe Brake Control p1215 0 p960...

Страница 567: ...r 1 to brake along the OFF3 down ramp p1135 Recommendation In order that the drive can completely ramp down along the OFF3 ramp and a motor holding brake that is possibly available can close then the delay time should be set as follows Motor holding brake parameterized delay time p1135 p1228 p1217 Motor holding brake not parameterized delay time p1135 p1228 Dependency Refer to p1135 p9852 Note For...

Страница 568: ...g the Safety switch off signal paths for STO via terminals on the Power Module After the monitoring time set in p9661 has expired an appropriate alarm is output Dependency Refer to p9661 Refer to A01678 Note PM Power Module STO Safe Torque Off p9659 SI forced checking procedure timer SI FCP Timer Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed C 95 Scaling Dyn index Unit group U...

Страница 569: ...reference checksums from the associated actual checksums after changes SI parameters hardware After transferring the reference checksums parameters are automatically reset to zero Value 0 00 hex Data unchanged 172 AC hex Acknowledge data change complete 220 DC hex Acknowledge SI basic parameter change 236 EC hex Acknowledge hardware CRC Dependency Refer to r9398 p9399 r9728 p9729 r9798 p9799 r9898...

Страница 570: ...n actual value on processor 2 is updated in the KDV clock cycle r9724 and delayed by one KDV clock cycle For index 3 The maximum difference between the load side position actual value on processor 1 and the load side position actual value on processor 2 For index 4 The content corresponds to the value in index 0 KDV Data cross check Description Displays result list 1 that for the data cross check ...

Страница 571: ...ion actual value on processor 2 is updated in the CDC clock cycle r9724 and delayed by one CDC clock cycle For index 2 The difference between the load side position actual value on processor 1 and load side position actual value on processor 2 is updated in the CDC clock cycle r9724 and delayed by one CDC clock cycle For index 3 The maximum difference between the load side position actual value on...

Страница 572: ... SI Motion diagnostics velocity processor 1 SI Mtn diag v P1 Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting rpm rpm rpm r9720 0 13 CO BO SI Motion control signals integrated in the drive SI Mtn integ STW Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit...

Страница 573: ...itional diagnostic values of the drive For index 1 Displays the value from processor 1 that resulted in the STOP F For index 2 Displays the value from processor 2 that resulted in the STOP F r9723 0 16 CO BO SI Motion diagnostic signals integrated in the drive SI Mtn integ diag Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Mi...

Страница 574: ...plays the safe velocity resolution load side Setpoints for velocity limits or parameter changes for velocities below this threshold have no effect For index 1 Displays the safe velocity accuracy based on the safe encoder accuracy Index 0 Actual velocity resolution 1 Minimum velocity resolution Note Index 0 This parameter does not provide any information about the actual accuracy of the velocity se...

Страница 575: ... interconnected p1052 r9733 1 must also be interconnected and vice versa If only the absolute value of the setpoint velocity limiting is required r9733 2 must be interconnected Note If the SLS function is not selected r9733 0 shows p1082 and r9733 1 shows p1082 The display in r9733 can be delayed by up to one Safety monitoring clock cycle as compared to the display in r9720 and r9722 Description D...

Страница 576: ...assword has been successfully acknowledged r9742 0 15 CO BO SI Motion drive integrated status signals processor 2 SI Mtn int stat P2 Access level 4 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 2840 2855 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 STO or safe pulse suppression active Yes No 01 SS1 active Yes No...

Страница 577: ...1 Index 0 PZD 1 1 PZD 2 2 PZD 3 3 PZD 4 4 PZD 5 5 PZD 6 6 PZD 7 7 PZD 8 Dependency Refer to r9768 Note The PROFIsafe trailer at the end of the telegram is also displayed 2 words r9765 SI Motion forced checking procedure remaining time processor 1 SI Mtn dyn rem P1 Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Fac...

Страница 578: ...ignal from the speed monitoring SGA n nx Safety related output n nx r9770 0 3 SI version drive integrated safety function processor 1 SI version Drv P1 Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 2802 Min Max Factory setting r9771 SI common functions processor 1 SI general fct P1 Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned...

Страница 579: ... Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 2804 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 STO selected on processor 1 Yes No 2810 01 STO active on processor 1 Yes No 2810 02 SS1 delay time active on processor 1 Yes No 2810 04 SBC requested Yes No 2814 05 SS1 selected on processor 1 Basic Functions Yes No 06 SS1 active on processor 1 Bas...

Страница 580: ...0S_V_CAN Access level 2 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 2804 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 STO selected on processor 1 Yes No 2810 01 STO active on processor 1 Yes No 2810 02 SS1 delay time active on processor 1 Yes No 2810 04 SBC requested Yes No 2814 05 SS1 selected on processor 1 ...

Страница 581: ...echnical documentation for the particular product r9773 0 31 CO BO SI status processor 1 processor 2 SI status P1 P2 Access level 2 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 2804 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 STO selected in drive Yes No 2804 01 STO active in drive Yes No 2804 02 SS1 delay tim...

Страница 582: ...tual acceleration value Dependency Refer to p9589 Note For index 0 Shows the parameterized acceleration value of p9589 For index 1 Shows the actually measured acceleration values of the encoderless actual value sensing Description Display to diagnose currents of the encoderless actual value sensing Index 0 Minimum current parameterized 1 Minimum current measured Dependency Refer to p9588 r9781 0 1...

Страница 583: ...llimeters per minute For rotary axes the following unit applies revolutions per minute Description Displays the numbers of the data items that are currently being cross checked on processor 1 The content of the list of cross checked data is dependent upon the particular application Note Example r9794 0 1 monitoring clock cycle r9794 1 2 enable safety functions r9794 2 3 F DI changeover tolerance t...

Страница 584: ...nctions are enabled via onboard terminals permissible for r9771 5 1 0008 hex Basic functions are enabled via PROFIsafe permissible for r9771 6 1 0009 hex Basic functions are enabled via PROFIsafe onboard terminals permissible for r9771 6 1 000C hex Extended functions are enabled via PROFIsafe permissible for r9771 4 1 r9795 SI diagnostics STOP F processor 1 SI diag STOP F P1 Access level 2 Calcula...

Страница 585: ...enabled via PROFIsafe onboard terminals permissible for r9771 6 1 000C hex Extended functions are enabled via PROFIsafe permissible for r9771 4 1 000D hex Extended functions are enabled via PROFIsafe and basic functions via onboard terminals permissible for r9771 4 1 In addition to all of the combinations listed above using bit 7 the STO via Power Module terminals function can be enabled this is p...

Страница 586: ...ter an F DI changeover dynamic data is not subject to a data cross check during this discrepancy time Dependency Refer to p9650 Notice This parameter is overwritten by the copy function of the safety functions integrated in the drive Note For a data cross check between p9650 and p9850 a difference of one Safety monitoring clock cycle is tolerated The set time is rounded internally to an integer mu...

Страница 587: ...ock cycle is tolerated Rounding effects can occur in the last decimal place of the parameterized time The set time is rounded internally to an integer multiple of the monitoring clock cycle SS1 Safe Stop 1 corresponds to Stop Category 1 acc to EN60204 Description Displays the supported Safety Integrated monitoring functions Processor 2 determines this display Dependency Refer to r9771 Note SBC Saf...

Страница 588: ... changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 2804 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 STO selected on processor 2 Yes No 2810 01 STO active on processor 2 Yes No 2810 02 SS1 delay time active on processor 2 Yes No 2810 04 SBC requested Yes No 2814 05 SS1 selected on processor 2 Basic Functions Yes No 06 SS1 active on processor 2 Basic Func...

Страница 589: ...Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 2804 Min Max Factory setting Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 STO selected on processor 2 Yes No 2810 01 STO active on processor 2 Yes No 2810 02 SS1 delay time active on processor 2 Yes No 2810 04 SBC requested Yes No 2814 05 SS1 selected on processor 2 Basic Functions Yes No 06 SS1 activ...

Страница 590: ...onent number of DRIVE CLiQ sockets in the Node Identifier manufacturer and version of the Node Identifier serial number of the Node Identifier 4 indices index of the component order number 8 indices attribute to compare the actual topology and target topology of the component component number p9899 SI reference checksum SI parameters processor 2 SI setp_chksm P2 Access level 3 Calculated Data type...

Страница 591: ... causes for an unsuccessful procedure are located in bytes 4 3 2 Byte 2 Number of structural differences Byte 3 Number of differences that can be acknowledged p9904 Byte 4 Number of differences These differences can be resolved as follows sets the topology comparison p9906 or p9907 p9908 change over the actual topology The appropriate action should be selected corresponding to the message that is ...

Страница 592: ...e g 69 dec Index 1 license key character 2 e g 65 dec Index 8 license key character 9 e g 65 dec Index 9 license key character 10 e g 0 dec Dependency Refer to r7843 p9921 Refer to A13000 A13001 F13010 p9910 Target topology accept additional components Add comp accept Access level 1 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Facto...

Страница 593: ...e license key Value 0 Inactive 1 Activate start license key Dependency Refer to p9920 Refer to A13000 A13001 F13010 Note Before activation the license key entered using parameter p9920 is checked If this check identifies an error activation is rejected In this case writing a 1 to p9921 is rejected When the license key has been activated p9921 is automatically set to 0 Description Displays the dire...

Страница 594: ... After switch on binector output r9935 0 is set with the start of the first sampling time and is again reset after approx 100 ms p9930 0 8 System logbook activation SYSLOG activation Access level 4 Calculated Data type Unsigned8 Can be changed U T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting 0 255 0 p9931 0 180 System logbook module selection SYSLOG mod select A...

Страница 595: ...s after 5 seconds For bit 08 With p9937 8 1 the error counters are reset r9936 0 199 After the reset p9937 8 is automatically set to 0 Description Sets the configuration for the DRIVE CLiQ detailed diagnostics r9943 Using the detailed diagnostics it is possible to investigate data transfer errors on an individual connection selected using p9942 Value 0 Inactive 1 Sum send and receive errors 2 Only...

Страница 596: ...cted via p9942 Dependency Refer to r9936 p9938 p9939 p9942 Description Displays the measured system utilization The higher the value displayed the higher the system utilization Index 0 Computing time utilization min 1 Computing time utilization averaged 2 Computing time utilization max 3 Largest total utilization min 4 Largest total utilization averaged p9939 DRIVE CLiQ detailed diagnostics time i...

Страница 597: ... largest total utilization is displayed in r9979 Total utilization Computing time load of sampling time involved including load from higher priority sampling times interrupts Description Diagnostics parameter to display additional information for internal software errors Note Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting Description Sets the delay time for testing the digital output Within this time f...

Страница 598: ...cted 1 F DI 0 2 F DI 1 3 F DI 2 255 Static deselected Dependency Refer to p10106 Refer to A01666 A30666 Note The values static selected and static deselected result in an inactive function of the safe acknowledgment F DI Fail safe Digital Input Description Selects an input terminal to start the test stop The test stop is started with a 0 1 signal at the input terminal and is then only possible if ...

Страница 599: ...Note If value 0 No terminal assigned safety function always selected If value 255 No terminal assigned safety function always deselected F DI Fail safe Digital Input STO Safe Torque Off Description Sets the fail safe digital input F DI for the SS1 function Value 0 Static selected 1 F DI 0 2 F DI 1 3 F DI 2 255 Static deselected Dependency Refer to p10123 Note If value 0 No terminal assigned safety...

Страница 600: ... always selected If value 255 No terminal assigned safety function always deselected F DI Fail safe Digital Input SDI Safe Direction safe motion direction Description Sets the fail safe digital input F DI for the SDI negative function Value 0 Static selected 1 F DI 0 2 F DI 1 3 F DI 2 255 Static deselected p10026 SI Motion SLS input terminal processor 1 SI Mtn SLS F DI P1 Access level 3 Calculated...

Страница 601: ...ivates the readback input for the safety digital output F DO The test mode for the particular safety digital output is set in p10047 p10039 SI Motion Safe State signal selection processor 1 SI Safe State P1 Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed C 95 Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 2856 Min Max Factory setting 0000 0001 bin Bit field Bit Signal name ...

Страница 602: ...igital inputs F DI via PROFIsafe The safe state of the selected F DIs is transferred to the F control via PROFIsafe The F DIs are monitored for discrepancies Discrepancy faults can be acknowledged via PROFIsafe Dependency Refer to p10150 Note F DI Fail safe Digital Input p10047 SI Motion F DO test stop mode processor 1 SI F DO testmodeP1 Access level 3 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed...

Страница 603: ...dated in the following cases if the Safety Extended Functions are enabled by means of activation via F DI if transfer of the F DIs via PROFIsafe is enabled see p9501 In this case only the F DIs transferred for PROFIsafe are displayed and updated see p10050 p10150 All F DIs which have not been transferred have a static zero value Description Displays the status of the digital output of processor 1 ...

Страница 604: ... Input Description Sets the debounce time for digital inputs The debounce time acts on the following digital inputs Fail safe digital inputs F DI Single channel digital input 2 DI 2 read back input for the forced checking procedure The debounce time is accepted rounded off to whole milliseconds Dependency Refer to p10017 Note Example Debounce time 1 ms Fault pulses of 1 ms are filtered only pulses...

Страница 605: ... terminal assigned safety function always deselected F DI Fail safe Digital Input SS1 Safe Stop 1 Description Sets the fail safe digital input F DI for the SLS function Value 0 Static selected 1 F DI 0 2 F DI 1 3 F DI 2 255 Static deselected Dependency Refer to p10026 p10122 SI Motion STO input terminal processor 2 SI STO F DI P2 Access level 3 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed C 95 Sc...

Страница 606: ...fe motion direction Description Sets the fail safe digital input F DI for the SDI negative function Value 0 Static selected 1 F DI 0 2 F DI 1 3 F DI 2 255 Static deselected Note If value 0 No terminal assigned safety function always selected If value 255 No terminal assigned safety function always deselected F DI Fail safe Digital Input SDI Safe Direction safe motion direction p10130 SI Motion SDI...

Страница 607: ...ut p10139 SI Motion Safe State signal selection processor 2 SI Safe State P2 Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed C 95 Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 2856 Min Max Factory setting 0000 0001 bin Bit field Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP 00 Power_removed Selected Not selected 01 SS1_active Selected Not selected 04 SLS_active Selected Not selecte...

Страница 608: ...Isafe The F DIs are monitored for discrepancies Discrepancy faults can be acknowledged via PROFIsafe Dependency Refer to p10050 Note F DI Fail safe Digital Input p10147 SI Motion F DO test stop mode processor 2 SI F DO testmodeP2 Access level 3 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed C 95 Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting 1 3 2 r10149 SI Motion ...

Страница 609: ... for an NC NO contact parameterization the level 0 V 24 V selects the safety function the level 24 V 0 V de selects the safety function The state of parameter r10151 is delayed by one monitoring clock cycle in relation to r10051 The parameter is only updated in the following cases if the Safety Extended Functions are enabled by means of activation via F DI if transfer of the F DIs via PROFIsafe is...

Страница 610: ... sampling time CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram Min Max Factory setting ms ms ms p20030 0 3 BI AND 0 inputs AND 0 inputs CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data t...

Страница 611: ...n time group 4 p20033 AND 0 run sequence AND 0 RunSeq CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7210 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 10 p20034 0 3 BI AND 1 inputs AND 1 inputs CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_...

Страница 612: ...p 6 9999 Do not calculate p20037 AND 1 run sequence AND 1 RunSeq CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7210 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 20 p20038 0 3 BI AND 2 inputs AND 2 inputs CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCK...

Страница 613: ...41 AND 2 run sequence AND 2 RunSeq CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 2710 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 30 p20042 0 3 BI AND 3 inputs AND 3 inputs CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access l...

Страница 614: ...45 AND 3 run sequence AND 3 RunSeq CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7210 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 40 p20046 0 3 BI OR 0 inputs OR 0 inputs CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access lev...

Страница 615: ...49 OR 0 run sequence OR 0 RunSeq CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7212 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 60 p20050 0 3 BI OR 1 inputs OR 1 inputs CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level...

Страница 616: ...53 OR 1 run sequence OR 1 RunSeq CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7212 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 70 p20054 0 3 BI OR 2 inputs OR 2 inputs CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level...

Страница 617: ...57 OR 2 run sequence OR 2 RunSeq CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7212 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 80 p20058 0 3 BI OR 3 inputs OR 3 inputs CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level...

Страница 618: ...3 run sequence OR 3 RunSeq CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7212 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 90 p20062 0 3 BI XOR 0 inputs XOR 0 inputs CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 C...

Страница 619: ...0 run sequence XOR 0 RunSeq CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7214 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 110 p20066 0 3 BI XOR 1 inputs XOR 1 inputs CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3...

Страница 620: ...1 run sequence XOR 1 RunSeq CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7214 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 120 p20070 0 3 BI XOR 2 inputs XOR 2 inputs CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3...

Страница 621: ...2 run sequence XOR 2 RunSeq CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7214 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 130 p20074 0 3 BI XOR 3 inputs XOR 3 inputs CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3...

Страница 622: ...50S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7214 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 140 p20078 BI NOT 0 input I NOT 0 input I CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed T ...

Страница 623: ...50S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7216 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 160 p20082 BI NOT 1 input I NOT 1 input I CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed T ...

Страница 624: ...50S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7216 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 170 p20086 BI NOT 2 input I NOT 2 input I CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed T ...

Страница 625: ...50S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7216 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 180 p20090 BI NOT 3 input I NOT 3 input I CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed T ...

Страница 626: ...S CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7216 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 190 p20094 0 3 CI ADD 0 inputs ADD 0 inputs CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scali...

Страница 627: ...S CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7220 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 210 p20098 0 3 CI ADD 1 inputs ADD 1 inputs CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scali...

Страница 628: ...P FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7220 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 220 p20102 0 1 CI SUB 0 inputs SUB 0 inputs CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling PERCENT D...

Страница 629: ...P FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7220 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 240 p20106 0 1 CI SUB 1 inputs SUB 1 inputs CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling PERCENT D...

Страница 630: ...S CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7220 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 250 p20110 0 3 CI MUL 0 inputs MUL 0 inputs CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scali...

Страница 631: ...S CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7222 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 270 p20114 0 3 CI MUL 1 inputs MUL 1 inputs CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scali...

Страница 632: ...S CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7222 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 280 p20118 0 1 CI DIV 0 inputs DIV 0 inputs CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 FloatingPoint32 C...

Страница 633: ...oup DIV 0 RTG CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7222 Min Max Factory setting 5 9999 9999 p20122 DIV 0 run sequence DIV 0 RunSeq CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data...

Страница 634: ...50S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7222 Min Max Factory setting p20126 DIV 1 run time group DIV 1 RTG CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn ind...

Страница 635: ...tput Y CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling PERCENT Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7224 Min Max Factory setting r20130 BO AVA 0 input negative SN AVA 0 input neg SN CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculat...

Страница 636: ...LOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling PERCENT Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7224 Min Max Factory setting 0 r20134 CO AVA 1 output Y AVA 1 output Y CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling PERCENT Dyn ...

Страница 637: ...Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7224 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 350 p20138 BI MFP 0 input pulse I MFP 0 inp_pulse I CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7230 Min Max Fact...

Страница 638: ...0S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7230 Min Max Factory setting 5 9999 9999 p20142 MFP 0 run sequence MFP 0 RunSeq CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selectio...

Страница 639: ... FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7230 Min Max Factory setting p20146 MFP 1 run time group MFP 1 RTG CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection ...

Страница 640: ...V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7230 Min Max Factory setting 0 00 5400000 00 0 00 r20150 BO PCL 0 output Q PCL 0 output Q CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn...

Страница 641: ...inary Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7230 Min Max Factory setting 0 p20154 PCL 1 pulse duration in ms PCL 1 pulse_dur ms CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7230 Min Max Factory setting 0 0...

Страница 642: ...alculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7230 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 410 p20158 BI PDE 0 input pulse I PDE 0 inp_pulse I CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7232 Mi...

Страница 643: ...KS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7232 Min Max Factory setting 5 9999 9999 p20162 PDE 0 run sequence PDE 0 RunSeq CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit s...

Страница 644: ...S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7232 Min Max Factory setting p20166 PDE 1 run time group PDE 1 RTG CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit sele...

Страница 645: ...LOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7233 Min Max Factory setting 0 00 5400000 00 0 00 r20170 BO PDF 0 output Q PDF 0 output Q CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be change...

Страница 646: ...ata type U32 Binary Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7233 Min Max Factory setting 0 p20174 PDF 1 pulse extension time in ms PDF 1 t_ext ms CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7233 Min Max Fac...

Страница 647: ...250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7233 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 470 p20178 0 1 BI PST 0 inputs PST 0 inputs CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit sele...

Страница 648: ...U250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7234 Min Max Factory setting 5 9999 9999 p20182 PST 0 run sequence PST 0 RunSeq CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed ...

Страница 649: ...50S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7234 Min Max Factory setting p20186 PST 1 run time group PST 1 RTG CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn ind...

Страница 650: ...V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7240 Min Max Factory setting r20190 BO RSR 0 inverted output QN RSR 0 inv outp QN CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scali...

Страница 651: ...OCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7240 Min Max Factory setting 0 r20194 BO RSR 1 output Q RSR 1 output Q CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7240 M...

Страница 652: ...KS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7240 Min Max Factory setting 0 7999 530 p20198 0 3 BI DFR 0 inputs DFR 0 inputs CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit ...

Страница 653: ...run time group DFR 0 RTG CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7240 Min Max Factory setting 1 9999 9999 p20202 DFR 0 run sequence DFR 0 RunSeq CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calc...

Страница 654: ...N DFR 1 inv outp QN CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7240 Min Max Factory setting p20206 DFR 1 run time group DFR 1 RTG CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type In...

Страница 655: ...W 0 sw_setting CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7250 Min Max Factory setting 0 r20210 BO BSW 0 output Q BSW 0 output Q CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type U...

Страница 656: ...CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7250 Min Max Factory setting 0 p20214 BI BSW 1 switch setting I BSW 1 sw_setting CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed T Scaling Dyn inde...

Страница 657: ...FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7250 Min Max Factory setting 0 7999 590 p20218 0 1 CI NSW 0 inputs NSW 0 inputs CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling PERCENT Dyn index Unit group Uni...

Страница 658: ...V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7250 Min Max Factory setting 5 9999 9999 p20222 NSW 0 run sequence NSW 0 RunSeq CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed T Scal...

Страница 659: ...LOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling PERCENT Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7250 Min Max Factory setting p20226 NSW 1 run time group NSW 1 RTG CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit ...

Страница 660: ...LL LIM 0 lower lim LL CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7260 Min Max Factory setting 340 28235E36 340 28235E36 0 0000 r20231 CO LIM 0 output Y LIM 0 output Y CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FB...

Страница 661: ...3 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7260 Min Max Factory setting 5 9999 9999 p20235 LIM 0 run sequence LIM 0 RunSeq CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7260 Min Max F...

Страница 662: ...0 28235E36 340 28235E36 0 0000 r20239 CO LIM 1 output Y LIM 1 output Y CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling PERCENT Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7260 Min Max Factory setting r20240 BO LIM 1 input quantity at the upper limit QU LIM 1 QU CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CA...

Страница 663: ... level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7260 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 650 p20244 0 1 CI PT1 0 inputs PT1 0 inputs CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling PERCENT Dyn index Unit group Unit selection F...

Страница 664: ...S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling PERCENT Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7262 Min Max Factory setting p20248 PT1 0 run time group PT1 0 RTG CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed T Scal...

Страница 665: ...e U32 Binary Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7262 Min Max Factory setting 0 p20252 PT1 1 smoothing time constant in ms PT1 1 T_smooth ms CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7262 Min Max Fact...

Страница 666: ...ged T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7262 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 680 p20256 0 1 CI INT 0 inputs INT 0 inputs CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling PERCENT Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7264 Min Max Factory setting 0 p20257 IN...

Страница 667: ...diagram 7264 Min Max Factory setting 0 00 340 28235E36 0 00 p20260 BI INT 0 accept setting value S INT 0 acc set val CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7264 Min Max Factory setting 0 r20261 CO INT 0 output Y INT 0 output Y CU250S_V FBLO...

Страница 668: ...ccess level 3 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7264 Min Max Factory setting 5 9999 9999 p20265 INT 0 run sequence INT 0 RunSeq CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 72...

Страница 669: ...340 28235E36 0 0000 p20269 LVM 0 hyst HY LVM 0 hyst HY CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7270 Min Max Factory setting 340 28235E36 340 28235E36 0 0000 r20270 BO LVM 0 input quantity above interval QU LVM 0 X above QU CU250S_V FBLO...

Страница 670: ...OCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7270 Min Max Factory setting 5 9999 9999 p20274 LVM 0 run sequence LVM 0 RunSeq CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diag...

Страница 671: ...340 28235E36 0 0000 p20278 LVM 1 hyst HY LVM 1 hyst HY CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7270 Min Max Factory setting 340 28235E36 340 28235E36 0 0000 r20279 BO LVM 1 input quantity above interval QU LVM 1 X above QU CU250S_V FBLO...

Страница 672: ...S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7270 Min Max Factory setting 5 9999 9999 p20283 LVM 1 run sequence LVM 1 RunSeq CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection...

Страница 673: ...DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling PERCENT Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7264 Min Max Factory setting p20287 DIF 0 run time group DIF 0 RTG CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group ...

Страница 674: ...BLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7216 Min Max Factory setting p20302 NOT 4 run time group NOT 4 RTG CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed T Scali...

Страница 675: ...nv output CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7216 Min Max Factory setting p20306 NOT 5 run time group NOT 5 RTG CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Integer16 Ca...

Страница 676: ...50S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling PERCENT Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7220 Min Max Factory setting p20310 ADD 2 run time group ADD 2 RTG CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit ...

Страница 677: ...PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7225 Min Max Factory setting r20314 BO NCM 0 output QE NCM 0 output QE CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 72...

Страница 678: ...P FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7225 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 820 p20318 0 1 CI NCM 1 inputs NCM 1 inputs CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling PERCENT D...

Страница 679: ...LOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7225 Min Max Factory setting p20322 NCM 1 run time group NCM 1 RTG CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed T Scalin...

Страница 680: ...V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7240 Min Max Factory setting r20326 BO RSR 2 inverted output QN RSR 2 inv outp QN CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scali...

Страница 681: ...V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7240 Min Max Factory setting 0 r20330 BO DFR 2 output Q DFR 2 output Q CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit s...

Страница 682: ...Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7240 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 870 p20334 BI PDE 2 input pulse I PDE 2 inp_pulse I CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7232 M...

Страница 683: ...KS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7232 Min Max Factory setting 5 9999 9999 p20338 PDE 2 run sequence PDE 2 RunSeq CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit s...

Страница 684: ...S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7232 Min Max Factory setting p20342 PDE 3 run time group PDE 3 RTG CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit sele...

Страница 685: ...LOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7233 Min Max Factory setting 0 00 5400000 00 0 00 r20346 BO PDF 2 output Q PDF 2 output Q CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be change...

Страница 686: ...ata type U32 Binary Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7233 Min Max Factory setting 0 p20350 PDF 3 pulse extension time in ms PDF 3 t_ext ms CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7233 Min Max Fac...

Страница 687: ...Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7233 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 930 p20354 BI MFP 2 input pulse I MFP 2 inp_pulse I CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type U32 Binary Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7230 Min Max Fact...

Страница 688: ...0S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7230 Min Max Factory setting 5 9999 9999 p20358 MFP 2 run sequence MFP 2 RunSeq CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selectio...

Страница 689: ...OCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Unsigned32 Can be changed Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7230 Min Max Factory setting p20362 MFP 3 run time group MFP 3 RTG CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func...

Страница 690: ...kpoint 3 4 Breakpoint 4 5 Breakpoint 5 6 Breakpoint 6 7 Breakpoint 7 r20373 CO PLI 0 output Y PLI 0 output Y CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling PERCENT Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7226 Min Max Factory setting p20374 0 19 PLI 0 X coordinate A breakpoint PLI 0 X ...

Страница 691: ...tion Sets the signal source for input X of the polyline 20 breakpoints of instance PLI 1 p20376 PLI 0 run time group PLI 0 RTG CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7226 Min Max Factory setting 5 9999 9999 p20377 PLI 0 run sequence PLI 0 Ru...

Страница 692: ...kpoint 3 4 Breakpoint 4 5 Breakpoint 5 6 Breakpoint 6 7 Breakpoint 7 r20379 CO PLI 1 output Y PLI 1 output Y CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS Access level 3 Calculated Data type FloatingPoint32 Can be changed Scaling PERCENT Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 7226 Min Max Factory setting p20380 0 19 PLI 1 X coordinate A breakpoint PLI 1 X ...

Страница 693: ...IEMENS telegram 900 PZD 2 2 998 Compatibility mode as for firmware version 4 6 Note For p9601 3 p9801 3 1 PROFIsafe enabled the following variants exist when parameterizing PROFIsafe telegram 30 p9611 p9811 998 and p60022 0 p9611 p9811 998 and p60022 30 p9611 p9811 30 and p60022 30 p20382 PLI 1 run time group PLI 1 RTG CU250S_V FBLOCKS CU250S_V_CAN FBLOCKS CU250S_V_DP FBLOCKS CU250S_V_PN FBLOCKS A...

Страница 694: ...OFINET Name of Station Notice An ASCII table excerpt can be found for example in the appendix to the List Manual Description Displays PROFINET IP of Station p60122 PROFIdrive SIC telegram selection Pd SIC telegr CU250S_V_DP CU250S_V_PN Access level 3 Calculated Data type Integer16 Can be changed T Scaling Dyn index Unit group Unit selection Func diagram 2423 Min Max Factory setting 700 999 999 r61...

Страница 695: ... lower setpoint Mop lower p1039 0 n BI Motorized potentiometer inversion MotP inv p1041 0 n BI Motorized potentiometer manual automatic Mop manual auto p1042 0 n CI Motorized potentiometer automatic setpoint Mop auto setpoint p1043 0 n BI Motorized potentiometer accept setting value MotP acc set val p1044 0 n CI Motorized potentiometer setting value Mop set val p1051 0 n CI Speed limit RFG positiv...

Страница 696: ...CI Supplementary torque 2 M_suppl 2 p1522 0 n CI Torque limit upper M_max upper p1523 0 n CI Torque limit lower M_max lower p1528 0 n CI Torque limit upper scaling M_max upper scal p1529 0 n CI Torque limit lower scaling M_max lower scal p1545 0 n BI Activates travel to a fixed stop TfS activation p1552 0 n CI Torque limit upper scaling without offset M_max up w o offs p1554 0 n CI Torque limit lo...

Страница 697: ...tion motor control parameters Calc auto par p0640 0 n Current limit Current limit p1001 0 n CO Fixed speed setpoint 1 n_set_fixed 1 p1002 0 n CO Fixed speed setpoint 2 n_set_fixed 2 p1003 0 n CO Fixed speed setpoint 3 n_set_fixed 3 p1004 0 n CO Fixed speed setpoint 4 n_set_fixed 4 p1005 0 n CO Fixed speed setpoint 5 n_set_fixed 5 p1006 0 n CO Fixed speed setpoint 6 n_set_fixed 6 p1007 0 n CO Fixed...

Страница 698: ...n Vdc controller integral time Vdc_ctrl Tn p1252 0 n Vdc controller rate time Vdc_ctrl t_rate p1255 0 n Vdc_min controller time threshold Vdc_min t_thresh p1256 0 n Vdc_min controller response kinetic buffering Vdc_min response p1257 0 n Vdc_min controller speed threshold Vdc_min n_thresh p1271 0 n Flying restart maximum frequency for the inhibited direction FlyRes f_max dir p1280 0 n Vdc controll...

Страница 699: ...t T_smth p1452 0 n Speed controller speed actual value smoothing time sensorless n_C n_act T_s SL p1456 0 n Speed controller P gain adaptation lower starting point n_ctrl AdaptKpLow p1457 0 n Speed controller P gain adaptation upper starting point n_ctrl AdaptKp up p1458 0 n Adaptation factor lower Adapt_factor lower p1459 0 n Adaptation factor upper Adapt_factor upper p1460 0 n Speed controller P...

Страница 700: ... component shutdown threshold Isd ctrl Tn shutd p1731 0 n Isd controller combination current time component Isd ctr I_combi T1 p1740 0 n Gain resonance damping for encoderless closed loop control Gain res_damp p1744 0 n Motor model speed threshold stall detection MotMod n_thr stall p1745 0 n Motor model error threshold stall detection MotMod ThreshStall p1749 0 n Motor model increase changeover sp...

Страница 701: ..._thresh val 1 p2175 0 n Motor blocked speed threshold Mot lock n_thresh p2176 0 n Torque threshold value comparison delay time M_thrsh comp T_del p2177 0 n Motor blocked delay time Mot lock t_del p2178 0 n Motor stalled delay time Mot stall t_del p2179 0 n Output load identification current limit Outp_ld iden I_lim p2180 0 n Output load detection delay time Out_load det t_del p2181 0 n Load monito...

Страница 702: ...34 0 n LR speed precontrol factor n_prectrl fact p2535 0 n LR speed precontrol balancing filter dead time n_prectrFlt t_dead p2536 0 n LR speed precontrol symmetrizing filter PT1 n_prectrl filt PT1 p2538 0 n LR proportional gain Kp p2539 0 n LR integral time Tn p2546 0 n LR dynamic following error monitoring tolerance s_delta_monit tol p2567 0 n LR torque precontrol moment of inertia M_prectr M_in...

Страница 703: ...n final display Ident final_disp r3927 0 n Motor data identification control word MotID STW r3928 0 n Rotating measurement configuration Rot meas config r3929 0 n Motor data identification modulated voltage generation MotID U_gen mod p5271 0 n Online tuning configuration controller Ot config ctrl p5310 0 n Moment of inertia precontrol configuration J_est config r5311 0 n Moment of inertia precontr...

Страница 704: ...n Motor rotor resistance cold Mot R_r cold p0356 0 n Motor stator leakage inductance Mot L_stator leak p0357 0 n Motor stator inductance d axis Mot L_stator d p0358 0 n Motor rotor leakage inductance Mot L_rot leak p0360 0 n Motor magnetizing inductance Mot Lh p0362 0 n Motor saturation characteristic flux 1 Mot saturat flux 1 p0363 0 n Motor saturation characteristic flux 2 Mot saturat flux 2 p03...

Страница 705: ... restart Rst_ident Restart p0622 0 n Motor excitation time for Rs_ident after switching on again t_excit Rs_id p0625 0 n Motor ambient temperature during commissioning Mot T_ambient p0626 0 n Motor overtemperature stator core Mot T_over core p0627 0 n Motor overtemperature stator winding Mot T_over stator p0628 0 n Motor overtemperature rotor Mot T_over rotor r0630 0 n Mot_temp_mod ambient tempera...

Страница 706: ...te encoder rotary multiturn resolution Enc abs multiturn p0422 0 n Absolute encoder linear measuring step resolution Enc abs meas step p0423 0 n Absolute encoder rotary singleturn resolution Enc abs singleturn p0424 0 n Encoder linear zero mark distance Enc lin ZM_dist p0425 0 n Encoder rotary zero mark distance Enc rot dist ZM p0426 0 n Encoder zero mark differential distance Enc ZM Dif_dist p042...

Страница 707: ...og sensor configuration Ana_sens config p4671 0 n Analog sensor input Ana_sens inp p4672 0 n Analog sensor channel A voltage at actual value zero Ana_sens A U at 0 p4673 0 n Analog sensor channel A voltage per encoder period Ana_sens A U per p4674 0 n Analog sensor channel B voltage at actual value zero Ana_sens B U at 0 p4675 0 n Analog sensor channel B voltage per encoder period Ana_sens B U per...

Страница 708: ...p0854 0 n BI Control by PLC no control by PLC Master ctrl by PLC p0855 0 n BI Unconditionally release holding brake Uncond open brake p0856 0 n BI Enable speed controller n_ctrl enable p0858 0 n BI Unconditionally close holding brake Uncond close brake p0860 BI Line contactor feedback signal Line contact feedb p0870 BI Close main contactor Close main cont p0897 BI Parking axis selection Parking ax...

Страница 709: ... n BI Technology controller fixed value selection bit 1 Tec_ctrl sel bit 1 p2222 0 n BI Technology controller fixed value selection bit 2 Tec_ctrl sel bit 2 p2223 0 n BI Technology controller fixed value selection bit 3 Tec_ctrl sel bit 3 p2235 0 n BI Technology controller motorized potentiometer raise setpoint Tec_ctrl mop raise p2236 0 n BI Technology controller motorized potentiometer lower set...

Страница 710: ...n MDI setting up sel p2655 0 1 BI EPOS select tracking mode Sel tracking mode p2656 BI EPOS enable basic positioner EPOS enable p2658 BI EPOS position actual value valid feedback signal Pos valid feedback p2659 BI EPOS referencing active feedback signal Ref act fdbk p2661 BI EPOS measured value valid feedback signal MeasVal valid fdbk p2662 BI EPOS adjustment value valid feedback signal Adj val va...

Страница 711: ...I p20178 0 1 BI PST 0 inputs PST 0 inputs p20183 0 1 BI PST 1 inputs PST 1 inputs p20188 0 1 BI RSR 0 inputs RSR 0 inputs p20193 0 1 BI RSR 1 inputs RSR 1 inputs p20198 0 3 BI DFR 0 inputs DFR 0 inputs p20203 0 3 BI DFR 1 inputs DFR 1 inputs p20208 0 1 BI BSW 0 inputs BSW 0 inputs p20209 BI BSW 0 switch setting I BSW 0 sw_setting p20213 0 1 BI BSW 1 inputs BSW 1 inputs p20214 BI BSW 1 switch setti...

Страница 712: ...d actual value n_ctrl n_act p1455 0 n CI Speed controller P gain adaptation signal n_ctr adapt_sig Kp p1466 0 n CI Speed controller P gain scaling n_ctrl Kp scal p1475 0 n CI Speed controller torque setting value for motor holding brake n_ctrl M_sv MHB p1478 0 n CI Speed controller integrator setting value n_ctr integ_setVal p1479 0 n CI Speed controller integrator setting value scaling n_ctrl I_v...

Страница 713: ...erride MDI a_over p2646 CI EPOS velocity override v_over p2654 CI EPOS direct setpoint input MDI mode adaptation MDI mode adapt p2657 CI EPOS position actual value position setting value Pos act set value p2660 CI EPOS measured value referencing Meas val ref p3230 0 n CI Load monitoring speed actual value Load monit n_act p8543 CI Active speed setpoint in the BOP IOP manual mode N_act act OP p8746...

Страница 714: ...put Q r20055 BO OR 2 output Q OR 2 output Q r20059 BO OR 3 output Q OR 3 output Q r20063 BO XOR 0 output Q XOR 0 output Q r20067 BO XOR 1 output Q XOR 1 output Q r20071 BO XOR 2 output Q XOR 2 output Q r20075 BO XOR 3 output Q XOR 3 output Q r20079 BO NOT 0 inverted output NOT 0 inv output r20083 BO NOT 1 inverted output NOT 1 inv output r20087 BO NOT 2 inverted output NOT 2 inv output r20091 BO N...

Страница 715: ...CM 1 output QL r20325 BO RSR 2 output Q RSR 2 output Q r20326 BO RSR 2 inverted output QN RSR 2 inv outp QN r20330 BO DFR 2 output Q DFR 2 output Q r20331 BO DFR 2 inverted output QN DFR 2 inv outp QN r20336 BO PDE 2 output Q PDE 2 output Q r20341 BO PDE 3 output Q PDE 3 output Q r20346 BO PDF 2 output Q PDF 2 output Q r20351 BO PDF 3 output Q PDF 3 output Q r20356 BO MFP 2 output Q MFP 2 output Q...

Страница 716: ...d Enc diag low word r0499 0 2 CO Encoder diagnostic signal high word Enc diag high word r0586 CO Measuring probe speed actual value MT n_act r0587 CO Measuring probe measuring time measured MT t_meas measured r0588 CO Measuring probe pulse counter MT pulse counter r0752 0 1 CO CU analog inputs input voltage current actual CU AI U I_inp act r0755 0 1 CO CU analog inputs actual value in percent CU A...

Страница 717: ...t of inertia total scaled M_inert tot scal r1508 CO Torque setpoint before supplementary torque M_set bef M_suppl r1516 CO Supplementary torque and acceleration torque M_suppl M_accel r1518 0 1 CO Accelerating torque M_accel p1520 0 n CO Torque limit upper M_max upper p1521 0 n CO Torque limit lower M_max lower p1524 0 n CO Torque limit upper scaling M_max upper scal p1525 0 n CO Torque limit lowe...

Страница 718: ...ler setpoint after ramp function generator Tec_ctr set aftRFG r2262 CO Technology controller setpoint after filter Tec_ctr set aftFlt r2266 CO Technology controller actual value after filter Tec_ctr act aftFlt r2272 CO Technology controller actual value scaled Tech_ctrl act scal r2273 CO Technology controller system deviation Tec_ctrl sys_dev p2291 CO Technology controller maximum limiting Tec_ctr...

Страница 719: ... value 1 Fixed value 1 p2901 0 n CO Fixed value 2 Fixed value 2 r2902 0 14 CO Fixed values Fixed values p2930 0 n CO Fixed value M Nm Fixed value M Nm r3131 CO Actual fault value Act fault val r3132 CO Actual component number Comp_no act r3841 CO Friction characteristic output Frict outp r4653 0 2 CO XIST1_ERW actual value XIST1_ERW actval p4688 0 2 CO Zero mark monitoring differential pulse count...

Страница 720: ...836 0 1 CO BO Command Data Set CDS selected CDS selected r0837 0 1 CO BO Drive Data Set DDS selected DDS selected r0863 0 1 CO BO Drive coupling status word control word CoupleZSW STW r0898 0 14 CO BO Control word sequence control STW seq_ctrl r0899 0 15 CO BO Status word sequence control ZSW seq_ctrl r1099 0 CO BO Skip band status word Skip band ZSW r1198 0 15 CO BO Control word setpoint channel ...

Страница 721: ...nergy saving active inactive Pe save act inact r7760 0 12 CO BO Write protection know how protection status Wr_prot KHP stat r8795 0 15 CO BO CAN control word Control word r9401 0 3 CO BO Safely remove memory card status Mem_card rem stat r9720 0 13 CO BO SI Motion control signals integrated in the drive SI Mtn integ STW r9722 0 15 CO BO SI Motion drive integrated status signals processor 1 SI Mtn...

Страница 722: ...and Maintenance 2 I M 2 p8808 0 53 Identification and Maintenance 3 I M 3 p8809 0 53 Identification and Maintenance 4 I M 4 p9210 Flashing component number Flash comp_no p9211 Flash function Flash fct p9400 Safely remove memory card Mem_card rem p9484 BICO interconnections search signal source BICO S_src srch 2 5 2 Parameters with KHP_WRITE_NO_LOCK The following list contains the parameters with t...

Страница 723: ...ot type sel p0304 0 n Rated motor voltage Mot U_rated p0305 0 n Rated motor current Mot I_rated p0400 0 n Encoder type selection Enc_typ sel p0505 Selecting the system of units Unit sys select p0595 Technological unit selection Tech unit select p0730 BI CU signal source for terminal DO 0 CU S_src DO 0 p0731 BI CU signal source for terminal DO 1 CU S_src DO 1 p0732 BI CU signal source for terminal ...

Страница 724: ... motor current 1 C 1 3 p0306 Number of motors connected in parallel 1 C 1 3 p0307 Rated motor power 1 C 1 3 p0308 Rated motor power factor 1 C 1 3 p0309 Rated motor efficiency 1 C 1 3 p0310 Rated motor frequency 1 C 1 3 p0311 Rated motor speed 1 C 1 3 p0314 Motor pole pair number 3 C 1 3 p0316 Motor torque constant 3 C 1 3 UT p0322 Maximum motor speed 1 C 1 3 p0323 Maximum motor current 1 C 1 3 p0...

Страница 725: ...ns and reset all other parameters not included in p0010 1 to their default settings p1300 Open loop closed loop control operating mode 2 C 1 T p1500 Torque setpoint selection 2 C 1 T p1900 Motor data identification and rotating measurement 1 C 1 T p1905 Parameter tuning selection 1 C 1 T p2196 Torque utilization scaling 1 C 1 3 UT p3900 Completion of quick commissioning 1 C 1 Note This only applie...

Страница 726: ...2 Parameters 2 6 Quick commissioning p0010 1 SINAMICS G120 CU250S 2 Control Units 726 List Manual 09 2017 A5E33842890 ...

Страница 727: ... 3 8 Internal control status words 801 3 9 Brake control 820 3 10 Safety Integrated Basic Functions 822 3 11 Safety Integrated Extended Functions 830 3 12 Safety Integrated PROFIsafe 843 3 13 Setpoint channel 846 3 14 Setpoint channel not activated 857 3 15 Basic positioner EPOS 859 3 16 Position control 875 3 17 Encoder evaluation 880 3 18 Vector control U f control 887 3 19 U f control Standard ...

Страница 728: ...3 Function diagrams SINAMICS G120 CU250S 2 Control Units 728 List Manual 09 2017 A5E33842890 3 24 Signals and monitoring functions 967 3 25 Diagnostics 980 3 26 Data sets 986 ...

Страница 729: ...inputs DI 11 DI 12 750 2261 Analog outputs 0 1 AO 0 AO 1 751 2272 Two wire control 752 2273 Three wire control 753 3 4 PROFIenergy 754 2381 Control commands and interrogation commands 755 2382 States 756 3 5 Communication PROFIdrive PROFIBUS PROFINET EtherNet IP 757 2401 Overview 759 2410 PROFIdrive EtherNet IP addresses and diagnostics 760 2421 PROFIdrive standard telegrams and process data PZD 7...

Страница 730: ...73 EtherNet IP control word status word interconnection 783 2476 PROFIdrive SATZANW block selection interconnection 784 2477 PROFIdrive AKTSATZ status word interconnection 785 2480 PROFIdrive MDI_MOD MDI mode interconnection 786 3 6 CANopen communication 787 9204 Receive telegram free PDO mapping p8744 2 788 9206 Receive telegram Predefined Connection Set p8744 1 789 9208 Send telegram free PDO ma...

Страница 731: ... r2139 and r2135 817 2610 Sequence control Sequencer 818 2634 Sequence control missing enable signals line contactor control 819 3 9 Brake control 820 2701 Basic brake control 821 3 10 Safety Integrated Basic Functions 822 2800 Parameter manager 823 2802 Monitoring functions and faults alarms 824 2804 Status words 825 2810 SS1 Safe Stop 1 STO Safe Torque Off Part 1 826 2812 STO Safe Torque Off Par...

Страница 732: ...y setpoint setpoint scaling jogging 851 3040 Direction limitation and direction reversal 852 3050 Skip frequency bands and speed limitations 853 3060 Basic ramp function generator 854 3070 Extended ramp function generator 855 3080 Ramp function generator selection status word tracking 856 3 14 Setpoint channel not activated 857 3095 Generation of the speed limits r0108 8 0 858 3 15 Basic positione...

Страница 733: ...terface send signals encoders 1 2 884 4735 Reference mark search with external zero mark encoder 1 885 4750 Absolute value for incremental encoder 886 3 18 Vector control U f control 887 6019 Application classes p0096 overview 888 6020 Speed control and generation of the torque limits overview 889 6030 Speed setpoint droop 890 6031 Precontrol balancing acceleration model 891 6035 Moment of inertia...

Страница 734: ...odule ASM p0300 1 p0096 1 920 3 20 Vector control Dynamic Drive Control p0096 2 921 6820 Speed control and generation of the torque limits overview p0096 2 922 6821 Current control overview p0096 2 923 6822 Speed setpoint precontrol balancing acceleration model p0096 2 924 6823 Moment of inertia estimator p0096 2 925 6824 Speed controller with Kp_n Tn_n adaptation p0096 2 926 6826 Torque setpoint ...

Страница 735: ...2 956 7250 BSW 0 1 NSW 0 1 957 7260 LIM 0 1 958 7262 PT1 0 1 959 7264 INT 0 DIF 0 960 7270 LVM 0 1 961 3 23 Technology controller 962 7950 Fixed value binary selection p2216 2 963 7951 Fixed values direct selection p2216 1 964 7954 Motorized potentiometer 965 7958 Closed loop control 966 3 24 Signals and monitoring functions 967 8005 Overview 968 8010 Speed signals 1 969 8011 Speed signals 2 970 8...

Страница 736: ... unit 977 8022 Monitoring functions 1 978 8023 Monitoring functions 2 979 3 25 Diagnostics 980 8050 Overview 981 8060 Fault buffer 982 8065 Alarm buffer 983 8070 Faults alarms trigger word r2129 984 8075 Faults alarms configuration 985 3 26 Data sets 986 8560 Command Data Sets CDS 987 8565 Drive Data Sets DDS 988 8570 Encoder Data Sets EDS 989 ...

Страница 737: ...ction diagrams 3 2 Explanations on the function diagrams 3 2 Explanations on the function diagrams Function diagrams 1020 Explanation of the symbols part 1 738 1021 Explanation of the symbols part 2 739 1022 Explanation of the symbols part 3 740 1030 Handling BICO technology 741 ...

Страница 738: ...it r monitoring parameter These parameters are read only xxxx stands for the parameter number y specifies the applicable index y z specifies the index range ww specifies the bit number e g 0 15 p setting parameter These parameters can be changed xxxx stands for the parameter number y specifies the applicable index y z specifies the index range ww specifies the bit number e g 0 15 Value range Param...

Страница 739: ...ent Sample and hold element y x if SET 1 not retentively saved at POWER OFF Symbols for computational and closed loop control functions Sign reversal Absolute value generator Divider Comparator greater than 0 y 1 if the analog signal x 0 i e is positive Differentiator Symbol for monitoring Monitoring Monitoring Axxxxx or Fxxxxx OR element Exclusive OR XOR y 1 when x1 x2 is or x1 x2 1 1 x1 y x2 dx ...

Страница 740: ...efore output y changes to 0 Delay switch on and switch off PT1 element Delay element first order pxxxx time constant PT2 low pass Damping denominator D_d pyyyy Natural frequency denominator fn_d pxxxx Damping denominator D_d pyyyy Natural frequency denominator fn_d pxxxx Transfer function 2nd order filter bandstop general filter Natural frequency numerator fn_n pzzzz Damping numerator D_n pwwww Us...

Страница 741: ...Connector Output Parameterization At the signal destination the required binector or connector is selected using appropriate parameters BI parameter for binectors BI Binector Input or CI parameter for connectors CI Connector Input Example The main setpoint for the speed controller CI p1070 should be received from the output of the motorized potentiometer CO r1050 and the jog command BI p1055 from ...

Страница 742: ...y isolated DI 0 DI 6 744 2222 Digital inputs electrically isolated DI 16 DI 19 745 2230 Digital inputs outputs bidirectional DI DO 24 DI DO 25 746 2231 Digital inputs outputs bidirectional DI DO 26 DI DO 27 747 2242 Digital outputs DO 0 DO 2 748 2251 Analog inputs 0 1 AI 0 AI 1 749 2256 Analog inputs as digital inputs DI 11 DI 12 750 2261 Analog outputs 0 1 AO 0 AO 1 751 2272 Two wire control 752 ...

Страница 743: ...DO 2 p0732 2261 D A D A CU AO S_src 27 0 p0771 CU AO S_src 21 0 p0771 24 V 5 V CU DI status r0722 r0722 2222 4 Digital inputs CU DI status inv r0723 r0723 1 CU DI status r0722 r0722 CU DI status inv r0723 r0723 1 16 16 19 19 24 V 5 V CU DI t_debounce p0724 2230 2 Digital inputs Digital outputs bidirectional 0 27 0 27 0 27 0 27 0 27 0 1 1 0 0 CU S_src DI DO 27 p0741 r0723 27 1 0 0 CU S_src DI DO 24...

Страница 744: ... 4 CU DI simulation p0795 1 Simulation on 0 0 CU DI status inv r0723 r0723 CU DI status r0722 r0722 1 1 CU DI status inv r0723 r0723 CU DI status r0722 r0722 2 2 CU DI status inv r0723 r0723 CU DI status r0722 r0722 3 3 CU DI status inv r0723 r0723 CU DI status r0722 r0722 4 4 CU DI status inv r0723 r0723 CU DI status r0722 r0722 5 5 T 0 T 0 T 0 T 0 T 0 T 0 0 External power supply 24 V DC Kl 69 DI...

Страница 745: ... 1 p0796 19 CU DI simulation p0795 1 Simulation on CU DI Status inv r0723 r0723 CU DI Status r0722 r0722 CU DI Status inv r0723 r0723 CU DI Status r0722 r0722 CU DI Status inv r0723 r0723 CU DI Status r0722 r0722 T 0 T 0 CU DI t_debounce p0724 T 0 T 0 CU DI t_debounce p0724 CU DI t_debounce p0724 CU DI t_debounce p0724 External power supply 24 V DC 24 V OUT Sampling time of the DI 2 ms Kl 44 Kl 44...

Страница 746: ...C to next device 25 0 0 1 0 0 CU S_src DI DO 24 p0738 0 CU S_src DI DO 25 p0739 0 1 0 The wiring represented by a dashed line applies for use as a digital output p0728 x 1 1 Can be used as fast measuring probe inputs 2 The access authority to the digital output is displayed in r0729 3 CU DI or DO p0728 24 0 CU DI or DO p0728 CU DO inv p0748 24 0 CU DO inv p0748 25 0 CU DI simulation p0795 25 0 CU ...

Страница 747: ...5 27 0 0 1 0 CU DI simul setp p0796 27 0 26 0 26 0 0 CU S_src DI DO 26 p0740 0 CU S_src DI DO 27 p0741 26 0 26 0 27 0 0 1 0 26 The wiring represented by a dashed line applies for use as a digital output p0728 x 1 1 Can be used as fast measuring probe inputs 2 The access authority to the digital output is displayed in r0729 3 Kl 31 Kl 32 Kl 32 Kl 53 Kl 54 Kl 50 CU DI status inv r0723 r0723 CU DI st...

Страница 748: ...put Output Terminals G120 CU250S 2 05 09 2017 V4 7 9 Digital outputs DO 0 DO 2 52 3 CU S_src DO 0 p0730 52 7 CU S_src DO 1 p0731 52 2 CU S_src DO 2 p0732 CU DO inv p0748 CU DO inv p0748 CU DO inv p0748 2 NO Kl Terminal Sampling time of the DO 2 ms CU DO status r0747 CU DO status r0747 CU DO status r0747 1 0 2 1 0 COM NO COM NC Kl 20 Kl 19 Kl 18 DO 0 NO COM NC Kl 25 Kl 24 Kl 23 DO 2 Kl 22 Kl 21 DO ...

Страница 749: ... p0756 2 3 the units are mA For p0756 0 1 4 the units are V Possible settings p0756 0 and p0756 1 0 0 V 10 V 1 2 V 10 V with monitoring 2 0 mA 20 mA 3 4 mA 20 mA with monitoring 4 10 V 10 V Default for AI 0 and AI 1 F03505 Wire breakage r0752 CU AI U I_inp act Wire breakage sensing only activated when p0756 1 3 5 Kl Terminal Sampling time of the AI 4 ms r0755 CU AI value in 2 4 Values in brackets ...

Страница 750: ... p0795 1 Simulation on T 0 CU DI t_debounce p0724 0 1 1 6 V 4 0 V Sampling time of the DI 4 ms 1 0 1 r0721 12 p0796 12 CU DI status inv r0723 r0723 CU DI status r0722 r0722 T 0 CU DI t_debounce p0724 0 1 1 6 V 4 0 V 11 11 12 12 12 11 1 Kl 2 Kl 3 Kl 4 Kl 10 Kl 11 GND 10 V OUT AI 0 DI 11 AI 0 AI 1 AI 1 DI 12 1 Simulation on CU DI simulation p0795 Kl 9 24 V OUT Kl Terminal Voltage Current U I AI 0 1 ...

Страница 751: ... AO T_smooth 0 0 1000 0 ms p0773 0 0 CU AO char x1 1000 00 1000 00 p0777 0 00 CU AO char x2 1000 00 1000 00 p0779 100 00 CU AO type 0 2 p0776 0 CU AO U I_outp r0774 D A x y y 1 x1 y2 x2 y1 y x 0 1 2 0 1 4 mA 0 CU AO absVal act 0 1 p0775 0 CU AO S_src 21 0 p0771 CU AO T_smooth 0 0 1000 0 ms p0773 0 0 CU AO char x1 1000 00 1000 00 p0777 0 00 CU AO char x2 1000 00 1000 00 p0779 100 00 CU AO type 0 2 ...

Страница 752: ...e Counterclockwise Motor speed OFF1 OFF1 Command ignored OFF1 OFF1 Counterclockwise ON OFF1 Clockwise ON OFF1 Counterclockwise ON OFF1 Clockwise ON OFF1 Ongoing interconnection is either possible from r3333 0 r3333 1 or from the inverted signals r3333 2 r3333 3 Two wire control p0015 17 or p3334 1 clockwise counterclockwise 1 Two wire control p0015 18 or p3334 2 clockwise counterclockwise 2 0 2 3 ...

Страница 753: ...1 2090 11 Setp inv p1113 C 2090 0 ON OFF OFF1 p0840 C 1 1 2 3 wire STW r3333 r3333 2 1 2 3 wire STW r3333 r3333 3 1 1 2 3 wire STW r3333 r3333 2 1 2 3 wire STW r3333 r3333 3 1 OFF1 OFF1 OFF1 OFF1 Setpoint inverted Setpoint inverted Setpoint Setpoint Command ignored Command ignored Enable OFF1 ON Clockwise ON Counterclockwise Clockwise Counterclockwise Motor speed ON Clockwise Counterclockwise Moto...

Страница 754: ...ction diagrams 3 4 PROFIenergy SINAMICS G120 CU250S 2 Control Units 754 List Manual 09 2017 A5E33842890 3 4 PROFIenergy Function diagrams 2381 Control commands and interrogation commands 755 2382 States 756 ...

Страница 755: ...energy interrogation commands 2382 PROFIenergy control commands Start_Pause_with_time_response End_Pause List_Energy_Saving_Modes Get_Mode PEM_Status PE_Identify Query_Version Get_Measurement_List Get_Measurement_Values Get_Measurement_Values_with_object_number Get_Measurement_List_with_object_number PEM_Status_with_CTTO Pe mod t_pause min p5602 p5611 0 Ready for operation r5600 255 r5600 2 Energy...

Страница 756: ... PROFIenergy Ready for operation r5613 0 1 A08800 PROFIenergy states r5613 1 1 PE active 1 PE inactive PROFIenergy Energy saving mode active PROFIenergy POWER OFF Pe mode ID r5600 PROFIenergy Energy saving mode 2 POWER ON S1 Switching on inhibited S2 Ready for switching on S3 Ready for operation S4 Operation 1 Excerpt from Basic state machine of a PROFIdrive drive axis source PROFIBUS Nutzerorgani...

Страница 757: ...atus word interconnection p2038 2 769 2452 PROFIdrive ZSW1 status word interconnection p2038 0 770 2454 PROFIdrive ZSW2 status word interconnection p2038 0 771 2456 PROFIdrive ZSW3 status word interconnection 772 2460 PROFIdrive MELDW status word interconnection 773 2462 PROFIdrive POS_STW positioning control word interconnection 774 2463 PROFIdrive POS_STW1 positioning control word 1 interconnect...

Страница 758: ...nication PROFIdrive PROFIBUS PROFINET EtherNet IP SINAMICS G120 CU250S 2 Control Units 758 List Manual 09 2017 A5E33842890 2477 PROFIdrive AKTSATZ status word interconnection 785 2480 PROFIdrive MDI_MOD MDI mode interconnection 786 ...

Страница 759: ... PROFIdrive EtherNet IP addresses and diagnostics Permanently assigned telegrams Signal assignment Signal x 2421 Standard telegrams and Process Data 2422 Manufacturer specific Free telegrams and Process Data Free telegrams Interconnecting the permanently assigned receive telegrams Signal Signal Description Description Interconnection Interconnection Interconnecting the permanently assigned send te...

Страница 760: ...toring time t_An is automatically defined by the configuration tool e g HW Config made by Siemens within the framework of PROFIBUS configuration Diagnostic parameters PD PZD state r2043 0 PB address 1 126 p0918 126 PB status r2054 PD fault delay 0 100 s p2044 0 PB suppl t_monit 0 20000 ms p2047 0 p0918 BUS ADDRESS PB diag standard r2055 0 2 Diag offs recv r2075 Diag offs send r2076 PB addr_sw diag...

Страница 761: ...m assignment is maintained Freely interconnectable pre setting MELD_NAMUR 1 1 20 PZD6 PZD5 PZD4 PZD1 PZD2 PZD3 STW1 ZSW1 NSOLL_A NIST_A STW1 ZSW1 MIST_GL PIST_GL 2 NIST_A_GL IAIST_GL NSOLL_A Interconnec tion is made according to Telegram 2440 2450 automatically PZD8 PZD7 Standard telegrams 7 STW1 ZSW1 SATZANW AKTSATZ 9 STW1 ZSW1 SATZANW AKTSATZ STW2 ZSW2 MDI_ TARPOS MDI_ VELOCITY XIST_A MDI_ACC MD...

Страница 762: ...GL NSOLL_A STW3 M_LIM Can be freely connected 999 STW1 3 ZSW1 3 In order to comply with the PROFIdrive profile PZD1 must be used as control word 1 STW1 or status word 1 ZSW1 p2037 2 should be set if STW1 is not transferred with PZD1 as specified in the PROFIdrive profile 352 STW1 ZSW1 MIST_GL WARN_CODE FAULT_CODE NIST_A_GL IAIST_GL NSOLL_A 2 2 2 2 353 STW1 ZSW1 NIST_A_GL NSOLL_A 354 STW1 ZSW1 MIST...

Страница 763: ... of the command data set CDS are automatically set to 0 Data type according to to the PROFIdrive profile I16 Integer16 I32 Integer32 U16 Unsigned16 G1_STW STW3 9 304 p0480 0 2446 U16 U16 Encoder 1 control word Control word 3 bit serial STW2 3 2444 U16 Control word 2 bit serial NSOLL_B 7 p1070 3030 2 I32 4000 0000 hex p2000 Speed setpoint B 32 bit M_LIM 310 p1552 p1554 6060 1 U16 4000 hex 100 Torqu...

Страница 764: ... 0 OFF1 braking with ramp function generator then pulse suppression ready for switching on 1 No OFF2 enable is possible 0 OFF2 immediate pulse suppression and switching on inhibited 1 No OFF3 enable is possible 0 OFF3 braking with the OFF3 ramp p1135 then pulse suppression and switching on inhibited 1 Enable operation pulses can be enabled 0 Inhibit operation suppress pulses 1 Ramp function genera...

Страница 765: ...Inverted 0 OFF1 braking with ramp function generator then pulse suppression ready for switching on ON pulses can be enabled 1 No OFF2 enable is possible 0 OFF2 immediate pulse suppression and switching on inhibited 1 No OFF3 enable is possible 0 OFF3 braking with the OFF3 ramp p1135 then pulse suppression and switching on inhibited 1 Enable operation pulses can be enabled 0 Inhibit operation suppr...

Страница 766: ...TW2 8 STW2 9 STW2 11 STW2 12 STW2 13 STW2 14 STW2 15 STW2 7 STW2 10 p0897 r2093 7 p1545 0 r2093 8 p2045 r2050 3 p0820 0 r2093 0 p0821 0 r2093 1 2520 2 8012 2410 8565 8565 Signal targets for STW2 in Interface Mode SINAMICS p2038 0 Signal Meaning Interconnection parameters Function diagram internal control word Function diagram signal target Inverted Drive Data Set selection DDS bit 0 Reserved 1 Par...

Страница 767: ...5 p2200 0 r2093 8 p1230 0 r2093 9 p2106 0 r2093 13 p0811 0 r2093 15 p1020 0 r2093 0 p1021 0 r2093 1 2513 2 2513 2 2513 2 2513 2 2513 2 2513 2 2513 2 2513 2 3010 2 2513 2 3010 2 3010 2 8565 2 8565 2 7958 4 7017 1 8060 1 8560 3 3010 2 3010 2 Signal targets for STW3 in Interface Mode SINAMICS Signal Meaning Interconnection parameters Function diagram internal control word Function diagram signal targ...

Страница 768: ...No Interconnection parameter Function diagram Data type Scaling Status word 1 Actual speed A 16 bit Absolute actual current smoothed Actual torque smoothed Actual active power smoothed Actual speed smoothed VIK NAMUR message bit bar Fault code Alarm code PROFIdrive send telegram Header Data Telegram assignment according to p0922 2421 2422 Trailer Data type according to the PROFIdrive profile I16 I...

Страница 769: ...7 2503 7 2534 7 8060 8065 8011 2503 8010 6060 8016 8011 p2080 15 r0836 0 2 Signal sources for ZSW1 in Interface Mode VIK NAMUR p2038 2 Signal Meaning Interconnection parameters Function diagram internal control word Function diagram signal target Inverted 1 Ready for switching on 1 Ready for operation DC link loaded pulses inhibited 1 Operation enabled drive follows n_set 1 Fault present 1 No coas...

Страница 770: ...8060 8065 8011 2503 8010 6060 8016 8021 8011 Signal sources for ZSW1 im Interface Mode SINAMICS p2038 0 Signal Meaning Interconnection parameters Function diagram internal control word Function diagram signal target Inverted 1 Ready for switching on 1 Ready for operation DC link loaded pulses inhibited 1 Operation enabled drive follows n_set 1 Fault present 1 No coast down active OFF2 inactive 1 N...

Страница 771: ...10 p2081 5 r2139 11 p2081 6 r2139 12 p2081 8 r1406 8 p2081 10 r0899 11 p2081 0 r0051 0 p2081 1 r0051 1 2548 6 2548 6 2520 6 Signal sources for ZDSW2 im Interface Mode SINAMICS p2038 0 Signal Meaning Interconnection parameters Function diagram internal control word Function diagram signal target Inverted 1 DDS effective bit 0 Reserved 1 DDS effective bit 1 Reserved Reserved 1 Alarm class bit 0 1 Al...

Страница 772: ...3 7 ZSW3 10 p2051 3 r0053 2511 7 2511 7 2511 7 2511 7 2511 7 2511 7 2511 7 2511 7 2511 7 2511 7 2511 7 2511 7 Signal sources for ZSW3 im Interface Mode SINAMICS Signal Meaning Interconnection parameters Function diagram internal status word Function diagram signal source Inverted Used in telegram 350 1 DC braking active 1 n_act p1226 n_standstill 1 n_act p1080 n_min 1 I_act p2170 1 n_act p2155 1 n...

Страница 773: ...9 11 2537 7 2534 7 2526 7 2548 7 2548 7 2537 7 2503 7 2537 7 2537 7 8010 8010 6220 8016 8021 8011 2610 8011 8012 Signal sources for MELDW Signal Meaning Interconnection parameters Function diagram internal control word Function diagram signal target Inverted 1 Ramp up ramp down completed 1 No motor overtemperature alarm 1 No alarm thermal overload power unit 1 Speed setpoint actual value deviation...

Страница 774: ...0 POS_STW 1 POS_STW 2 POS_STW 3 POS_STW 4 POS_STW 5 POS_STW 6 POS_STW 8 POS_STW 9 POS_STW 11 POS_STW 12 POS_STW 13 POS_STW 14 POS_STW 15 POS_STW 7 POS_STW 10 p2591 r2092 5 p2655 0 r2092 0 p2596 r2092 1 3612 3610 3635 3612 Signal targets for POS_STW positioning mode Signal Meaning Interconnection parameters Function diagram internal control word Function diagram signal target Inverted 1 Activate Tr...

Страница 775: ... r2091 0 p2626 r2091 1 1 Signal targets for POS_STW1 positioning mode Signal Meaning Interconnection parameters Function diagram internal control word Function diagram signal target Inverted Used in telegram 111 1 Traversing block selection bit 0 1 Traversing block selection bit 1 1 Traversing block selection bit 2 Reserved Reserved 1 Absolute positioning is selected 0 Relative positioning is sele...

Страница 776: ...10 0 r2092 10 p2511 0 r2092 11 p2582 r2092 14 p2568 r2092 15 p2655 0 r2092 0 p2596 r2092 1 3612 3610 3635 3612 Signal targets for POS_STW2 positioning mode Signal Meaning Interconnection parameters Function diagram internal control word Function diagram signal target Inverted 1 Activate Tracking mode 1 Set home position 1 Reference cam active Reserved Reserved 1 Jogging incremental active Reserved...

Страница 777: ...12 p2084 13 r2683 13 p2084 14 r2683 14 p2084 0 r2683 0 p2084 1 r2683 1 3645 3645 3645 3645 3645 3645 3645 3645 3645 3645 3645 3645 3645 Signal targets for POS_ZSW positioning mode Signal Meaning Interconnection parameters Function diagram internal control word Function diagram signal target Inverted 1 Tracking active 1 Velocity limiting active 1 Setpoint available Reserved 1 Axis moves forwards 0 ...

Страница 778: ...OS_ZSW1 10 p2083 2 r2670 2 p2083 3 r2670 3 p2083 8 r2684 13 p2083 9 r2684 14 p2083 10 r2094 0 p2083 11 r2094 1 p2083 12 r2684 1 p2083 13 r2094 2 p2083 14 r2094 3 p2083 15 r2670 15 p2083 0 r2670 0 p2083 1 r2670 1 3650 3650 3646 3646 3646 3650 3650 3650 Signal targets for POS_ZSW1 positioning mode Signal Meaning Interconnection parameters Function diagram internal control word Function diagram signa...

Страница 779: ...4 r2683 14 p2084 14 r2684 15 p2084 0 r2683 0 p2084 1 r2683 1 3645 3646 3645 3645 3645 3645 3645 3645 3645 3645 3645 3645 3646 3645 3645 Signal targets for POS_ZSW2 positioning mode Signal Meaning Interconnection parameters Function diagram internal control word Function diagram signal target Inverted 1 Tracking active 1 Velocity limiting active 1 Setpoint available 1 Print mark outside the outer w...

Страница 780: ...ctor binector converter Con bin outp r2094 Con bin outp inv p2098 0 0 Con bin outp inv p2098 0 15 Con bin outp inv p2098 1 0 Con bin outp inv p2098 1 15 Con bin S_src 0 p2099 1 Con bin S_src 0 p2099 0 r2050 PZD recv word 0 r2050 PZD recv word 1 r2050 PZD recv word 2 r2050 PZD recv word 3 r2050 PZD recv word 4 r2050 PZD recv word 5 Con bin outp r2094 15 Con bin outp r2095 0 Con bin outp r2095 15 0 ...

Страница 781: ...nd word 6 PZD send word 7 PZD send word 8 PROFIdrive send telegram Header Data Trailer Diag send word r2053 0 16 PZD send word 2089 0 p2051 0 PZD send word 2089 0 p2051 1 PZD send word 2089 0 p2051 2 PZD send word 2089 0 p2051 3 PZD send word 2089 0 p2051 4 PZD send word 2089 0 p2051 5 PZD send word 2089 0 p2051 6 PZD send word 2089 0 p2051 7 Diag send DW r2063 PZD send DW 0 p2061 0 PZD send DW 0 ...

Страница 782: ...1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 5 binector connector converter 899 0 Bin con ZSW1 p2080 0 15 0 Bin con ZSW2 p2081 0 15 Bin con ZSW inv p2088 Bin con ZSW inv p2088 0 15 Bin con ZSW inv p2088 Bin con ZSW inv p2088 r2089 Bin con ZSW send r2089 Bin con ZSW send 1 Bin con ZSW inv p2088 Bin con ZSW inv p2088 Bin con ZSW inv p2088 Bin con ZSW inv p2088 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 Bin con ZSW5 p2084 0 15 Bin co...

Страница 783: ...3 0 r2090 7 p0840 0 r2090 0 p0844 0 r2090 1 p0848 0 r2090 2 p0852 0 r2090 3 2546 2512 Signal Meaning Function diagram internal control word ON pulses can be enabled Bit 3 Bit 15 Meaning Function diagram internal control word p2080 3 r2139 3 2510 p2080 2 r0899 2 2510 2090 1 OFF2 S_src 1 p0844 C 1 OFF2 S_src 2 p0845 C 2090 0 ON OFF OFF1 p0840 C Eth IP ODVA STOP 0 1 p8981 0 0 1 Bit 0 Bit 1 Bit 2 Bit ...

Страница 784: ...ZANW 5 SATZANW 6 SATZANW 8 SATZANW 9 SATZANW 11 SATZANW 12 SATZANW 13 SATZANW 14 SATZANW 15 SATZANW 7 SATZANW 10 p2625 r2091 0 p2626 r2091 1 3640 3640 3640 3640 Signal targets for SATZANW positioning mode Signal Meaning Interconnection parameters Function diagram internal control word Function diagram signal target Inverted 1 Traversing block selection bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved 1 T...

Страница 785: ...AKTSATZ 3 AKTSATZ 4 AKTSATZ 5 AKTSATZ 6 AKTSATZ 8 AKTSATZ 9 AKTSATZ 11 AKTSATZ 12 AKTSATZ 13 AKTSATZ 14 AKTSATZ 15 AKTSATZ 7 AKTSATZ 10 Signal targets for AKTSATZ positioning mode Signal Meaning Interconnection parameters Function diagram internal control word Function diagram signal target Inverted 1 Active traversing block bit 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved 1 Active traversing block bit 1...

Страница 786: ...DI_MOD 7 MDI_MOD 10 p2648 r2094 0 p2651 r2094 1 3620 Signal targets for MDI_MOD positioning mode Signal Meaning Interconnection parameters Function diagram internal control word Function diagram signal target Inverted 1 Absolute positioning is selected 0 Relative positioning is selected Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved p2651 p2652 0 Signal 0 Signal Absolute positioning through the shortest dist...

Страница 787: ...n communication Function diagrams 9204 Receive telegram free PDO mapping p8744 2 788 9206 Receive telegram Predefined Connection Set p8744 1 789 9208 Send telegram free PDO mapping p8744 2 790 9210 Send telegram Predefined Connection Set p8744 1 791 9220 CANopen control word interconnection 792 9226 Status word CANopen r8784 793 ...

Страница 788: ...ing RPDO 8 p8717 PZD receive word Receive buffer PZD receive word PZD receive word PZD receive word PZD receive word PZD receive word PZD receive word PZD receive word To use automatic BICO interconnection p8790 1 one of the receive words 1 4 must be used as control word 1 STW1 Telegram up to 4 words or 64 bits The sum of the various objects must not exceed 8 words RPDO Receive Process Data Object...

Страница 789: ...15 r2091 15 PZD2 recv bitw r2091 Bit 15 r2092 15 PZD3 recv bitw r2092 Bit 15 r2093 15 PZD4 recv bitw r2093 r2050 PZD recv word r2050 PZD recv word r2050 PZD recv word r2050 PZD recv word r2050 PZD recv word r2050 PZD recv word r2050 PZD recv word r2050 PZD recv word 1 Receive PDO 1 0000 hex 8000 06DF hex p8700 0 1 8000 06DF hex Mapping RPDO 1 0000 hex FFFF FFFF hex p8710 0 3 0000 hex RPDO 3 RPDO 4...

Страница 790: ...ing TPDO 8 p8737 Object Object Sub D socket CAN bus Evaluation of the COB ID and data transfer type CANopen send telegram PZD send word 2089 0 p2051 PZD send word 2089 0 p2051 PZD send word 2089 0 p2051 PZD send word 2089 0 p2051 PZD send word 2089 0 p2051 PZD send word 2089 0 p2051 PZD send word 2089 0 p2051 PZD send word 2089 0 p2051 Transmit PDO 1 0000 hex C000 06DF hex p8720 0 4 C000 06DF hex ...

Страница 791: ...ltiple number of times are updated from the same send buffer The assignment is made from send buffer 1 and from TPDO 1 Transmit PDO 1 0000 hex C000 06DF hex p8720 0 4 C000 06DF hex Mapping TPDO 1 0000 hex FFFF FFFF hex p8730 0 3 0000 hex Send buffer PZD send word PZD send word 2089 0 p2051 PZD send word 2089 0 p2051 PZD send word 2089 0 p2051 PZD send word 2089 0 p2051 PZD send word 2089 0 p2051 P...

Страница 792: ...r switching on 1 No coast down activated enable possible 0 Activate coast down immediate pulse suppression and switching on inhibited 1 No Quick stop activated enable possible 0 Activate Quick stop OFF3 ramp p1135 then pulse suppression and switching on inhibited 1 Enable operation pulses can be enabled 0 Inhibit operation suppress pulses 1 Enable ramp function generator 0 Inhibit ramp function ge...

Страница 793: ...ol word bit 8 0 from speed signals 8011 8 r2197 7 CANopen control word bit 8 1 from speed signals 8010 8 r2199 0 From status word speed controller 1 Ready for operation DC link loaded pulses inhibited 1 Operation enabled drive follows n_set 1 Fault present 1 No coast down active 1 No Quick stop active 1 Switching on inhibited active 1 Alarm present Freely interconnectable BI p8785 1 Control reques...

Страница 794: ...ion fieldbus interface USS Modbus Function diagrams 9310 Configuration addresses and diagnostics 795 9342 STW1 control word interconnection 796 9352 ZSW1 status word interconnection 797 9360 Receive telegram free interconnection via BICO p0922 999 798 9370 Send telegram free interconnection via BICO p0922 999 799 9372 Status words free interconnection 800 ...

Страница 795: ...om the master F01910 Fieldbus IF setpoint timeout No telegrams from the master Diagnostic parameters Fieldbus t_monit 0 1999999 ms p2040 100 USS configuration Modbus configuration Telegrams to the master Fieldbus times p2024 Field bus USS PKW p2023 Field bus USS PZD p2022 Field bus baud p2020 Field bus baud p2020 No protocol Field bus error r2029 ON 1 2 4 8 16 32 64 0 Significance POWER ON Actual ...

Страница 796: ...ator then pulse suppression ready for switching on ON pulses can be enabled 1 No OFF2 enable is possible 0 OFF2 immediate pulse suppression and switching on inhibited 1 No OFF3 enable is possible 0 OFF3 braking with the OFF3 ramp p1135 then pulse suppression and switching on inhibited 1 Enable operation pulses can be enabled 0 Inhibit operation suppress pulses 1 Ramp function generator enable 0 In...

Страница 797: ...8010 6060 8016 8021 8011 Signal sources for fieldbus ZSW1 Signal Meaning Interconnection parameters Function diagram internal control word Function diagram signal target Inverted 1 Ready for switching on 1 Ready for operation DC link loaded pulses inhibited 1 Operation enabled drive follows n_set 1 Fault present 1 No coast down active OFF2 inactive 1 No Quick stop active OFF3 inactive 1 Switching ...

Страница 798: ...ence quantities for further interconnection p200x 2 connector binector converter Con bin outp r2094 Con bin outp inv p2098 0 0 Con bin outp inv p2098 Con bin outp inv p2098 Con bin outp inv p2098 Con bin S_src 0 p2099 Con bin S_src 0 p2099 r2050 PZD recv word r2050 PZD recv word Con bin outp r2094 15 Con bin outp r2095 0 Con bin outp r2095 15 0 PZD receive word 7 PZD receive word 8 r2050 PZD recv ...

Страница 799: ...ted in the telegram as referenced variables p200x apply as reference variables telegram contents 4000 hex if the input variable has the value p200x The following applies for temperature values 100 C 100 4000 hex 0 C 0 PZD send word 1 PZD send word 2 PZD send word 3 PZD send word 4 PZD send word 5 PZD send word 6 PZD send word 7 PZD send word 8 Send telegram Diag send word r2053 0 7 PZD send word 2...

Страница 800: ... 1 0 0 5 binector connector converter 899 0 Bin con ZSW1 p2080 0 15 0 Bin con ZSW2 p2081 0 15 Bin con ZSW inv p2088 0 0 Bin con ZSW inv p2088 0 15 Bin con ZSW inv p2088 1 0 Bin con ZSW inv p2088 1 15 r2089 Bin con ZSW send 0 r2089 Bin con ZSW send 1 0 Bin con ZSW3 p2082 0 15 0 Bin con ZSW4 p2083 0 15 Bin con ZSW inv p2088 2 0 Bin con ZSW inv p2088 2 15 Bin con ZSW inv p2088 3 0 Bin con ZSW inv p20...

Страница 801: ...1 r0054 807 2513 Supplementary control word r0055 808 2520 Control word speed controller r1406 809 2522 Status word speed controller r1407 810 2526 Status word closed loop control r0056 811 2530 Status word current control r1408 812 2534 Status word monitoring functions 1 r2197 813 2536 Status word monitoring functions 2 r2198 814 2537 Status word monitoring functions 3 r2199 815 2546 Control word...

Страница 802: ... active 1 Enable operation 1 Operating condition no quick stop active OFF3 inactive 0 OFF3 active 1 Enable ramp function generator 1 Continue ramp function generator 0 Freeze ramp function generator 1 Enable speed setpoint 1 Jog 1 1 Jog 2 1 Control via PLC Reserved Reserved Reserved 1 Speed controller enable To control word 1 2512 4 To the setpoint channel 3060 6 3070 7 3080 5 To the setpoint chan...

Страница 803: ...2610 From sequence control 2610 From sequence control 2610 From sequence control 2610 From sequence control 2610 Bit 9 1 Ready to exchange process data From sequence control 2610 Status word sequence control r0899 1 Ready for switch on 1 Ready DC link loaded pulses inhibited 1 Operation enabled drive follows n_set 1 Jog active 1 No coast down active OFF2 inactive 1 No Quick stop active OFF3 inacti...

Страница 804: ...hibit negative direction 1 Inhibit positive direction Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved 1 Setpoint inversion Reserved 1 Motorized potentiometer raise 1 Motorized potentiometer lower 1 Bypass ramp function generator To fixed speed setpoints 3010 2 3011 2 To control word 2 2513 2 To fixed speed setpoints 3010 2 3011 2 To control word 2 2513 2 To fixed speed setpoints 3010 2 3011 2 To control word ...

Страница 805: ...ached 0 Alarm motor overtemperature 1 Motor rotates forwards 0 Alarm drive converter overload Signal is inverted if connected to a Digital Output Bit No Status word 1 r0052 ZSW seq_ctrl r0899 r0899 0 ZSW fault alarm 1 r2139 r2139 ZSW seq_ctrl r0899 r0899 ZSW seq_ctrl r0899 r0899 ZSW seq_ctrl r0899 r0899 ZSW seq_ctrl r0899 r0899 ZSW seq_ctrl r0899 r0899 ZSW fault alarm 1 r2139 r2139 ZSW monitor 1 r...

Страница 806: ...119 n_set 1 Vdc p2172 1 Vdc p2172 1 Ramping finished 1 Technology controller output at the lower limit 1 Technology controller output at the upper limit Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved r0053 0 r0053 1 r0053 4 r0053 5 r0053 11 r0053 2 r0053 6 r0053 9 r0053 3 r0053 7 r0053 8 r0053 10 7017 5 2534 7 2534 7 2534 7 2534 7 2534 7 2534 7 2534 7 2534 7 3080 7 7958 7 7958 7 ZSW monitor 1 r2197 r2197 5 D...

Страница 807: ...ndition 1 Operation enable 1 Ramp function generator enable 1 Continue ramp function generator 1 Speed setpoint enable 1 Acknowledge fault 1 Jog bit 0 1 Jog bit 1 1 Master ctrl by PLC 1 Directions reversal setpoint Reserved 1 Motorized potentiometer raise 1 Motorized potentiometer lower 1 CDS bit 0 STW 1 r0054 r0054 STW seq_ctrl r0898 r0898 0 2501 7 2501 7 2501 7 2501 7 2501 7 2501 7 2501 7 2546 7...

Страница 808: ...brake enable Reserved 1 Droop enable 1 Torque control active 0 External fault 1 F07860 Reserved 1 CDS bit 1 Suppl STW r0055 r0055 Sequence control Sequence control Speed control DC braking control Technology controller Sequence control Fixed speed values Speed torque control Fixed speed values Fixed speed values Fixed speed values Sequence control STW setpoint chan r1198 r1198 0 STW setpoint chan ...

Страница 809: ...l word speed controller r1406 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved 1 Closed loop torque control active Reserved Reserved 0 Changeov n M_ctrl p1501 C STW n_ctrl r1406 r1406 Bit No 1 speed controller hold I component 1 Droop enable 0 TfS activation p1545 C r1406 08 1 Traverse to fixed endstop active r1406 15 r1406 11 r1406 04 r1406 05 0 n_ctrl integ set p1477 C 0 n...

Страница 810: ... controller I component set 1 Torque limit reached 1 Torque limiting upper active 1 Torque limiting lower active 1 Droop enabled 1 Speed setpoint limited 1 Ramp function generator set 1 Sensorless operation due to a fault 1 I f control active 1 Torque limit reached without pre control ZSW n_ctrl r1407 r1407 Reserved 16 17 1 Encoderless open loop controlled operation not active 1 Speed limiting con...

Страница 811: ... De magnetization completed 1 Pulse enable available 1 Soft starting available 1 Magnetization completed 1 Acceleration voltage active 1 Frequency negative 1 Field weakening active 1 Voltage limit active 1 Slip limiting active 1 Frequency limit active 1 Current limiting controller voltage output active 1 Current torque limiting active 1 Vdc_max controller active 1 Vdc_min controller active ZSW cl ...

Страница 812: ... 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 6730 3 Status word current control r1408 Bit No 1 Current controller active 1 Id controller I comp limiting Reserved 1 Voltage limiting 1 Speed adaptation limiting 1 Motor stalled Reserved ZSW I_ctrl r1408 r1408 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved r1408 0 r1408 1 r1408 12 r1408 3 r1408 10 ZSW monitor 2 r2198 r2198 7 2536 7 1 Separately excited synchro...

Страница 813: ...reshold p2172 1 Vdc_act Vdc_threshold p2172 1 n_act speed threshold value 2 p2155 1 n_act speed threshold value 2 p2155 1 n_act 0 1 n_act n_max 1 Speed setpoint actual value deviation within tolerance t_off n_act smoothed speed actual value r2169 8010 2 11 12 1 Load missing 1 n_act n_max with delay From monitoring functions From monitoring functions From monitoring functions From monitoring functi...

Страница 814: ...nctions 2 r2198 Bit No 1 n_act speed threshold 5 1 n_act speed threshold 5 1 n_act speed threshold 6 1 n_act speed threshold 6 1 I_act I_threshold p2170 1 M_act torque threshold 1 and n_set reached 1 M_act torque threshold 1 Reserved Reserved 1 n_set p2161 1 n_set 0 1 Motor blocked 1 Motor stalled 1 Load in the alarm range 1 Load in the fault range 1 M_set torque threshold 1 p2174 ZSW monitor 2 r2...

Страница 815: ...1 r2199 0 1 8012 1 8023 1 r2199 4 From speed signals n_act smoothed speed actual value r2169 8010 2 Status word monitoring functions 3 r2199 Bit No 1 n_act speed threshold value 3 p2161 1 f or n comparison value reached or exceeded p2141 1 Speed setpoint actual value deviation within tolerance t_on 1 Ramp up ramp down completed 1 Torque utilization torque threshold value 2 p2194 ZSW monitor 3 r219...

Страница 816: ...served Reserved Reserved 1 External alarm 1 A07850 effective 1 Acknowledge fault 1 External alarm 2 A07851 effective 1 External alarm 3 A07852 effective 1 External fault 1 F07860 effective 1 External fault 2 F07861 effective 1 External fault 3 F07862 effective STW fault alarm r2138 r2138 2090 7 1st acknowledge p2103 C 722 2 2nd acknowledge p2104 C 0 3rd acknowledge p2105 C Ext fault 3 t_on 0 1000 ...

Страница 817: ...om the thermal monitoring power module 8021 8 Status word faults alarms 1 Bit No 1 Acknowledgment running 1 Fault present 1 Internal signal 1 present 1 Alarm present 1 Internal signal 2 present 1 Acknowledgment required Reserved Reserved Status word faults alarms 2 Bit No 1 Fault motor overtemperature 1 Fault thermal overload power module 1 Alarm motor overtemperature 1 Alarm thermal overload powe...

Страница 818: ...o n 0 along the ramp function generator then inhibit the pulses Bring the drive to n 0 along the ramp function generator then inhibit the pulses S5c Jogging down ramp Quick Stop Bring the drive to n 0 along the ramp function generator then inhibit the pulses Missing enable signals r0046 Controller enable Faults Only if Safety Integrated is active The parameters p1226 p1227 and p1228 influence this...

Страница 819: ...unction generator start missing 1 Setpoint enable missing Reserved 1 OFF1 enable internal missing 1 OFF2 enable internal missing 1 OFF3 enable internal missing 1 Pulse enable internal missing 1 DC current brake internal enable missing 1 STOP2 enable missing 1 Drive inactive or not operational 1 De magnetizing not completed 1 Brake open missing 1 Speed controller inhibited 1 Jog setpoint active Res...

Страница 820: ...3 Function diagrams 3 9 Brake control SINAMICS G120 CU250S 2 Control Units 820 List Manual 09 2017 A5E33842890 3 9 Brake control Function diagrams 2701 Basic brake control 821 ...

Страница 821: ...ller 1 Command close brake Brake t_open 0 10000 ms p1216 100 1 Command open brake STW seq_ctrl r0898 r0898 1 Command close holding brake PU enable internal missing Pulse enable HW ZSW seq_ctrl r0899 r0899 ZSW seq_ctrl r0899 r0899 1 Open the holding brake Close normal brake Close brake Open brake Priority assignment high low p1215 p0858 p0855 p0856 sequence control If p1215 0 2 t 0 ms Only if Safet...

Страница 822: ...890 3 10 Safety Integrated Basic Functions Function diagrams 2800 Parameter manager 823 2802 Monitoring functions and faults alarms 824 2804 Status words 825 2810 SS1 Safe Stop 1 STO Safe Torque Off Part 1 826 2812 STO Safe Torque Off Part 2 PM240 2 FS D F 827 2813 F DI Fail safe Digital Input 828 2814 SBC Safe Brake Control 829 ...

Страница 823: ...arameterizing enable Checksum check for safety parameters Safety parameters except of the password can be reset to the factory settings via p0970 p3900 Safety parameters can be changed Effective password Enter password Safety Integrated commissioning p0010 95 Safety parameters are valid p0010 95 Exit safety commissioning mode Inhibit safety functions SI password inp p9761 SI setp_chksm P1 p9799 SI...

Страница 824: ...5 2800 3 Safety commissioning mode Additional diagnostic information 1 Faults with response NONE 1 Faults with response immediate pulse suppression 1 Faults with response immediate pulse suppression that cannot be acknowledged 1 STOP A To Safe Torque Off STOP A initiated Diagnostics for STOP F SI mon_clk cyc P1 ms r9780 Monitoring clock cycle Safety Integrated version SI KDV_list P1 r9794 SI diag ...

Страница 825: ...4 2810 4 2802 8 2802 8 2802 5 2810 4 2810 6 2810 3 2810 4 2810 3 2810 4 2 4 5 6 1 SS1 delay time active in the drive 1 SBC requested 1 SS1 selected in the drive Basic Functions 1 SS1 active in the drive Basic Functions 3 Reserved 1 SS1 delay time on Processor 2 active Reserved 1 SBC requested 1 SS1 selected on Processor 2 Basic Functions 1 SS1 active on Processor 2 Basic Functions 1 STO cause sele...

Страница 826: ... is withdrawn 2 Redundant functions in the Processor 1 P1 and Processor 2 P2 SS1 Safe Stop 1 STO Safe Torque Off CU DI status r0722 r0722 4 CU DI status r0722 r0722 5 Enable STO via terminals P2 Enable STO via terminals P1 M U V W 1 5 V 5 V 3 3 Upper IGBT bridge halve Safe pulse suppression Gating unit Lower IGBT bridge halve Gating unit 1 STO on P1 active p9652 0 p9601 2 0 p9601 3 1 p9852 0 p9801...

Страница 827: ...erface 0 1 0 r9772 25 r9872 25 DIAG_U Shutdown lower IGBT bridge halve 2810 7 2810 7 PM CU T 0 FCP_dyn STO PM T t p9661 r9773 30 A01678 2804 1 2810 5 1 STO cause selection via terminal on Power Module 1 STO cause selection via onboard PM terminal 1 Test stop for STO via PM terminals required 2810 5 2810 6 2804 3 2804 6 4 ms p9601 7 p9801 7 4 ms 1 1 Switch on delay starts when the request pulse sup...

Страница 828: ...5 4 3 2 1 fp_2813_97_03 vsd Safety Integrated Basic Functions G120 CU250S 2 05 09 2017 V4 7 9 F DI Fail safe Digital Input F DI 0 1 SI STO t_debou P1 0 00 100 00 ms p9651 1 00 SI STO t_debou P2 0 00 100000 00 μs p9851 1000 00 T 0 SI F DI chg t P1 0 00 2000 00 ms p9650 500 00 SI F DI chg t P2 0 00 2000000 00 μs p9850 500000 00 Kl 9 Kl 16 Kl 69 Kl 17 Kl 66 Kl 28 GND 24V OUT DI 4 DI COM 1 DI 5 DI 5 2...

Страница 829: ...lose brake Processor 1 From the STO shutdown paths 0 Pulses suppressed Safety fault From the STO shutdown paths 0 Pulses suppressed Safety fault 1 SBC enabled F07930 Incorrect brake control F01630 Incorrect safety brake control P1 Not if p9602 p9802 0 and p1278 1 1 Fault brake control 0 SBC requested Safety Logic P1 Implementation and monitoring of brake control 0 SBC selected Implementation and m...

Страница 830: ... Safe Stop 1 internal STOP A B F 832 2820 SLS Safely Limited Speed 833 2823 SSM Safe Speed Monitor 834 2824 SDI Safe Direction 835 2840 Control and status word 836 2850 Fail safe digital inputs F DI 0 F DI 2 837 2853 Fail safe digital output F DO 0 838 2855 Extended Functions via F DI p9601 2 1 and p9601 3 0 839 2856 Safe State selection 840 2857 F DO assignment 841 2858 Extended Functions via PRO...

Страница 831: ...ecksum check for safety parameters Safety parameters except of the password can be reset to the factory settings via p0970 p3900 Safety parameters can be changed Effective password Enter password Safety Integrated commissioning p0010 95 Safety parameters are valid p0010 95 Exit safety commissioning mode Inhibit safety functions SI password inp p9761 SI password new p9762 SI ackn password p9763 SI ...

Страница 832: ...2810 1 2819 1 2840 5 SI Mtn IL t_del P2 0 00 3600000000 00 μs p9356 600000000 00 SI Mtn IL t_del P1 0 00 3600000 00 ms p9556 600000 00 Actual value speed p9360 p9560 STO selection because of missing actual value pulse suppression Safe Acceleration Monitor Safe Brake Ramp exceeded This applies to activation via F DI p9601 2 p9801 2 1 p9601 3 p9801 3 0 1 1 1 2858 6 2 2858 3 2 2858 3 2 This applies t...

Страница 833: ... integ STW r9720 r9720 4 SI Mtn int stat P1 r9722 r9722 4 SI Mtn integ diag r9723 r9723 16 3 1 SI Mtn fct_spc P1 p9506 SI Mtn fct spec P2 p9306 SI Mtn rp t_del P2 p9382 SI Mtn ramp t P1 p9582 SI Mtn ramp ref P1 p9581 SI Mtn rp t_mon P1 p9583 SI Mtn ramp ref P2 p9381 SI Mtn rp t_mon P2 p9383 T 0 SI Mtn SLS t P1 p9551 SI Mtn SLS t P2 p9351 SLS SI Mtn SLS lim P1 p9531 SI Mtn SLS lim P2 p9331 SBR Safe...

Страница 834: ... 00 100 00 ms p9545 0 00 SI Mtn SSM filt P2 0 00 100000 00 μs p9345 0 00 SI Mtn SSM v_limP1 0 00 100000 00 rpm p9546 20 00 SI Mtn SSM hyst P1 0 0010 500 0000 rpm p9547 10 0000 SI Mtn SSM v_limP2 0 00 100000 00 rpm p9346 20 00 SI Mtn SSM Hyst P2 0 0010 500 0000 rpm p9347 10 0000 SI Mtn int stat P1 r9722 r9722 15 0 1 0 1 0 1 SSM Speed below limit value SI Mtn enable P1 p9501 16 SI Mtn enable P2 p930...

Страница 835: ...DI tol P2 0 001 360 000 p9364 12 000 SI Mtn SDI Stop P2 0 1 p9366 1 SI Mtn integ STW r9720 r9720 13 1 0 0 r9733 0 2 SI Mtn setp_lim rpm SI Mtn int stat P1 r9722 r9722 13 1 SDI negative active 0 SDI positive selected 0 SDI negative selected Setpoint limitation positive 3 3 p1082 0 p9531 x p9533 0 0 p1082 0 p9531 x p9533 p1082 p1082 p9531 x p9533 p9531 x p9533 r9733 0 r9733 1 r9733 2 Setpoint limita...

Страница 836: ...ive SLS stage bit 1 Reserved Reserved Reserved SI Mtn integ STW r9720 r9720 SI Mtn int stat P1 r9722 r9722 11 12 Reserved 1 SDI positive active 13 14 1 SDI negative active Reserved 15 1 SSM Speed below limit 11 12 Reserved 1 De select SDI positive 13 1 De select SDI negative 3 3 This applies to activation via PROFIsafe p9601 2 9801 2 1 p9601 3 9801 3 1 Reserved for activation via F DI This applies...

Страница 837: ... 1 00 SI DI t_debounceP2 0 00 100 00 ms p10117 1 00 DI 3 Kl 8 DI 2 Kl 7 F DI 1 2855 2 C01770 T 0 1 SI Mtn DI chg t P1 1 00 2000 00 ms p10002 500 00 SI DI status P1 r10051 r10051 1 SI DI status P2 r10151 r10151 1 SI Mtn F DI t P2 1 00 2000 00 ms p10102 500 00 SI DI t_debounceP1 0 00 100 00 ms p10017 1 00 SI DI t_debounceP2 0 00 100 00 ms p10117 1 00 24V OUT Kl 9 DI 1 Kl 6 DI 0 Kl 5 F DI 0 2855 2 C0...

Страница 838: ...3 vsd Safety Integrated Extended Functions G120 CU250S 2 05 09 2017 V4 7 9 Fail safe Digital Output F DO 0 F DO 0 2857 8 SI DO status P1 r10052 r10052 SI DO status P2 r10152 r10152 M CU DO status r0747 M Safety control Processor 1 Safety control Processor 2 SI Mtn F DOs_srcP1 0 13 p10042 0 SI F DO S_src P2 0 13 p10142 0 NO COM NC Kl 20 Kl 19 Kl 18 DO 0 NO COM NC Kl 25 Kl 24 Kl 23 DO 2 Kl Terminal ...

Страница 839: ...n SI Mtn STO F DI P1 0 255 p10022 0 SI Mtn SS1 F DI P1 0 255 p10023 0 SI Mtn SLS F DI P1 0 255 p10026 0 SI Mtn ackn int P1 0 255 p10006 0 2820 1 2840 1 2819 1 2840 1 2819 1 2840 1 2850 8 F DI 1 2850 8 F DI 2 SI SDI pos F DI P1 0 255 p10030 0 SI SDI neg F DI P1 0 255 p10031 0 SI SLS F DI P2 0 255 p10126 0 SI SS1 F DI P2 0 255 p10123 0 SI STO F DI P2 0 255 p10122 0 SI SDI pos F DI P2 0 255 p10130 0 ...

Страница 840: ... 2856 Safe State selection 2856 Function diagram 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 fp_2856_97_55 vsd Safety Integrated Extended Functions G120 CU250S 2 05 09 2017 V4 7 9 Safe State selection 2857 1 2855 6 2855 6 p10039 6 0 1 1 0 0 0 2855 6 2855 6 1 SS1 active 1 SLS active 1 SDI neg active p10039 0 1 SDI pos active 1 Safe state 1 Power removed Reserved Reserved ...

Страница 841: ... active 1 SSM feedback signal active If one input is not connected to a signal source this input is set to HIGH default setting Exception If all outputs are not connected to a signal source the output signal is 0 Internal event 1 SS1 active 1 SLS active 1 Safe state 1 SDI pos active 1 SDI neg active 0 0 1 2 2855 6 2855 6 2855 6 2855 6 2855 6 2856 8 2855 6 2855 6 2855 6 5 6 7 9 12 13 1 SI Mtn F DOs...

Страница 842: ...40 5 2840 1 2840 1 2840 1 2820 1 2840 1 2819 1 2840 1 2819 1 2840 1 Extended Functions r9722 15 r9722 13 r9720 12 r9720 13 1 De select STO 1 De select SS1 1 De select SLS 1 Acknowledgment Select SLS bit 0 Select SLS bit 1 1 De select SDI positive 1 De select SDI negative 1 SSM n below limit 1 SDI neg active 1 SDI pos active 1 Active SLS stage bit 1 set 1 Active SLS stage bit 0 set Internal event 1...

Страница 843: ... Control Units List Manual 09 2017 A5E33842890 843 3 Function diagrams 3 12 Safety Integrated PROFIsafe 3 12 Safety Integrated PROFIsafe Function diagrams 2915 Standard telegrams 844 2917 Manufacturer specific telegrams 845 ...

Страница 844: ... Integrated PROFIsafe G120 CU250S 2 DP PN 05 09 2017 V4 7 9 Standard telegrams PZD6 PZD8 PZD9 PZD10 PZD11 PZD13 PZD14 PZD15 PZD16 PZD12 PZD7 PZD5 PZD4 PZD1 PZD2 PZD3 PZD17 PZD18 PZD19 PZD24 PZD26 PZD27 PZD28 PZD29 PZD31 PZD32 PZD30 PZD25 PZD23 PZD22 PZD20 PZD21 30 S_STW1 S_ZSW1 Interconnec tion is made according to Ps telegram_sel p60022 Telegram Receive telegram from PRPFIBUS PROFINET Send telegr...

Страница 845: ...ted PROFIsafe G120 CU250S 2 DP PN 05 09 2017 V4 7 9 Manufacturer specific telegrams PZD6 PZD8 PZD9 PZD10 PZD11 PZD13 PZD14 PZD15 PZD16 PZD12 PZD7 PZD5 PZD4 PZD1 PZD2 PZD3 PZD17 PZD18 PZD19 PZD24 PZD26 PZD27 PZD28 PZD29 PZD31 PZD32 PZD30 PZD25 PZD23 PZD22 PZD20 PZD21 900 S_STW1 S_ZSW1 Interconnec tion is made according to Ps telegram_sel p60022 Telegram S_STW5 S_ZSW5 Receive telegram from PRPFIBUS ...

Страница 846: ...on p1016 2 848 3011 Fixed speed setpoints direct selection p1016 1 849 3020 Motorized potentiometer 850 3030 Main supplementary setpoint setpoint scaling jogging 851 3040 Direction limitation and direction reversal 852 3050 Skip frequency bands and speed limitations 853 3060 Basic ramp function generator 854 3070 Extended ramp function generator 855 3080 Ramp function generator selection status wo...

Страница 847: ...rpm Motorized potentiometer Fixed speed setpoints Extended ramp function generator Basic ramp function generator n_set_1 n_set_4 n_set_5 Simulate ramp function generator Ramp function generator selection status word tracking Direction of rotating limiting changeover Skip suppression bandwidth and speed limiting Ramp function generator tracking STW seq_ctrl r0898 r0898 STW seq_ctrl r0898 r0898 9 RF...

Страница 848: ...1 2 p1016 1 3011 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3011 3011 3011 2505 6 p1020 2505 6 p1021 2505 6 p1022 2505 6 p1023 1 Fixed setpoint bit 0 1 Fixed setpoint bit 1 1 Fixed setpoint bit 2 1 Fixed setpoint bit 3 r1198 3 r1198 r1198 1 r1198 r1198 2 r1198 r1198 0 r1198 n_set_fixed 1 rpm p1001 D 0 000 n_set_fixed 2 rpm p1002 D 0 000 n_set_fixed 3 rpm p1003 D 0 000 n_set_fixed 4 rpm p1004 D 0 000 n_set_fixed 5 rpm p1005 ...

Страница 849: ...ts direct selection p1016 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 r1024 Speed fixed setp rpm n_setp_fix status r1025 2505 6 p1020 2505 6 p1021 2505 6 p1022 2505 6 p1023 1 Fixed setpoint bit 0 1 Fixed setpoint bit 1 1 Fixed setpoint bit 2 1 Fixed setpoint bit 3 r1198 3 r1198 r1198 1 r1198 r1198 2 r1198 r1198 0 r1198 n_set_fixed 1 rpm p1001 D 0 000 n_set_fixed 2 rpm p1002 D 0 000 n_set_fixed 3 rpm p1003 D...

Страница 850: ... D 10 000 e g to 3030 1 r1050 Mot poti setpoint rpm 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 2 3 Data save active Automatic mode Ramp function generator active Initial rounding off active Save in NVRAM active The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is not saved and after ON is entered using p1040 The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is saved in a ashion after OFF and after ON set to the saved value Withou...

Страница 851: ...ated p2200 0 p2251 0 connected with r2294 The connection to the source for the main and additional setpoint is estabished automatically via the setting in p1000 t t t n p1082 p1058 p1059 p1082 p1120 p1121 p1120 p1121 1 1 0 0 r0898 8 r0898 9 2 3 4 2501 7 p1055 2501 7 p1056 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 3040 1 Keep old setpoint n_set_1 PcCtrl active r0807 0 STW seq_ctrl r0898 r0898 8 STW seq_ctrl r0898 r089...

Страница 852: ... Setpoint channel G120 CU250S 2 05 09 2017 V4 7 9 Direction limitation and direction reversal 3030 8 3050 1 1 0 1 2505 2 p1110 2505 2 p1111 2505 6 p1113 0 1 0 0 1 0 n_set_1 STW setpoint chan r1198 r1198 1 Setpoint inversion STW setpoint chan r1198 r1198 1 Inhibit negative direction STW setpoint chan r1198 r1198 1 Inhibit positive direction Setp_chan n_lim 0 000 210000 000 rpm p1063 D 210000 000 r1...

Страница 853: ...g eff rpm 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 y x 1 Value of p1082 is limited to maximum motor speed p0322 If the drive is not stopped via the input setpoint but via controlled intervention the lower hysteresis branch is relevant after a subsequent run up n_limit RFG pos 9733 0 p1051 C n_limit RFG neg 9733 1 p1052 C 0 0 r1119 RFG setp at inp rpm 6030 1 6640 5 8010 2 3020 5 3060 4 3070 4 3060 1 3070 1 6031 1 8022 1 n_mi...

Страница 854: ...mp function generator RFG tol HL RL act rpm p1148 D 19 800 0 Internal quick stop STW seq_ctrl r0898 r0898 4 r1149 RFG acceleration rev s Other status bits Ramp up active Ramp down active Ramp function generator status bits n_set_4 Inhibited during jogging 1 Enable ramp function generator 2 After a 0 1 signal the ramping is re started 3 With activated Technology controller p2200 0 p2251 0 the ramp ...

Страница 855: ... STW seq_ctrl r0898 r0898 1 Enable ramp function generator r1149 RFG acceleration rev s Other status bits Ramp up active Ramp down active Ramp function generator status bits RFG tol HL RL act 0 000 1000 000 rpm p1148 D 19 800 Effective ramp up time Tup_eff Tup Ti 2 Tf 2 Effective ramp down time Tdn_eff Tdn Ti 2 Tf 2 Rounding off is always active Overshoots can occur Final rounding off is not effec...

Страница 856: ...p1135 STW1 4 enable ramp function generator is effective while the drive is stopped via the ramp function generator Depending on the p1115 the basic ramp function generator 3060 or the extended ramp function generator 3070 is effective Behavior of the response ramp of the torque limiting p1145 0 0 No ramp function generator tracking The ramp function generator ramp is no longer in the range of the...

Страница 857: ...U250S 2 Control Units List Manual 09 2017 A5E33842890 857 3 Function diagrams 3 14 Setpoint channel not activated 3 14 Setpoint channel not activated Function diagrams 3095 Generation of the speed limits r0108 8 0 858 ...

Страница 858: ... 8010 2 8010 2 n_limit pos 0 000 210000 000 rpm p1083 D 210000 000 n_limit neg 210000 000 0 000 rpm p1086 D 210000 000 n_max 0 000 210000 000 rpm p1082 D 1500 000 Reference value for the ramp function generator r1084 n_limit pos eff rpm r1087 n_limit neg eff rpm Speed limits if a setpoint channel is not activated r0108 8 0 For OFF1 OFF3 the down ramp of the basic ramp function generator is active ...

Страница 859: ...e p2597 1 862 3615 Traversing block mode external block change 863 3616 Traversing block mode 864 3617 Travel to fixed stop 865 3618 Direct setpoint input MDI mode dynamic values 866 3620 Direct setpoint input MDI mode 867 3625 Mode control 868 3630 Traversing range limits 869 3635 Interpolator 870 3640 Control word block selection MDI selection 871 3645 Status word 1 r2683 872 3646 Status word 2 ...

Страница 860: ...p2591 r2672 v_set act 1000 LU min r2673 a_over act r2674 a_over act 3635 4 1 The connector outputs are only supplied with values from here if the jog mode is active Jog incremental The edge is only effective for setpoint 0 exception Override 0 CI p2646 Renewed jogging can only be activated after the jog motion has been completed 0 1 edge The second jog is not evaluated while incremental jogging is...

Страница 861: ...674 a_over act r2680 Clearance cam ZM LU POS_ZSW2 r2684 r2684 11 POS_ZSW2 r2684 r2684 Tol_band to ZM 0 2147482647 LU p2610 2147482647 Max s ref_cam ZM 0 2147482647 LU p2609 20000 Ref_cam max s 0 2147482647 LU p2606 2147482647 Reversing cam Reversing cam Motion variables in referencing reference point approach mode Velocity F07458 Reference cam not found F07459 No zero mark F07460 End of reference ...

Страница 862: ... p2661 POS_ZSW2 r2684 r2684 3 3646 3 1 When reference point approach is selected active referencing p2597 0 signal this function diagram is of no significance refer to 3612 Active traversing is not directly associated with the flying referencing mode passive referencing p2597 1 signal The mode can be superimposed on the jog 3610 traversing blocks 3614 and direct setpoint input MDI 3618 modes F1 In...

Страница 863: ...26 2 V 400 200 100 100 t 0 1 2 3 a b c c a b b a c c 0 MT_eval select p2510 2526 2 MeasVal valid fdbk p2661 0 Ext BlckChg 0 1 p2633 Ext BlckChg eval 0 1 p2632 0 r2678 Ext BlckChg s_act LU ZSW act trav_block r2670 r2670 Measured value memory p0489 Meas probe 2 input p0488 Meas probe 1 input Meas val valid Signal for external block change has not been received A07463 External block change not reques...

Страница 864: ...feedback signals Block selection Torque limits Status signals Task ENDLESS_NEG Task ENDLESS_POS or ENDLESS_NEG Start of traversing range End of traversing range Velocity Acceleration override Deceleration override 0 Intermediate stop 0 Reject traversing task Evaluated only in the following cases Current job traversing block and step enabling CONTINUE_EXTERNAL CONTINUE_EXTERNAL_WAIT CONTINUE_EXTERN...

Страница 865: ...stop outside window Position value Position setpoint Position actual value Tracking Programmed setpoint position Fixed stop reached Traversing block 2 Traversing block 1 Fixed stop clamping torque reached Torque limits Travel to fixed stop active F07484 Fixed stop outside the monitoring window Following err max 0 2147482647 LU p2634 D 1000 Fixed stop monit 0 2147482647 LU p2635 100 r2687 M_set Nm ...

Страница 866: ...55 vsd Basic positioner EPOS G120 CU250S 2 05 09 2017 V4 7 9 Direct setpoint input MDI mode dynamic values 3620 1 3620 1 3620 1 3620 1 100 0 1 100 0 1 MDI s_set 2690 0 p2642 MDI v_set 2691 0 p2643 MDI a_over 2692 0 p2644 MDI a_over 2693 0 p2645 Pos fixed value 2147482648 2147482647 LU p2690 0 v fixed value 1 40000000 1000 LU min p2691 600 a_over fixed val 0 100 100 000 p2692 100 000 a_over fixed v...

Страница 867: ...ositioning Start of traversing range End of traversing range Velocity Acceleration override Deceleration override Motion variables in direct setpoint input MDI mode 0 MDI selection p2647 0 Trav_task reject p2641 0 Intermediate stop p2640 1 No intermediate stop If connector input p2654 is assigned a connector input 0 the control signals select positioning type direction selection positive and direc...

Страница 868: ...o intermediate stop MDI selection Reference point approach active Reference point approach completed Direct setpoint input MDI active Reject traversing task Drive at standstill Drive at standstill MDI initial state no task for MDI active The drive is ramped down depend on the maximum deceleration p2573 Flying changeover between positioning p2653 0 and setting up p2653 1 possible Intermediate stop ...

Страница 869: ...a_max 1 2000000 1000 LU s p2573 100 End of traversing range Start of traversing range Velocity Acceleration override Deceleration override A07478 Target position software limit switch plus F07476 Target position end of traversing range A07477 Target position software limit switch minus F07475 Target position start of traversing range A07456 Setpoint velocity limited 1 Reference point set Mode mana...

Страница 870: ...2583 0 Modulo corr range 1 2147482647 LU p2576 360000 Pos_mode relative 0 1 p2603 1 0 Modulo corr act p2577 Pos act set value 2521 0 p2657 A07455 Maximum velocity limited A07473 Beginning of the traversing range reached A07474 End of the traversing range reached A07479 Software limit switch minus reached A07480 Software limit switch plus reached F07481 Axis position software limit switch minus F07...

Страница 871: ... 0 Trav_blk sel bit 0 p2625 0 Trav_blk sel bit 1 p2626 0 Trav_blk sel bit 2 p2627 0 MDI selection p2647 11 12 13 14 15 10 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 9 8 Control word block selection 1 Traversing block selection bit 0 1 Traversing block selection bit 1 1 Traversing block selection bit 2 Reserved 1 MDI selection Bit No To direct setpoint input MDI mode 3620 1 3620 4 To mode control To traversing block mode 361...

Страница 872: ... output 1 via the traversing block 1 Direct output 2 via the traversing block 1 Fixed stop clamping torque reached Reserved 1 Fixed stop reached 1 Software limit switch plus reached 1 Travel to fixed stop active 3635 7 3630 7 3635 7 3635 7 3635 7 3635 7 3616 7 3635 7 4025 8 3616 7 4025 8 3616 7 3616 7 3616 7 3635 7 r2683 0 r2683 1 r2683 4 r2683 5 r2683 11 r2683 2 r2683 6 r2683 9 r2683 7 r2683 8 r2...

Страница 873: ...30 1 3616 7 3630 3 3630 3 3614 4 r2684 0 r2684 1 r2684 4 r2684 5 r2684 11 r2684 2 r2684 6 r2684 9 r2684 7 r2684 8 r2684 10 r2684 12 r2684 13 r2684 14 r2684 3 POS_ZSW2 r2684 r2684 From dynamic following error monitoring cam controllers From standstill positioning monitoring From referencing flying referencing mode From interpolator From interpolator From interpolator From interpolator From traversi...

Страница 874: ...tive traversing block MDI active r2670 11 12 13 14 15 10 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Status word active traversing block Active traversing block bit 0 Active traversing block bit 1 Active traversing block bit 3 Active traversing block bit 2 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved 1 MDI active Reserved Reserved Reserved r2670 0 r2670 1 r2670 2 r2670 3 ZSW act trav_block r2670 r2670 r2670 15 0 0 1...

Страница 875: ...75 3 Function diagrams 3 16 Position control 3 16 Position control Function diagrams 4010 Position actual value preprocessing 876 4015 Position controller 877 4020 Standstill monitoring positioning monitoring 878 4025 Dynamic following error monitoring cam controllers 879 ...

Страница 876: ...ep corr 2685 p2513 s_act set setVal 0 p2515 Position offset 2667 p2516 r0481 Enc Gn_ZSW n 1 Enc fine Gx_XIST1 2 18 p0418 E 11 Enc fine Gx_XIST2 2 18 p0419 E 9 r0482 Enc Gn_XIST1 n 1 r0483 Enc Gn_XIST2 n 1 Direct MT 1 0 27 p2517 0 Direct MT 2 0 27 p2518 0 Abs_enc_adj stat 0 3 p2507 E 1 1 The parameter is only relevant for absolute encoders p2598 p2599 is used to perform the adjustment The position ...

Страница 877: ...Tn 0 00 100000 00 ms p2539 D 0 00 n_prectrFlt t_dead 0 00 2 00 p2535 D 0 00 n_prectrl filt PT1 0 00 100 00 ms p2536 D 0 00 M_prectr M_inertia 0 000000 100000 000000 kgm p2567 D 0 159155 r2564 M_prectrl val Nm r2562 n_set total rpm r2560 n_set rpm r2557 LR_inp sys dev LU r2558 LR_outp P comp rpm r2556 s_set after interp LU ZSW r2526 r2526 6 1 Position controller output limited ZSW r2526 r2526 3 1 P...

Страница 878: ...nd act p2554 POS_ZSW1 r2683 r2683 Standstill window 0 2147483647 LU p2542 200 Pos_window 0 2147483647 LU p2544 40 t_standstill monit 0 00 100000 00 ms p2543 200 00 t_pos_monit 0 00 100000 00 ms p2545 1000 00 s_act 2521 0 p2532 s_set 2665 0 p2530 1 Tracking active 0 Standstill monitoring Positioning monitoring Standstill monitoring has responded Positioning monitoring has responded Single evaluatio...

Страница 879: ...U p2634 D 1000 Fixed stop monit 0 2147482647 LU p2635 100 Cam position 1 2147483648 2147483647 LU p2547 0 Cam position 2 2147483648 2147483647 LU p2548 0 F07452 Following error too high ZSW r2526 r2526 4 1 Fixed stop reached ZSW r2526 r2526 1 Fixed stop outside window 5 ZSW r2526 r2526 1 Clamping active when traveling to fixed stop 8 POS_ZSW1 r2683 r2683 8 1 Position actual value cam switching pos...

Страница 880: ...704 Position and temperature sensing encoders 1 2 881 4715 Speed actual value and pole position sensing motor encoder ASM PMSM encoder 1 882 4720 Encoder interface receive signals encoders 1 2 883 4730 Encoder interface send signals encoders 1 2 884 4735 Reference mark search with external zero mark encoder 1 885 4750 Absolute value for incremental encoder 886 ...

Страница 881: ...periods Fine resolution For SSI encoders Absolute position information Cyclic absolute position value only for absolute value encoders e g SSI Multiplication by hardware Sequence control Function selection Reference mark position Absolute value Enc fine Gx_XIST2 2 18 p0419 E 9 Error code Measuring probe position Encoder error processing Measuring probe position r0481 Enc Gn_ZSW n 1 n 1 n 1 n 1 Enc...

Страница 882: ...t Fine resolution for speed actual value 1 encoder revolution Raw position signals from encoder 1 Pole position sensing 1 Sensorless operation active Encoder angle n_act calculation r0063 Actual speed rpm 1 1 Only for vector control without encoder Only for operation with encoder and PMSM To basic braking control 2701 1 To speed controller with without encoder 6040 1 To Kp_n Tn_n adaptation 6050 1...

Страница 883: ...ex 1 encoder 2 Actual position values are read out from Gn XIST2 using a handshake procedure e g Read position value s at reference mark s 1 Set r0487 0 3 according to the function to be activated 2 Set r0487 4 activate function 3 Reset all bits from r0487 0 4 to 0 4 r0481 0 3 must be active depending on the activated function 5 Overtravel zero mark s until all bits in r0481 0 3 are reset to 0 6 S...

Страница 884: ...ion actual value from function 1 1 Position actual value from function 2 1 Position actual value from function 3 1 Position actual value from function 4 1 Measuring probe 1 deflected high signal 1 Measuring probe 2 deflected high signal 1 Acknowledge encoder fault active Reserved for reference point offset Absolute value is cyclically transferred Parking encoder active i e the encoder is not opera...

Страница 885: ...flop Measured value memory Gn_XIST2 for function no 1 Increasing position actual values r0482 The 0 1 edge is evaluated Decreasing position actual values r0482 The 1 0 edge is evaluated This means that the same reference point is always used when traversing to an equivalent zero mark The measured value memory is read out using a handshaking technique according to 4720 4730 Reference mark position ...

Страница 886: ...ST1 Gn_XIST2 XIST1_ERW XIST1_ERW r4654 8 1 2 1 Reset input Reset output Reset output Basic functions or p4652 1 Supporting absolute position at incremental encoder Encoder 1 XIST1_ERW moved back Encoder 2 XIST1_ERW moved back Reset output Reset with Reset input Only applies for p0437 13 1 Bit 13 Request absolute value Basic function Extended function XIST1_ERW res mode 0 3 p4652 0 0 XIST1_ERW resS...

Страница 887: ... f control characteristic and voltage boost 898 6310 U f control resonance damping and slip compensation 899 6320 U f control Vdc_max controller and Vdc_min controller PM240 900 6490 Speed control configuration 901 6491 Flux control configuration 902 6630 Upper lower torque limit 903 6640 Current power torque limits 904 6700 Current control overview 905 6710 Current setpoint filter 906 6714 Iq and...

Страница 888: ...2 For reluctance motor 1 1 p0096 0 Expert p0096 1 Standard Drive Control SDC p0096 2 Dynamic Drive Control DDC p0096 0 p0096 2 p0096 0 p0096 2 6799 Applicable function diagrams Possible application classes p0096 other Power Module Chapter U f control Standard Drive Control p0096 1 Chapter Vector control U f control Chapter Vector control Dynamic Drive Control p0096 2 6490 6491 6799 Chapter Vector ...

Страница 889: ...ntrol r1408 Speed setpoint droop r0062 n_set after filter rpm n_C n_act T_s SL p1452 n_set I_comp r1439 r1438 n_ctrl n_set rpm Mot M_mom of inert p0341 Mot MomInert Ratio p0342 M_suppl 1 0 p1511 C M_suppl 1 scal 0 p1512 C M_suppl 2 0 p1513 C r1518 M_accel Nm 0 Changeov n M_ctrl p1501 C M_set 0 p1503 C r1508 M_set bef M_suppl Nm M_suppl 2 scal p1514 M_suppl total r1515 r0079 M_set Nm r1538 M_max up...

Страница 890: ...nput 150 ms Droop M_comp scal 2000 0 2000 0 p1487 D 100 0 Droop M_comp 0 p1486 C N N M n 3 1 1 0 1 0 6060 8 3050 8 3050 8 3080 8 6060 3 2522 3 2522 3 6031 1 1 0 6799 1 r0060 n_set before filt rpm r1170 Speed setpoint sum rpm ZSW n_ctrl r1407 r1407 r0062 n_set after filter rpm a for M_ctrl scal 0 0 400 0 p1499 D 100 0 r0079 M_set Nm ZSW n_ctrl r1407 r1407 ZSW n_ctrl r1407 r1407 n_ctrl config p1400 ...

Страница 891: ... 0 0 1 2526 6 6040 1 6030 8 0 0 0 1 Acceleration calculation ZSW cl loop ctrl r0056 r0056 14 Calculated accelerating torque r1438 n_ctrl n_set rpm Pre control balancing n_C n_act T_s SL 0 00 32000 00 ms p1452 D 10 00 r0062 n_set after filter rpm n_set I_comp r1439 n_ctrl n_set stat r1444 PcCtrl active r0807 n_set via PC Steady state setpoint calculation r1119 RFG setp at inp rpm n_ctrl n_set 1 0 p...

Страница 892: ...coefficients 1 moment of inertia estimator active 1 moment of inertia estimator stabilized 1 load estimator active Moment of inertia calculation 1 moment of inertia estimator active n_ctrl config p1400 D 18 Only for initialization Basic function Possible bit combinations p5310 Bit 1 0 0 0 Function not active 0 1 Cyclic calculation of the coefficients without moment of inertia precontrol commission...

Страница 893: ...eration n_set I_comp rpm r1439 STW n_ctrl r1406 r1406 1 Speed controller hold I component STW n_ctrl r1406 r1406 1 Speed controller set I component n_ctrl I_val scal 1 p1479 C For p1472 0 0 s or 100 0 s the I component is disabled integral action time infinite 1 Sensorless vector control freeze I component Integrator control Speed controller To Kp Tn adaptation n_ctrl Kp n lower 0 000 999999 000 p...

Страница 894: ...aptation Free Tn adaptation active p1400 6 To the speed controller 6040 4 Adapt_factor upper 0 0 200000 0 p1459 D 100 0 n_ctrl AdaptKpLow 0 00 400 00 p1456 D 0 00 n_ctrl AdaptKp up 0 00 400 00 p1457 D 0 00 n_ctr adapt_sig Kp 0 p1455 C n_ctrl Kp scal 1 p1466 C r0063 Actual speed rpm 0 n_ctr Kp n up scal 0 0 200000 0 p1461 D 100 0 n_ctr Tn n up scal 0 0 200000 0 p1463 D 100 0 n_ctrl n upper 0 00 210...

Страница 895: ... control if the Vdc controller is active 6220 8 Acceleration control is inhibited for p1517 100 ms p1400 14 1 Torque pre control 1 Speed controller enable r1518 M_accel Nm 0 r1407 r1407 2 M_accel T_smooth 0 00 100 00 ms p1517 D 4 00 r1518 M_accel Nm 1 r1407 r1407 8 r1508 M_set bef M_suppl Nm r1407 r1407 9 M_suppl total Nm r1515 r1516 M_suppl M_accel Nm r0056 r0056 13 r1407 r1407 7 r0079 M_set Nm r...

Страница 896: ... 0 0 0 0 Calculate on_level r0070 Vdc act val V Vdc_max on_level V r1242 U_connect 1 63000 V p0210 400 Vdc_min on_level V r1246 r0070 Vdc act val V r1258 Vdc_ctrl output Arms Operating point selection Vdc controller active r0056 r0056 14 r0056 r0056 Calculate on_level Vdc_max Vector control Vdc_min Vector control 15 Vdc_max SenseOnLev p1254 Vdc_ctrl t_rate p1252 D Vdc_ctrl Kp p1250 D Vdc_ctrl Tn p...

Страница 897: ...pm r1170 Speed setpoint sum rpm I_max_ctrl U_outp Vrms r1344 Mot PolePairNo act r0313 M r0066 f_outp Hz r0094 Transformat_angle Output frequency Hz r0024 r0025 U_outp smooth Vrms r0072 U_output Vrms Vdc_ctrl config p1280 Flying restart mode p1200 Speed actual value calculation Slip compensation p1334 p1335 Uf Res_damp gain p1338 Soft starting p1350 Control mode p1300 V_boost perm p1310 6301 ZSW cl...

Страница 898: ...or act r0395 Uf char U4 p1327 Uf char U3 p1325 Uf char U1 p1321 Uf char U2 p1323 Uf char f1 p1320 Uf char f2 p1322 Uf char f4 p1326 Uf char f3 p1324 3 r0067 Current max Arms 2 6 5 I_start accel p1311 I_start start p1312 I_start Ua perm p1310 2526 2 2526 2 6300 4 6300 2 1 6 2 3 7 19 0 5 4 Parabolic f_set Uf U_set independ 0 p1330 C Op cl lp ctrl_mode 0 23 p1300 D 0 Mot U_rated p0304 Voltage max r00...

Страница 899: ...ing U f slip compensation If p1349 0 the limit is 0 95 f Mot N 45 Hz r0078 Iq_act Arms Uf Res_damp T 1 00 1000 00 ms p1339 D 20 00 Uf Res_damp gain 0 00 100 00 p1338 D 0 00 f_res damp r0066 f_outp Hz Slip comp lim val 0 00 600 00 p1336 D 250 00 Uf res_damp f_max 0 00 3000 00 Hz p1349 D 0 00 Brake f_start 300 00 300 00 p1351 D 0 00 Brake f_start 1351 0 p1352 C 2 Activation with r0056 4 1 till r0066...

Страница 900: ...te on_level r0070 Vdc act val V Vdc_max on_level V r1282 Vdc_min on_level V r1286 r0070 Vdc act val V r1298 Vdc_ctrl output rpm ZSW cl loop ctrl r0056 r0056 ZSW cl loop ctrl r0056 r0056 Calculate on_level Vdc_ctr config U f 0 3 p1280 D 1 Vdc_max U f control Vdc_min U f control 0 6300 4 Vdc_max SenseOnLev p1294 Vdc_ctrl Kp p1290 D Vdc_ctrl t_rate p1292 D Vdc_ctrl Tn p1291 D Vdc_max dyn_factor p1283...

Страница 901: ...1 Kp Tn adaptation active 1 Free Tn adaptation active 1 Torque pre control always active 0 Torque pre control for n_ctrl enabled 1 Sensorless vector control speed pre control active Factory setting Reserved Reserved n_ctrl config p1400 D Reserved 18 0 1 Moment of inertia estimator active 19 Reserved 20 0 1 Acceleration model 21 Reserved 22 0 1 Obtain moment of inertia estimator value for pulse inh...

Страница 902: ...configuration 01 02 00 6722 5 6837 5 6722 5 6837 5 6723 6 6838 6 1 0 03 04 05 06 0 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 Flux control configuration Bit No Meaning Factory setting 1 Flux setpoint soft starting active 1 Flux setpoint differentiation active 1 Quick magnetization Reserved Reserved Reserved 1 Flux build up control active Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved 6722 5 6723 5...

Страница 903: ...ue limit Danger Negative values at 1 positive values at 2 represent a minimum torque for the other torque direction and can cause the motor to accelerate uncontrollably M_max upper 1000000 00 20000000 00 Nm p1520 D 0 00 M_max upper 1520 0 p1522 C M_max upper scal 1524 0 p1528 C M_max lower 1521 0 p1523 C M_max lower scal 1525 0 p1529 C 2 M_max lower 20000000 00 1000000 00 Nm p1521 D 0 00 M_max low...

Страница 904: ...6040 6 Speed limiting controller Voltage max Vrms r0071 Mot L_leak total mH r0377 M Iq_max total Arms r1533 Current limit 0 00 10000 00 Arms p0640 D 0 00 Id_setp total Arms r1624 P_max gen 100000 00 0 01 kW p1531 D 0 01 P_max mot 0 00 100000 00 kW p1530 D 0 00 r1538 M_max upper eff Nm r1539 M_max lower eff Nm Isq_max Arms r1536 Isq_min Arms r1537 r1084 n_limit pos eff rpm r1087 n_limit neg eff rpm...

Страница 905: ...controller Id controller 6714 Iq and Id controllers Transformation 6730 Interface to the Power Module for an induction motor p0300 1 6731 Interface to the Power Module for a synchronous motor p0300 2 I_phase actual value V_phase actual value Voltage max Vrms r0071 r0075 Id_set Arms r0072 U_output Vrms r0077 Iq_set Arms I_ctrl Kp p1715 I_ctrl Tn p1717 I_ctrl Kp p1715 I_ctrl Tn p1717 Flex setp 50 0 ...

Страница 906: ...setpoint filter Iq_max Iq_min 6640 8 6220 8 6220 8 2526 7 6220 8 6640 8 0 1 0 1 2526 7 6220 8 ZSW cl loop ctrl r0056 r0056 14 Isq_max Arms r1536 ZSW cl loop ctrl r0056 r0056 Isq_min Arms r1537 r0077 Iq_set Arms Interpolator and smoothing for voltage limits 0 1 1 0 2526 7 ZSW cl loop ctrl r0056 r0056 15 7 1 Vdc_max controller active 1 Vdc_min controller active 1 Frequency negative Isq_s T_smth FW p...

Страница 907: ...otal Mot L_leak total mH r0377 M Transv_decpl scal 0 0 200 0 p1726 D 75 0 TrnsvDecplVmaxScal 0 0 200 0 p1727 D 50 0 Isd_ctr_prectrScal 0 0 200 0 p1702 D 70 0 2 Isq_ctr_prectrScal 0 0 200 0 p1703 D 60 0 U_dir axis_decoupl Vrms r1728 Isd_ctrl I_limit Vrms r1725 U_quad_decoupl Vrms r1729 ZSW I_ctrl r1408 r1408 1 Isd_ctrl I_comp Vrms r1724 r0075 Id_set Arms r0077 Iq_set Arms r0094 Transformat_angle I_...

Страница 908: ...q M From Id_field weakening Load angle correction M adaptation Torque setting value speed controller Id_set Mot phi_load opt 0 0 135 0 p0327 M 90 0 Mot t_excitation 0 000 20 000 s p0346 M 0 000 M_set static 200 0 200 0 p1610 D 50 0 M_suppl_accel 0 0 200 0 p1611 D 30 0 I_set T_smooth 4 10000 ms p1616 D 40 Mot kT_reluctance 1000 00 1000 00 mH p0328 M 0 00 Mot L_leak total r0377 Mot L_stator d r0378 ...

Страница 909: ...ization control Id current limit MotMod status r1751 r0067 Current max Arms r0063 Actual speed rpm Quick magnetizing active 6723 7 0 6730 1 Mot I_mag_rtd act Arms r0331 M 4 6060 6 r1508 M_set bef M_suppl Nm 1 Magnetization completed 1 Field weakening active 6723 1 1 Flux setpoint selection Efficiency optimization 0 3 s Mot T_rotor T_Dd ms r0384 M r0080 Actual torque Nm r0084 Flux act val 1 0 Flux ...

Страница 910: ...ation depth U_set 1 Id current limit Saturation characteristic p0362 p0369 Modulat_depth max r0073 r0070 Vdc act val V Voltage max Vrms r0071 Field_ctrl Tn 10 10000 ms p1596 D 300 r1597 Field_ctrl outp r1598 Flux setp total Flux ctrl config p1401 Id_set stationary Arms r1623 Drv filt type mot 0 4 p0230 0 Pulse freq setp 2 000 16 000 kHz p1800 D 4 000 Flux ctrl config p1401 2 1 0 6722 8 Quick magne...

Страница 911: ...4 M 0 Field_ctrl Tn 10 10000 ms p1596 D 300 Mot I_mag_rtd act Arms r0331 M I_FieldWeak prectr Arms r1589 r1598 Flux setp total Flux setp smooth r1583 Drv filt type mot 0 4 p0230 0 Pulse freq setp 2 000 16 000 kHz p1800 D 4 000 Calculation max modulation depth Flux setp T_smth 4 5000 ms p1582 D 15 Mot I_mag_rtd act Arms r0331 M r0067 Current max Arms r0063 Actual speed rpm r1593 0 1 Field Fl_ctrl o...

Страница 912: ...tage Vdc Power Module Control Unit U_set U_angle r0070 Vdc act val V r0072 U_output Vrms r0074 Mod_depth Gain res_damp p1740 ZSW cl loop ctrl r0056 r0056 r0066 f_outp Hz ZSW cl loop ctrl r0056 r0056 R_stator act r0395 r0084 Flux act val r0094 Transformat_angle MotMod status r1751 6030 8 6310 1 6799 1 Current model Outp_ph_seq rev p1820 r1770 MotMod n_adapt Kp rpm p1767 U_phase act val V r0089 0 2 ...

Страница 913: ... val V r0072 U_output Vrms r0074 Mod_depth ZSW cl loop ctrl r0056 r0056 r0066 f_outp Hz ZSW cl loop ctrl r0056 r0056 r0094 Transformat_angle R_stator act Ohm r0395 M Vibration damping Sign or Gain res_damp p1740 p1755 p1756 Outp_ph_seq rev p1820 2701 8 6714 1 11 7 BRN BRN I_max Power Module r0077 Iq_set Arms r0076 Id_act Arms r1732 Direct U set Vrms 0 r1733 Quad U set Vrms 6721 4 r0069 I_phase act...

Страница 914: ...ot M_mom of inert p0341 Mot MomInert Ratio p0342 n_ctrl SL Kp p1470 n_ctrl SL Tn p1472 r1518 M_accel Nm r1508 M_set bef M_suppl Nm r0079 M_set Nm r1538 M_max upper eff Nm r1539 M_max lower eff Nm M_max upper p1520 D 0 00 M_max lower p1521 D 0 00 a_prectrl scal p1496 n_set_filt 1 T p1416 6822 6824 6826 r1170 Speed setpoint sum rpm Kp Tn n_pre control 0 Kp adaptation Tn adaptation Speed setpoint Pre...

Страница 915: ...Standard Drive Control p0096 1 Function diagrams 6850 U f control overview p0096 1 916 6851 U f control characteristic and voltage boost p0096 1 917 6853 U f control resonance damping and slip compensation p0096 1 918 6854 U f control Vdc_max controller and Vdc_min controller p0096 1 919 6856 U f control interface to the Power Module ASM p0300 1 p0096 1 920 ...

Страница 916: ...n I_max PM f_set r1119 RFG setp at inp rpm r1170 Speed setpoint sum rpm I_max_ctrl U_outp Vrms r1344 Mot PolePairNo act r0313 M r0066 f_outp Hz Output frequency Hz r0024 r0025 U_outp smooth Vrms r0072 U_output Vrms Vdc_ctrl config p1280 Flying restart mode p1200 Speed actual value calculation Slip compensation p1334 p1335 Uf Res_damp gain p1338 V_boost perm p1310 ZSW cl loop ctrl r0056 r0056 13 PU...

Страница 917: ...0 0 Linear Parabolic f_set p1312 is only effective for the first acceleration phase after pulse enable Voltage max Vrms r0071 Op cl lp ctrl_mode 0 23 p1300 D 0 ZSW cl loop ctrl r0056 r0056 6 ZSW cl loop ctrl r0056 r0056 5 R_stator act r0395 Voltage max r0071 Mot U_rated p0304 Mot U_rated p0304 r0067 Current max Arms Mot f_rated p0310 M Mot f_rated p0310 M 1 U_boost total Vrms r1315 1 Voltage max r...

Страница 918: ... U f resonance damping U f slip compensation If p1349 0 the limit is 0 95 f Mot N 45 Hz r0078 Iq_act Arms Uf Res_damp T 1 00 1000 00 ms p1339 D 20 00 Uf Res_damp gain 0 00 100 00 p1338 D 0 00 f_res damp r0066 f_outp Hz Slip comp scal 0 0 600 0 p1335 D 0 0 Slip comp lim val 0 00 600 00 p1336 D 250 00 ZSW cl loop ctrl r0056 r0056 10 Uf res_damp f_max 0 00 3000 00 Hz p1349 D 0 00 r1337 Slip comp act ...

Страница 919: ...1 3 0 2 0 1 0 0 0 2 3 0 1 0 0 0 0 Calculate on_level r0070 Vdc act val V Vdc_max on_level V r1282 Vdc_min on_level V r1286 r0070 Vdc act val V r1298 Vdc_ctrl output rpm ZSW cl loop ctrl r0056 r0056 ZSW cl loop ctrl r0056 r0056 Calculate on_level 0 1 p1280 D 1 Vdc_max U f control Vdc_min U f control 0 6850 4 Vdc_max SenseOnLev p1294 Vdc_ctrl Kp p1290 D Vdc_ctrl t_rate p1292 D Vdc_ctrl Tn p1291 D Vd...

Страница 920: ...6850 8 6799 1 2526 2 Motor model Sign or Brake control Pulse enable HW DC link voltage Vdc Power Module Control Unit U_set U_angle r0070 Vdc act val V r0072 U_output Vrms r0074 Mod_depth ZSW cl loop ctrl r0056 r0056 11 r0066 f_outp Hz ZSW cl loop ctrl r0056 r0056 07 R_stator act r0395 r0084 Flux act val 6850 8 Outp_ph_seq rev p1820 6854 1 6799 1 8022 1 r0087 Cos phi act 6799 1 f_Slip Hz r0065 6853...

Страница 921: ...Speed controller with Kp_n Tn_n adaptation p0096 2 926 6826 Torque setpoint p0096 2 927 6827 Vdc_max controller and Vdc_min controller p0096 2 928 6828 Current power torque limits p0096 2 929 6832 Current setpoint filter p0096 2 930 6833 Iq and Id controllers p0096 2 931 6836 Id setpoint PMSM p0300 2xx p0096 2 932 6837 Field weakening characteristic flux setpoint ASM p0300 1 p0096 2 933 6838 Field...

Страница 922: ...s SL p1452 r1438 n_ctrl n_set rpm Mot M_mom of inert p0341 Mot MomInert Ratio p0342 n_ctrl SL Kp p1470 n_ctrl SL Tn p1472 r1518 M_accel Nm r1508 M_set bef M_suppl Nm r0079 M_set Nm r1538 M_max upper eff Nm r1539 M_max lower eff Nm M_max upper p1520 D 0 00 M_max lower p1521 D 0 00 a_prectrl scal p1496 n_set_filt 1 T p1416 6822 6824 6826 r1170 Speed setpoint sum rpm Kp Tn n_pre control 0 Kp adaptati...

Страница 923: ...controller PMSM p0300 2 Iq controller Id controller Transformation I_phase actual value r0079 M_set Nm Voltage max Vrms r0071 r0075 Id_set Arms r0072 U_output Vrms r0070 Vdc act val V r0074 Mod_depth r0077 Iq_set Arms M_set static 200 0 200 0 p1610 D 50 0 M_suppl_accel 0 0 200 0 p1611 D 30 0 I_ctrl Kp p1715 I_ctrl Tn p1717 I_ctrl Kp p1715 I_ctrl Tn p1717 Flex setp 50 0 200 0 p1570 D 100 0 V_set 1 ...

Страница 924: ... 8 3080 8 2522 3 6799 1 r0060 n_set before filt rpm r1170 Speed setpoint sum rpm ZSW n_ctrl r1407 r1407 11 n_set_filt 1 T 0 00 5000 00 ms p1416 D 0 00 r0062 n_set after filter rpm n_ctrl config p1400 1 Sensorless vector control speed pre control active Pre control speed r1084 n_limit pos eff rpm r1087 n_limit neg eff rpm 0 15 6826 1 0 0 1 2526 6 6824 1 0 0 Acceleration calculation ZSW cl loop ctrl...

Страница 925: ...7 26 ZSW n_ctrl r1407 r1407 24 25 Moment of inertia estimator Load torque estimator Cyclic calculation of the coefficients 1 moment of inertia estimator active 1 moment of inertia estimator stabilized 1 load estimator active Moment of inertia calculation 1 moment of inertia estimator active n_ctrl config p1400 D 18 Only for initialization Basic function Possible bit combinations p5310 Bit 1 0 0 0 ...

Страница 926: ...peed controller from sequence control S4 Operation 7 For p1472 0 0 s or 100 0 s the I component is disabled integral action time infinite 1 Torque limit reached Integrator control Speed controller To Kp Tn adaptation n_ctrl SL Kp 0 000 999999 000 p1470 D 0 300 n_ctr Tn eff ms r1469 M_set from speed controller 1 Speed controller active ZSW n_ctrl r1407 r1407 5 1 Speed controller I component set ZSW...

Страница 927: ...ol if the Vdc controller is active 6220 8 Acceleration control is inhibited for p1517 100 ms p1400 14 1 Torque pre control 1 Speed controller enable r1518 M_accel Nm 0 M_accel T_smooth 0 00 100 00 ms p1517 D 4 00 r1518 M_accel Nm 1 r1407 r1407 8 r1508 M_set bef M_suppl Nm r1407 r1407 9 M_suppl total Nm r1515 r1516 M_suppl M_accel Nm r0056 r0056 13 r1407 r1407 7 r0079 M_set Nm r1407 r1407 9 Torque ...

Страница 928: ... 1 2526 2 2526 2 0 0 0 0 Calculate on_level r0070 Vdc act val V Vdc_max on_level V r1242 U_connect 1 63000 V p0210 400 Vdc_min on_level V r1246 r0070 Vdc act val V r1258 Vdc_ctrl output Arms Operating point selection Vdc controller active r0056 r0056 14 r0056 r0056 Calculate on_level Vdc_max Vector control Vdc_min Vector control 15 Vdc_max SenseOnLev p1254 Vdc_ctrl t_rate p1252 D Vdc_ctrl Kp p1250...

Страница 929: ...0 01 kW p1531 D 0 01 P_max mot 0 00 100000 00 kW p1530 D 0 00 r1538 M_max upper eff Nm r1539 M_max lower eff Nm Isq_max Arms r1536 r1084 n_limit pos eff rpm r1087 n_limit neg eff rpm r0067 Current max Arms r0063 Actual speed rpm 0 r1548 Isq_max stall Arms 0 r1548 Isq_max stall Arms 1 Lower limit Upper limit Sign or r1407 17 2522 3 1 Speed limiting control active 6838 4 6839 4 8016 8 6841 4 6842 4 ...

Страница 930: ...09 2017 V4 7 9 Current setpoint filter p0096 2 Iq_max Iq_min 6826 8 6828 8 6827 8 6827 8 2526 7 6827 8 6828 8 0 1 0 1 2526 7 6827 8 ZSW cl loop ctrl r0056 r0056 14 Isq_max Arms r1536 ZSW cl loop ctrl r0056 r0056 Isq_min Arms r1537 r0077 Iq_set Arms Interpolator and smoothing for voltage limits 0 1 1 0 2526 7 ZSW cl loop ctrl r0056 r0056 15 7 1 Vdc_max controller active 1 Vdc_min controller active ...

Страница 931: ...rent controller Iq current controller U_set U_angle Coordinate converter Mot L_leak total mH r0377 M Isq_ctr_prectrScal 0 0 200 0 p1703 D 60 0 ZSW I_ctrl r1408 r1408 1 r0075 Id_set Arms r0077 Iq_set Arms I_ctrl Tn 0 00 1000 00 ms p1717 D 2 00 r0076 Id_act Arms r0078 Iq_act Arms ZSW I_ctrl r1408 r1408 3 ZSW cl loop ctrl r0056 r0056 9 r0068 I_act abs val Arms Symmetrizing 0 r1733 0 1 Quad U set Vrms...

Страница 932: ...1 n Ctrl Id Id_inject Iq M From Id_field weakening Load angle correction M adaptation Torque setting value speed controller Id_set Mot phi_load opt 0 0 135 0 p0327 M 90 0 Mot t_excitation 0 000 20 000 s p0346 M 0 000 M_set static 200 0 200 0 p1610 D 50 0 M_suppl_accel 0 0 200 0 p1611 D 30 0 Id_setp total Arms r1624 Mot kT_reluctance 1000 00 1000 00 mH p0328 M 0 00 Mot L_leak total r0377 Mot L_stat...

Страница 933: ...istic Efficiency optimization r0063 Actual speed rpm Efficiency opt 0 100 p1580 D 0 0 Flex setp 50 0 200 0 p1570 D 100 0 1 Field weakening active Value range and or factory setting depend on Power Module 1 1 0 9 0 3 s Mot T_rotor T_Dd ms r0384 M r0080 Actual torque Nm r0084 Flux act val 1 0 Flux ctrl config p1401 Max flux lim val 10 0 200 0 p3316 D 110 0 Min flux lim val 10 0 200 0 p3315 D 50 0 Op...

Страница 934: ...set 1 Id current limit Saturation characteristic p0362 p0369 Modulat_depth max r0073 r0070 Vdc act val V Voltage max Vrms r0071 Field_ctrl Tn 10 10000 ms p1596 D 300 r1597 Field_ctrl outp r1598 Flux setp total Flux ctrl config p1401 Id_set stationary Arms r1623 Drv filt type mot 0 4 p0230 0 Pulse freq setp 2 000 16 000 kHz p1800 D 4 000 Flux ctrl config p1401 2 1 0 6837 8 Quick magnetizing active ...

Страница 935: ...total Flux setp smooth r1583 Drv filt type mot 0 4 p0230 0 Pulse freq setp 2 000 16 000 kHz p1800 D 4 000 Calculation max modulation depth Flux setp T_smth 4 5000 ms p1582 D 15 Mot I_mag_rtd act Arms r0331 M r0067 Current max Arms r0063 Actual speed rpm r1593 0 1 Field Fl_ctrl outp Arms Modulator mode 0 10 p1802 D 0 Modulat depth max 20 0 150 0 p1803 D 106 0 0 1 1 Id nom U_max 1 Modulat_depth max ...

Страница 936: ...dc act val V r0072 U_output Vrms r0074 Mod_depth ZSW cl loop ctrl r0056 r0056 11 r0066 f_outp Hz ZSW cl loop ctrl r0056 r0056 07 MotMod status r1751 6799 1 p1745 6838 1 6799 1 8022 1 6828 5 6832 1 6834 1 r0069 I_phase act val A 0 6 U_phase act val V r0089 0 2 6834 8 2 Power Module Interface I_max PM 6799 1 R_stator act r0395 r0084 Flux act val r0094 Transformat_angle Outp_ph_seq rev p1820 r0087 Co...

Страница 937: ...056 r0056 r0066 f_outp Hz ZSW cl loop ctrl r0056 r0056 MotMod kT corr Nm A r1797 D r0094 Transformat_angle R_stator act Ohm r0395 M Vibration damping Sign or Gain res_damp p1740 p1755 p1756 Outp_ph_seq rev p1820 11 7 BRN BRN I_max Power Module r0077 Iq_set Arms r0076 Id_act Arms r1732 Direct U set Vrms 0 r1733 Quad U set Vrms 6836 4 r0069 I_phase act val A 0 6 MotMod status r1751 U_phase act val V...

Страница 938: ...agrams 3 21 Technology functions SINAMICS G120 CU250S 2 Control Units 938 List Manual 09 2017 A5E33842890 3 21 Technology functions Function diagrams 7010 Friction characteristic 939 7017 DC braking ASM p0300 1 940 ...

Страница 939: ... record active p3845 0 Start ramp function generator Record friction characteristic Play friction characteristic Friction characteristic positive direction r3840 8 Friction characteristic record aborted r3840 3 Friction characteristic record completed r3840 2 Friction characteristic record activated r3840 1 A07961 Friction characteristic record activated F07963 Friction characteristic record inter...

Страница 940: ...er are also used To control 6730 To U f characteristic 6301 0 DCBRK Akt p1230 C DCBRK config 0 14 p1231 M 0 DCBRK I_brake 0 00 10000 00 Arms p1232 M 0 00 DCBRK time 0 0 3600 0 s p1233 M 1 0 DCBRK n_start 0 00 210000 00 rpm p1234 M 210000 00 DCBRK ZSW r1239 r1239 10 DCBRK ZSW r1239 r1239 8 I_max_U_ctrl Kp 0 000 100000 000 p1345 D 0 000 I_max_U_ctrl Tn 0 000 50 000 s p1346 D 0 030 r0072 U_output Vrm...

Страница 941: ...the runtime groups 942 7210 AND 0 3 943 7212 OR 0 3 944 7214 XOR 0 3 945 7216 NOT 0 5 946 7220 ADD 0 2 SUB 0 1 947 7222 MUL 0 1 DIV 0 1 948 7224 AVA 0 1 949 7225 NCM 0 1 950 7226 PLI 0 1 951 7230 MFP 0 3 PCL 0 1 952 7232 PDE 0 3 953 7233 PDF 0 3 954 7234 PST 0 1 955 7240 RSR 0 2 DFR 0 2 956 7250 BSW 0 1 NSW 0 1 957 7260 LIM 0 1 958 7262 PT1 0 1 959 7264 INT 0 DIF 0 960 7270 LVM 0 1 961 ...

Страница 942: ...runtime groups Run time group 1 r20001 1 8 ms RTG sampling time ms r20001 0 9 2 r20001 2 16 ms 3 r20001 3 32 ms 4 r20001 4 64 ms 5 r20001 5 128 ms 6 r20001 6 256 ms Logic function blocks AND OR XOR NOT Arithmetic function blocks ADD SUB MUL DIV AVA NCM PLI X X X X X X X X Time function blocks MFP PCL PDE PDF PST Memory function blocks RSR DSR X X X X X X X X Switch function block NSW Switch functi...

Страница 943: ...I2 I3 Q 0 AND 0 inputs p20030 1 2 3 AND 0 output Q r20031 AND 0 RTG 1 9999 p20032 9999 AND 0 RunSeq 0 32000 p20033 10 I0 I1 I2 I3 Q 0 AND 2 inputs p20038 1 2 3 AND 2 output Q r20039 AND 2 RTG 1 9999 p20040 9999 AND 2 RunSeq 0 32000 p20041 30 I0 I1 I2 I3 Q 0 AND 1 inputs p20034 1 2 3 AND 1 output Q r20035 AND 1 RTG 1 9999 p20036 9999 AND 1 RunSeq 0 32000 p20037 20 I0 I1 I2 I3 Q 0 AND 3 inputs p2004...

Страница 944: ...I0 I1 I2 I3 Q 0 OR 0 inputs p20046 1 2 3 OR 0 output Q r20047 OR 0 RTG 1 9999 p20048 9999 OR 0 RunSeq 0 32000 p20049 60 I0 I1 I2 I3 Q 0 OR 2 inputs p20054 1 2 3 OR 2 output Q r20055 OR 2 RTG 1 9999 p20056 9999 OR 2 RunSeq 0 32000 p20057 80 I0 I1 I2 I3 Q 0 OR 1 inputs p20050 1 2 3 OR 1 output Q r20051 OR 1 RTG 1 9999 p20052 9999 OR 1 RunSeq 0 32000 p20053 70 I0 I1 I2 I3 Q 0 OR 3 inputs p20058 1 2 3...

Страница 945: ... I3 Q 0 XOR 0 inputs p20062 1 2 3 XOR 0 output Q r20063 XOR 0 RTG 1 9999 p20064 9999 XOR 0 RunSeq 0 32000 p20065 110 I0 I1 I2 I3 Q 0 XOR 2 inputs p20070 1 2 3 XOR 2 output Q r20071 XOR 2 RTG 1 9999 p20072 9999 XOR 2 RunSeq 0 32000 p20073 130 I0 I1 I2 I3 Q 0 XOR 3 inputs p20074 1 2 3 XOR 3 output Q r20075 XOR 3 RTG 1 9999 p20076 9999 XOR 3 RunSeq 0 32000 p20077 140 I0 I1 I2 I3 Q 0 XOR 1 inputs p200...

Страница 946: ...put I p20078 I Q 1 NOT 3 inv output r20091 NOT 3 RTG 1 9999 p20092 9999 NOT 3 RunSeq 0 32000 p20093 190 0 NOT 3 input I p20090 I Q 1 NOT 1 inv output r20083 NOT 1 RTG 1 9999 p20084 9999 NOT 1 RunSeq 0 32000 p20085 170 0 NOT 1 input I p20082 I Q 1 NOT 4 inv output r20301 NOT 4 RTG 1 9999 p20302 9999 NOT 4 RunSeq 0 32000 p20303 770 0 NOT 4 input I p20300 NOT 2 NOT 5 I Q 1 NOT 2 inv output r20087 NOT...

Страница 947: ...20095 ADD 0 output Y ADD 0 inputs 0 p20094 1 2 3 X2 X3 X2 X1 Y SUB 0 RTG 5 9999 p20104 9999 SUB 0 RunSeq 0 32000 p20105 240 r20103 SUB 0 difference Y X1 X2 SUB 0 inputs 0 p20102 1 X1 X0 Y ADD 1 RTG 5 9999 p20100 9999 ADD 1 RunSeq 0 32000 p20101 220 r20099 ADD 1 output Y ADD 1 inputs 0 p20098 1 2 3 X2 X3 X2 X1 Y SUB 1 RTG 5 9999 p20108 9999 SUB 1 RunSeq 0 32000 p20109 250 r20107 SUB 1 difference Y ...

Страница 948: ... 1 2 3 X2 X3 DIV 0 RTG 5 9999 p20121 9999 DIV 0 RunSeq 0 32000 p20122 300 r20119 DIV 0 quotient DIV 0 inputs 0 p20118 1 0 1 2 DIV 0 divisor 0 QF r20120 Quotient Multiple integer quotient Division remainder X1 X0 Y MUL 1 RTG 5 9999 p20116 9999 MUL 1 RunSeq 0 32000 p20117 280 r20115 MUL 1 product Y MUL 1 inputs 0 p20114 1 2 3 X2 X3 DIV 1 RTG 5 9999 p20126 9999 DIV 1 RunSeq 0 32000 p20127 310 r20124 ...

Страница 949: ...e function blocks Arithmetic function blocks G120 CU250S 2 05 09 2017 V4 7 9 AVA 0 1 AVA 0 X Y SN AVA 1 AVA 0 RTG 5 9999 p20131 9999 AVA 0 RunSeq 0 32000 p20132 340 r20129 AVA 0 output Y AVA 0 input neg SN r20130 AVA 0 input X 0 p20128 AVA 1 RTG 5 9999 p20136 9999 AVA 1 RunSeq 0 32000 p20137 350 r20134 AVA 1 output Y AVA 1 input neg SN r20135 AVA 1 input X 0 p20133 X Y SN AVA absolute value genera...

Страница 950: ...G120 CU250S 2 05 09 2017 V4 7 9 NCM 0 1 NCM 0 NCM 1 NCM 0 output QL r20315 NCM 0 RTG 5 9999 p20316 9999 NCM 0 RunSeq 0 32000 p20317 820 NCM 0 output QU r20313 NCM 0 output QE r20314 NCM 0 inputs 0 p20312 1 NCM 1 output QL r20321 NCM 1 RunSeq 0 32000 p20323 830 NCM 1 output QU r20319 NCM 1 output QE r20320 NCM 1 inputs 0 p20318 1 X1 X2 QU QE QL X1 X2 X1 X2 X1 X2 NCM 0 RTG 5 9999 p20316 9999 X1 X2 Q...

Страница 951: ...35E36 p20375 0 0000 PLI 0 input X 0 p20372 Yn Xn A18 B18 A19 B19 A1 B1 A0 B0 X Y X Y X Y Breakpoint 0 A0 B0 p20374 0 p20375 0 Breakpoint 19 A19 B19 p20374 19 p20375 19 Breakpoint 0 A0 B0 p20380 0 p20381 0 Breakpoint 19 A19 B19 p20380 19 p20381 19 This function block randomly adapts output variable Y to input variable X by means of up to 20 breakpoints in 4 quadrants Interpolation is carried out li...

Страница 952: ...0 p20152 400 0 PCL 0 inp_pulse I p20148 PCL 0 output Q r20150 MFP 1 RTG 5 9999 p20146 9999 MFP 1 pulse_dur ms 0 00 5400000 00 p20144 0 00 MFP 1 RunSeq 0 32000 p20147 380 0 MFP 1 inp_pulse I p20143 MFP 1 output Q r20145 PCL 1 RTG 5 9999 p20156 9999 PCL 1 pulse_dur ms 0 00 5400000 00 p20154 0 00 PCL 1 RunSeq 0 32000 p20157 410 0 PCL 1 inp_pulse I p20153 PCL 1 output Q r20155 MFP 3 MFP 2 MFP 2 RTG 5 ...

Страница 953: ...0 p20162 430 0 PDE 0 inp_pulse I p20158 PDE 0 output Q r20160 PDE 1 RTG 5 9999 p20166 9999 PDE 1 t_del ms 0 00 5400000 00 p20164 0 00 PDE 1 RunSeq 0 32000 p20167 440 0 PDE 1 inp_pulse I p20163 PDE 1 output Q r20165 PDE 3 PDE 2 PDE 2 RTG 5 9999 p20337 9999 PDE 2 t_del ms 0 00 5400000 00 p20335 0 00 PDE 2 RunSeq 0 32000 p20338 890 0 PDE 2 inp_pulse I p20334 PDE 2 output Q r20336 PDE 3 RTG 5 9999 p20...

Страница 954: ... p20348 920 0 PDF 2 inp_pulse I p20344 PDF 2 output Q r20346 PDF 3 RTG 5 9999 p20352 9999 PDF 3 t_ext ms 0 00 5400000 00 p20350 0 00 PDF 3 RunSeq 0 32000 p20353 930 0 PDF 3 inp_pulse I p20349 PDF 3 output Q r20351 PDF 1 PDF 0 PDF 0 RTG 5 9999 p20171 9999 PDF 0 t_ext ms 0 00 5400000 00 p20169 0 00 PDF 0 RunSeq 0 32000 p20172 460 0 PDF 0 inp_pulse I p20168 PDF 0 output Q r20170 PDF 1 RTG 5 9999 p201...

Страница 955: ...20 CU250S 2 05 09 2017 V4 7 9 PST 0 1 PST 1 PST 0 Q T PST 0 RTG 5 9999 p20181 9999 PST 0 pulse_dur ms 0 00 5400000 00 p20179 0 00 PST 0 RunSeq 0 7999 p20182 490 PST 0 output Q r20180 T I 0 PST 0 inputs p20178 1 Input pulse Reset input PST 1 RTG 5 9999 p20186 9999 PST 1 pulse_dur ms 0 00 5400000 00 p20184 0 00 PST 1 RunSeq 0 7999 p20187 500 PST 1 output Q r20185 0 PST 1 inputs p20183 1 R Q T T I In...

Страница 956: ...0198 1 2 3 RSR 1 RTG 1 9999 p20196 9999 RSR 1 RunSeq 0 7999 p20197 530 RSR 1 output Q r20194 0 RSR 1 inputs p20193 1 RSR 1 inv outp QN r20195 DFR 1 RTG 1 9999 p20206 9999 DFR 1 RunSeq 0 32000 p20207 560 DFR 1 output Q r20204 DFR 1 inv outp QN r20205 0 DFR 1 inputs p20203 1 2 3 RSR 2 DFR 2 RSR 2 RTG 1 9999 p20327 9999 RSR 2 RunSeq 0 7999 p20328 850 RSR 2 output Q r20325 0 RSR 2 inputs p20324 1 RSR ...

Страница 957: ... 9999 p20211 9999 BSW 0 RunSeq 0 7999 p20212 580 BSW 0 output Q r20210 0 NSW 0 sw_setting p20219 NSW 0 RTG 5 9999 p20221 9999 NSW 0 RunSeq 0 32000 p20222 610 NSW 0 inputs 0 p20218 1 r20220 NSW 0 output Y 0 BSW 1 inputs p20213 1 0 BSW 1 sw_setting p20214 BSW 1 RTG 1 9999 p20216 9999 BSW 1 RunSeq 0 7999 p20217 590 BSW 1 output Q r20215 0 NSW 1 sw_setting p20224 NSW 1 RTG 5 9999 p20226 9999 NSW 1 Run...

Страница 958: ...L r20233 LIM 0 RTG 5 9999 p20234 9999 LIM 0 RunSeq 0 32000 p20235 640 LIM 0 upper lim LU 340 28235E36 340 28235E36 p20229 0 0000 LIM 0 lower lim LL 340 28235E36 340 28235E36 p20230 0 0000 LIM 0 QU r20232 LIM 0 input X 0 p20228 r20239 LIM 1 output Y LIM 1 QL r20241 LIM 1 RTG 5 9999 p20242 9999 LIM 1 RunSeq 0 32000 p20243 650 LIM 1 upper lim LU 340 28235E36 340 28235E36 p20237 0 0000 LIM 1 lower lim...

Страница 959: ...7 V4 7 9 PT1 0 1 PT1 0 PT1 1 r20247 PT1 0 output Y PT1 0 T_smooth ms 0 00 340 28235E36 p20246 0 00 PT1 0 inputs 0 p20244 1 0 PT1 0 acc set val p20245 PT1 1 RunSeq 0 32000 p20255 680 PT1 1 RTG 5 9999 p20254 9999 r20253 PT1 1 output Y PT1 1 T_smooth ms 0 00 340 28235E36 p20252 0 00 PT1 1 inputs 0 p20250 1 0 PT1 1 acc set val p20251 S T PT1 0 RunSeq 0 32000 p20249 670 PT1 0 RTG 5 9999 p20248 9999 Inp...

Страница 960: ... n X n X n 1 TD T_sample r20261 INT 0 output Y INT 0 QL r20263 INT 0 RTG 5 9999 p20264 9999 INT 0 RunSeq 0 32000 p20265 700 INT 0 upper lim LU 340 28235E36 340 28235E36 p20257 0 0000 INT 0 lower lim LL 340 28235E36 340 28235E36 p20258 0 0000 INT 0 QU r20262 INT 0 inputs 0 p20256 1 0 INT 0 acc set val p20260 Input Set value INT 0 T_Integr ms 0 00 340 28235E36 p20259 0 00 DIF 0 T_diff ms 0 00 340 28...

Страница 961: ...limit L 340 28235E36 340 28235E36 p20268 0 0000 LVM 0 hyst HY 340 28235E36 340 28235E36 p20269 0 0000 LVM 0 X above QU r20270 LVM 0 X within QM r20271 LVM 0 X below QL r20272 LVM 1 input X 0 p20275 LVM 1 RunSeq 0 7999 p20283 730 LVM 1 RTG 5 9999 p20282 9999 LVM 1 avg value M 340 28235E36 340 28235E36 p20276 0 0000 LVM 1 limit L 340 28235E36 340 28235E36 p20277 0 0000 LVM 1 hyst HY 340 28235E36 340...

Страница 962: ...0 CU250S 2 Control Units 962 List Manual 09 2017 A5E33842890 3 23 Technology controller Function diagrams 7950 Fixed value binary selection p2216 2 963 7951 Fixed values direct selection p2216 1 964 7954 Motorized potentiometer 965 7958 Closed loop control 966 ...

Страница 963: ...t 1 p2221 C 0 Tec_ctrl sel bit 2 p2222 C 0 Tec_ctrl sel bit 3 p2223 C Tec_ctrl No act r2229 r2224 Tec_ctr FixVal eff Tec_ctr FixVal ZSW r2225 r2225 0 Tec_ctrl fix val1 p2201 D 10 00 Tec_ctr fix val 2 p2202 D 20 00 Tec_ctr fix val 3 p2203 D 30 00 Tec_ctr fix val 4 p2204 D 40 00 Tec_ctr fix val 5 p2205 D 50 00 Tec_ctr fix val 6 p2206 D 60 00 Tec_ctr fix val 7 p2207 D 70 00 Tec_ctr fix val 8 p2208 D ...

Страница 964: ...0S 2 05 09 2017 V4 7 9 Fixed value selection direct p2216 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 Tec_ctrl sel bit 0 p2220 C 0 Tec_ctrl sel bit 1 p2221 C 0 Tec_ctrl sel bit 2 p2222 C 0 Tec_ctrl sel bit 3 p2223 C r2224 Tec_ctr FixVal eff Tec_ctr FixVal ZSW r2225 r2225 0 Tec_ctr fix val 2 p2202 D 20 00 Tec_ctrl fix val1 p2201 D 10 00 Tec_ctr fix val 3 p2203 D 30 00 Tec_ctr fix val 4 p2204 D 40 00 Tec_ct...

Страница 965: ... volatile data save not activated 1 The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is saved in a non volatile fashion for p2230 0 1 Old value is kept 1 OFF1 enable missing For p2230 0 0 this setpoint is entered after ON If initial rounding off is active p2230 2 1 the selected ramp up down times are exceeded accordingly 0 Tec_ctrl mop raise p2235 C 0 Tec_ctrl mop lower p2236 C Tec_ctrl mop max 200 00...

Страница 966: ... Tech_ctrl lim offs 0 p2299 C 56 13 Tec_ctr integ hold p2286 C r2349 8 r2349 9 r2349 12 1 if p2345 0 and actual value limited and start value p2302 not active Tec_ctrl act val 0 p2264 C r2349 1 0 1 Tec_ctr fix val 15 200 00 200 00 p2215 D 150 00 10 s 1 2 2 5 5 r1150 RFG n_set at outp rpm r2272 Tech_ctrl act scal r2294 Tec_ctrl outp_sig Tec_ctrl max_lim 200 00 200 00 p2291 100 00 r1084 n_limit pos ...

Страница 967: ...10 Speed signals 1 969 8011 Speed signals 2 970 8012 Torque signals motor blocked stalled 971 8013 Load monitoring 972 8016 Thermal monitoring motor motor temperature status word faults alarms 973 8017 Motor temperature model 1 I2t 974 8018 Motor temperature model 2 975 8019 Motor temperature model 3 976 8021 Thermal monitoring power unit 977 8022 Monitoring functions 1 978 8023 Monitoring functio...

Страница 968: ...d monitoring functions G120 CU250S 2 05 09 2017 V4 7 9 Overview 6640 6640 6060 n_max 8010 Speed messages 1 8012 Torque messages Motor locked Limit value monitor r1539 M_max lower eff Nm r1538 M_max upper eff Nm r0079 M_set Nm r0063 Actual speed rpm 0 8011 Speed messages 2 r2169 n_act smth message rpm r1438 n_ctrl n_set rpm r1170 Speed setpoint sum rpm 8013 Load monitoring r0080 Actual torque Nm 30...

Страница 969: ...197 ZSW monitor 3 r2199 r2199 n_thresh val 2 0 00 210000 00 rpm p2155 D 900 00 n_thresh val 1 0 00 210000 00 rpm p2141 D 5 00 n_hysteresis 1 0 00 300 00 rpm p2142 D 2 00 n_act_filt T 0 1000000 ms p2153 D 0 T 0 t_on cmpr val rchd 0 0 10000 0 ms p2156 D 0 0 0 1 Monit config p2149 T 0 2534 3 0 1 0 1 n_thresh val 2 0 00 210000 00 rpm p2155 D 900 00 3 1 1 r1084 n_limit pos eff rpm r1087 n_limit neg eff...

Страница 970: ...t 0 n_set p2161 Speed setp act val deviation in tolerance t_off 0 1 0 1 n_hysteresis 3 0 00 300 00 rpm p2150 D 2 00 3080 8 n_set for msg 1170 0 p2151 C 0 1 0 n_hysteresis 3 0 00 300 00 rpm p2150 D 2 00 0 T 1 t_del_off n_i n_so 0 0 10000 0 ms p2166 D 200 0 1 0 1 A07903 is only signaled for p2149 0 1 and r2197 7 0 A07903 Motor speed deviation Monit config p2149 T 0 t_on n_act n_set 0 0 10000 0 ms p2...

Страница 971: ...079 M_set Nm r1538 M_max upper eff Nm M_thresh val 2 0 00 100 00 p2194 D 90 00 ZSW monitor 3 r2199 r2199 M_util smooth r0033 r0081 M_Utilization 0 Mot stall enab neg p2144 C ZSW n_ctrl r1407 r1407 Mot lock n_thresh 0 00 210000 00 rpm p2175 D 120 00 r2169 n_act smth message rpm Op cl lp ctrl_mode p1300 Mot lock t_del p2177 ZSW monitor 2 r2198 r2198 ZSW I_ctrl r1408 r1408 ZSW monitor 2 r2198 r2198 M...

Страница 972: ... 2 r2198 r2198 0 2 Fault evaluation only with p2181 0 and p2193 0 r0080 Actual torque Nm 0 Tolerance bandwidth 1 min M Nm 0 1 2 3 2536 3 F07925 F07924 F07923 A07922 A07921 A07920 1 1 2 3 1 12 2536 3 6799 8 8010 2 1 2 1 1 Load in the alarm range 2536 3 r2198 12 r2198 1 Load in the fault range 1 1 Load in the fault range ZSW monitor 2 r2198 r2198 11 Load monit resp p2181 D Load monit t_del p2192 D L...

Страница 973: ...rature F07016 Motor temperature sensor fault fault A07015 Motor temperature sensor fault alarm r0035 Mot temp C Mot_temp_sens type 0 6 p0601 M 0 8017 8 8019 8 1 Mod 2 sens A_thr p0604 Sensor fault time p0607 Mod 2 sens timer p0606 Mod1 2 sens T_thr p0605 Mot temp response p0610 r2135 14 1 Alarm motor overtemperature r2135 12 1 Fault motor overtemperature via motor temperature model 2 0 11 12 1 via...

Страница 974: ...l 1 I2t the faster A07012 is reached p0605 or p5390 also define the target temperature for p0034 100 Therefore the treshold value has no influence on the time up to alarm A07012 4 Mot I_rated p0305 I2t mot_mod T p0611 Mot T_ambient p0625 r0034 Mot_util therm p0612 0 0 1 Activate motor temperature model 1 I2t Mot temp response p0610 5 If p0610 12 3 1 0 p0612 8 1 Activate motor temperature model 1 e...

Страница 975: ...ture model 2 8016 1 p0612 1 1 1 Activate motor temperature model 2 Mot T_ambient p0625 Mot T_over core p0626 Mot T_over stator p0627 Mot T_over rotor p0628 Mod T_ambient C r0630 M Mod T_stator C r0631 M Mod T_winding C r0632 M Mod rotor temp C r0633 M Calculated motor temperatures Rated motor temperature rise If p0610 12 1 p0612 9 1 1 Activate motor temperature model 2 expansions Motor temperature...

Страница 976: ...ate motor temperature model 3 p0612 2 0 not smoothed r0068 I_act abs val Arms 0 r0063 Actual speed rpm Mod T_stator C r0631 M Mod rotor temp C r0633 M A07012 Motor temperature model 1 3 overtemperature r0034 Mot_util therm Mod T_winding C r0632 M Threshold value for F07011 F thr image p5391 C r5399 M A thr image p5390 C r5398 M Mot temp response p0610 1 1 Only for Power Modules PM240 PM250 PM260 I...

Страница 977: ...sink AC inverter F30024 Overtemperature thermal model F30025 Chip overtemperature F30035 Air intake overtemperature Alarms Power unit overtemperature A05000 Overtemperature heat sink AC inverter A05001 Overtemperature depletion layer chip A05002 Air intake overtemperature A05006 Overtemperature thermal model F30005 Power unit Overload I2t 1 Alarm power unit thermal overload Overload response A0780...

Страница 978: ...1228 Vdc thresh val p2172 t_del Vdc p2173 I_thres p2170 I_thres p2170 I_thresh rch t_del p2171 Out_load det t_del p2180 Enable Pulses 1 n_act n_min p1080 1 n_act n_set 1 n_act n_standst p1226 1 Vdc_act Vdc_threshold value p2172 1 Vdc_act Vdc_threshold value p2172 1 I_act I_threshold value p2170 1 I_act I_threshold value p2170 1 Output load is not present Drive No motor detected A07929 1 1 0 0 M_ac...

Страница 979: ...157 1 n_act p2157 1 n_act p2159 1 n_act p2159 1 M_act p2174 1 M_act p2174 and n_set reached 1 n_act n_max delay 1 Ramp up ramp down completed 1 n_act n_max n_thresh val 5 p2157 n_hysteresis 3 p2150 Del compar n_5 p2158 Del compar n_5 p2158 Del compar n_6 p2160 Del compar n_6 p2160 n_thresh val 5 p2157 n_hysteresis 3 p2150 n_thresh val 6 p2159 n_hysteresis 3 p2150 n_thresh val 6 p2159 n_hysteresis ...

Страница 980: ...ICS G120 CU250S 2 Control Units 980 List Manual 09 2017 A5E33842890 3 25 Diagnostics Function diagrams 8050 Overview 981 8060 Fault buffer 982 8065 Alarm buffer 983 8070 Faults alarms trigger word r2129 984 8075 Faults alarms configuration 985 ...

Страница 981: ...123 r2124 r2122 III 0 15 p2128 r2129 p2100 0 19 1 p2101 p2126 0 19 1 p2127 p2118 0 19 1 p2119 Fzzzzz faults Azzzzz alarms 8060 Fault buffer 8065 Alarm buffer Code Value coming going Code Value coming going 8070 Faults alarms trigger word Changes the fault response Changes the message type Changing the acknowledge mode 8075 Faults alarms configuration t_System relative 0 4294967295 ms p0969 0 Fault...

Страница 982: ...3 ms r2130 63 d r0948 8 ms r2130 8 d r0948 9 ms r2130 9 d r0948 15 ms r2130 15 d r2109 0 ms r2136 0 d r2109 1 ms r2136 1 d r2109 7 ms r2136 7 d r2109 56 ms r2136 56 d r2109 57 ms r2136 57 d r2109 63 ms r2136 63 d r2109 8 ms r2136 8 d r2109 9 ms r2136 9 d r2109 15 ms r2136 15 d 1 2 Fault times Actual fault case Faults Acknowledging 1 Acknow ledged fault case 7 Acknow ledged fault case oldest Fault ...

Страница 983: ...are updated cyclically in the background see status signal in r2139 Alarm times Alarm 1 oldest Alarm 2 Alarm 8 most recent Alarm history Alarm 1 most recent Alarm 2 Alarm 56 oldest Alarm code Alarm value Alarm time received Alarm time removed 0 No alarm present Fault buffer change 8060 8 Alarm appears Alarm disappears Delete alarm buffer Alarms counter p2111 p2111 0 Alarm buffer is deleted 16 bit ...

Страница 984: ...7_61 vsd Diagnostics G120 CU250S 2 05 09 2017 V4 7 9 Faults alarms trigger word r2129 0 1 15 r2129 15 r2129 1 0 Fault alarm code 1 Fault alarm code 15 Fault alarm code Setting fault alarm trigger 1 Message signal present 0 Message signal present 15 Message signal present Fault alarm trigger word e g as trigger condition to record traces F A trigger sel 0 65535 p2128 0 F A trigger word r2129 r2129 ...

Страница 985: ...Fault alarm code 1 Fault alarm code 19 Fault alarm code Fault alarm type Fault alarm type Fault alarm type 1 Fault 2 Alarm 3 No message Acknowledge mode Acknowledge mode Acknowledge mode 1 acknowledgment is only possible using POWER ON 2 acknowledgment IMMEDIATELY after the cause has been removed Chng resp F_no 0 65535 p2100 0 Chng resp resp 0 7 p2101 0 Chng type msg_no 0 65535 p2118 0 Change type...

Страница 986: ...rams 3 26 Data sets SINAMICS G120 CU250S 2 Control Units 986 List Manual 09 2017 A5E33842890 3 26 Data sets Function diagrams 8560 Command Data Sets CDS 987 8565 Drive Data Sets DDS 988 8570 Encoder Data Sets EDS 989 ...

Страница 987: ...0050 1 CDS3 CDS2 CDS1 CDS0 Example Change over command data set CDS0 CDS1 BI p0810 0 CDS0 selected r0836 0 0 BI p0810 1 CDS1 selected r0836 0 1 CDS0 effective r0050 0 0 CDS1 effective r0050 0 1 0 CDS select bit 1 p0811 722 3 CDS select bit 0 p0810 CDS selected r0836 r0836 CDS effective r0050 r0050 CDS count 2 4 p0170 2 Source CDS p0809 0 0 Start copy process p0809 2 0 Target CDS p0809 1 1 Data set...

Страница 988: ...a set does not exist A BICO interconnection to a parameter which is part of a drive data set always influences the currently effective data set 0 DDS select bit 0 p0820 C 0 DDS select bit 1 p0821 C DDS count 1 4 p0180 1 DDS selected r0837 r0837 DDS effective r0051 r0051 Copy DDS source p0819 0 0 Copy DDS start p0819 2 0 Copy DDS target p0819 1 1 EDS Encoder Data Set DDS Drive Data Set p0187 D Enc ...

Страница 989: ...ive Data Set 1 p0187 D Enc 1 EDS number p0188 D Enc 2 EDS number Encoder assignment Encoder Data Set for encoder 1 p0400 E p0425 E E p0187 p0400 E p0425 E E p0188 Encoder Data Set for encoder 2 EDS Encoder Data Set 0 Component number of the Sensor Module p0141 0 p0400 0 p0425 0 No encoder configured Assigned parameters for position sensing for encoder n 4704 for speed actual value sensing for enco...

Страница 990: ...3 Function diagrams 3 26 Data sets SINAMICS G120 CU250S 2 Control Units 990 List Manual 09 2017 A5E33842890 ...

Страница 991: ...4 SINAMICS G120 CU250S 2 Control Units List Manual 09 2017 A5E33842890 991 Faults and alarms Content 4 1 Overview of faults and alarms 992 4 2 List of faults and alarms 1003 ...

Страница 992: ...splay and operating unit e g BOP AOP Differences between faults and alarms The differences between faults and alarms are as follows Table 4 1 Differences between faults and alarms Type Description Faults What happens when a fault occurs The appropriate fault response is triggered Status bit ZSW1 3 is set The fault is entered in the fault buffer How are faults eliminated Remove the original cause o...

Страница 993: ...application time p1217 expires Zero speed is detected if the actual speed drops below the threshold in p1226 or if the monitoring time p1227 started when speed setpoint speed threshold p1226 has expired Torque control p1300 22 23 The following applies for closed loop torque control Reaction as for OFF2 When the system switches to closed loop torque control with p1501 the following applies No separ...

Страница 994: ...d operation and other reactions as described for speed controlled operation STOP2 n_set 0 n_set 0 is input immediately to brake the drive along the OFF3 ramp down p1135 The drive remains in closed loop speed control IASC DCBRK For synchronous motors the following applies If a fault occurs with this fault reaction an internal armature short circuit is triggered The conditions for p1231 4 must be ob...

Страница 995: ...cknowledged as follows 1 Set acknowledgment by parameter p3981 0 1 2 Acknowledging via binector inputs p2103 p2104 p2105 BI 1 Acknowledge faults BI 2 Acknowledge faults BI 3 Acknowledge faults 3 Acknowledging via a PROFIdrive control signal STW1 7 0 1 edge Note These faults can also be acknowledged by a POWER ON operation If this action has not eliminated the fault cause the fault will continue to...

Страница 996: ...x A N Fault xxxxx report type can be changed to A or N Nxxxxx No message Nxxxxx A No message message type can be changed to A Cxxxxx Safety message separate message buffer A message comprises a letter followed by the relevant number The meaning of the letters is as follows A means Alarm F means Fault N means No message or Internal message C means Safety message The optional brackets indicate wheth...

Страница 997: ... units The message classes that are available are shown in Table Message classes and coding of various diagnostic interfaces Page 998 In addition to the text of the message class and their number according to PROFIdrive as well as a brief help text regarding the cause and remedy they also include information about the various diagnostic interfaces PN hex Specifies the Channel error type of the PRO...

Страница 998: ...ngs 9003 3 18 24 2 Power electronics fault 5 An impermissible operating state of the power electronics was detected overcurrent overtemperature IGBT failure Check compliance with the permissible load cycles Check the ambient temperatures fan 9004 4 19 24 3 Overtemperature of the electronic component 6 The temperature in the component has exceeded the highest permissible limit Check the ambient tem...

Страница 999: ...nitoring has detected an excessively high temperature or another impermissible state Check the temperature temperature monitoring Check the configuration to ensure that it is permissible filter type infeed thresholds 900E 14 17 24 15 External measured value signal state outside of the permissible range 16 A measured value signal state read in via the input area digital analog temperature has assum...

Страница 1000: ...parameters p2126 p2127 Cause Describes the possible causes of the fault or alarm A fault or alarm value can also be specified optional Fault value r0949 format The fault value is entered in the fault buffer in r0949 0 63 and specifies additional more precise information about a fault General drive fault 19 Group fault Determine the precise cause of the fault using the commissioning tool 9012 18 9 ...

Страница 1001: ...sis service and maintenance personnel are responsible for choosing a suitable method for eliminating the cause of faults Note The following number ranges represent an overview of all faults and alarms used in the SINAMICS drive family The faults and alarms for the product described in this List Manual are described in detail in List of faults and alarms Page 1003 Table 4 5 Number ranges of faults ...

Страница 1002: ...re automatically output as an alarm if the encoder is parameterized as a direct measuring system and does not intervene in the motor control 34000 34999 Voltage Sensing Module VSM 35000 35199 Terminal Module 54F TM54F 35200 35999 Terminal Module 31 TM31 36000 36999 DRIVE CLiQ Hub Module 37000 37999 HF Damping Module 40000 40999 Controller Extension 32 CX32 41000 48999 Reserved 49000 49999 SINAMICS...

Страница 1003: ...on with the FloatingPoint data type The error may be caused by the basic system or an OA application e g FBLOCKS DCC Fault value r0949 interpret hexadecimal Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting Note Refer to r9999 for further information about this fault r9999 0 Fault number r9999 1 Program counter at the time when the exception occurred r9999 2 Cause of the FloatingPoint exception Bit 0 1 Op...

Страница 1004: ...EPROM data was unsuccessful Fault value r0949 interpret hexadecimal yyxxxx hex yy component number xxxx fault cause xxxx 000B hex 11 dec Power unit component has detected a checksum error xxxx 000F hex 15 dec The selected power unit will not accept the content of the EEPROM file xxxx 0011 hex 17 dec Power unit component has detected an internal access error xxxx 0012 hex 18 dec After several commu...

Страница 1005: ... r2124 interpret decimal Component number of the DRIVE CLiQ component Note For a component number 1 a POWER ON of the Control Unit is required Remedy Switch off the power supply of the specified DRIVE CLiQ component and switch it on again For SINUMERIK auto commissioning is prevented In this case a POWER ON is required for all components and the auto commissioning must be restarted A01009 N CU Con...

Страница 1006: ...A01017 Component lists changed Message class Hardware software error 1 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause On the memory card one file in the directory SIEMENS SINAMICS DATA or ADDON SINAMICS DATA has been illegally changed with respect to that supplied from the factory No changes are permitted in this directory Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal zyx dec x Problem y Directory z File name x 1 Fil...

Страница 1007: ...so p9930 System logbook activation A01021 Removable data medium as USB data storage medium from the PC used Message class General drive fault 19 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The removable data medium is used as USB data storage medium from a PC As a consequence the drive cannot access the removable data medium When backing up the configuration data cannot be saved on the removable data med...

Страница 1008: ...its to the referred representation type it is not permissible for any of the required reference parameters to be equal to 0 0 Fault value r0949 parameter Reference parameter whose value is 0 0 See also p0505 Selecting the system of units p0595 Technological unit selection Remedy Set the value of the reference parameter to a number different than 0 0 See also p0304 p0305 p0310 p0596 p2000 p2001 p20...

Страница 1009: ...not be found Fault value r0949 interpret hexadecimal Byte 1 yyy in the file name PSxxxyyy ACX yyy 000 consistency back up file yyy 001 062 drive object number yyy 099 PROFIBUS parameter back up file Byte 2 3 4 Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting Remedy If you have saved the project data using the commissioning software carry out a new download for your project Save using the function Copy RA...

Страница 1010: ...9 PROFIBUS parameter back up file b xxx in the file names PSxxxyyy b 000 data save started with p0971 1 b 010 data save started with p0971 10 b 011 data save started with p0971 11 b 012 data save started with p0971 12 d c Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting Remedy check the file attribute of the files PSxxxyyy CAxxxyyy CCxxxyyy and if required change from read only to writeable check the fre...

Страница 1011: ...download Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Reaction OFF2 OFF1 OFF3 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause A fatal error was detected when downloading a project using the commissioning software Fault value r0949 interpret decimal 1 Device status cannot be changed to Device Download drive object ON 2 Incorrect drive object number 8 Maximum number of drive ob...

Страница 1012: ...nit Then save the parameterization in STARTER using the function Copy RAM to ROM or with p0971 1 This overwrites the incorrect parameter files in the non volatile memory and the alarm is withdrawn See also r9406 PS file parameter number parameter not transferred r9407 PS file parameter index parameter not transferred r9408 PS file fault code parameter not transferred A01049 It is not possible to w...

Страница 1013: ...drive unit and the drive device do not match The module boots with the factory settings Example Devices A and B are not compatible and a memory card with the parameter backup for device A is inserted in device B Remedy insert a memory card with compatible parameter backup and carry out a POWER ON insert a memory card without parameter backup and carry out a POWER ON if required withdraw the memory...

Страница 1014: ...lue r0949 interpret decimal 1 The file on the RAM was not able to be opened 2 The file on the RAM was not able to be read 3 A new directory could not be created on the memory card 4 A new file could not be created on the memory card 5 A new file could not be written on the memory card Remedy try to save again replace the memory card or Control Unit F01110 CU More than one SINAMICS G on one Control...

Страница 1015: ...l function faulted 17 Reaction OFF1 OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause The frequency of the pulses at the measuring probe input is too high Fault value r0949 interpret decimal 1 DI DO 9 X122 8 2 DI DO 10 X122 10 4 DI DO 11 X122 11 8 DI DO 13 X132 8 16 DI DO 14 X132 10 32 DI DO 15 X132 11 64 DI DO 8 X122 7 128 DI DO 12 X132 7 Remedy Reduce the frequency of the pulses at the measuring probe input F0...

Страница 1016: ...ssion the unit F01205 CU Time slice overflow Message class Hardware software error 1 Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge POWER ON Cause Insufficient computation time Fault value r0949 interpret hexadecimal Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting Remedy Contact Technical Support F01221 CU Basic clock cycle too low Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Reaction...

Страница 1017: ...ent involved A01304 F Firmware version of DRIVE CLiQ component is not up to date Message class General drive fault 19 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The non volatile memory has a more recent firmware version than the one in the connected DRIVE CLiQ component Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal Component number of the DRIVE CLiQ component involved Remedy Update the firmware p7828 p7829 and co...

Страница 1018: ... operational drive object becomes operational again Note This is the only message that is displayed for a de activated drive object Remedy The alarm automatically disappears after the following action has been taken Again withdraw the component involved A01317 N Deactivated component again present Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Reaction NONE Ac...

Страница 1019: ...resent twice in configuration Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause A drive object number is present more than once in p0978 Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal Index of p0978 under which the involved drive object number is located Remedy Set parameter p0009 1 and change p0978 Rules p0978 must include all of the dr...

Страница 1020: ...ble Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause Unable to carry out a quick commissioning The existing actual topology does not fulfill the requirements Alarm value r2124 interpret hexadecimal ccccbbaa hex cccc preliminary component number bb supplementary information aa fault cause aa 01 hex 1 dec On one component illeg...

Страница 1021: ...MOTION D445 and SINUMERIK component e g NX15 bb 04 hex 4 dec SINUMERIK control e g SINUMERIK 730 net and SIMOTION component e g CX32 cccc Not used Note Connection type and connection number are described in F01375 Remedy adapt the output topology to the permissible requirements carry out commissioning using the commissioning software for motors with DRIVE CLiQ connect the power and DRIVE CLiQ cabl...

Страница 1022: ...ck cycles in the system cannot be generated with the hardware Remedy check the DRIVE CLiQ wiring reduce the number of components on the DRIVE CLiQ line involved and distribute these to other DRIVE CLiQ sockets of the Control Unit This means that communication is uniformly distributed over several lines For fault value 1yy 4yy in addition increase the sampling times p0112 p0115 p4099 If necessary f...

Страница 1023: ...356 Topology There is a defective DRIVE CLiQ component Message class Hardware software error 1 Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause The actual topology indicates at least one defective DRIVE CLiQ component Fault value r0949 interpret hexadecimal zzyyxx hex zz connection number of the component at which the defective component is connected yy component number of the component at which the de...

Страница 1024: ...ELY Cause The DRIVE CLiQ performance is not sufficient at one line in order to identify an inserted component Fault value r0949 interpret hexadecimal Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting Remedy carry out a POWER ON switch off switch on Distribute components across several DRIVE CLiQ lines Note For this topology do not withdraw and insert components in operation F01360 Topology Actual topology...

Страница 1025: ...p cannot be enabled Alarm value r2124 interpret hexadecimal ddccbbaa hex cc fault cause bb component class of the actual topology aa component number of the component cc 01 hex 1 dec An NX10 or NX15 was connected to a SIMOTION control cc 02 hex 2 dec A CX32 was connected to a SINUMERIK control Remedy For alarm value 1 Replace all NX10 or NX15 by a CX32 For alarm value 2 Replace all CX32 by an NX10...

Страница 1026: ...Remedy Evaluate the alarm value and ensure compliance with the corresponding topology rule s F01375 Topology Connection duplicated between two components Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Reaction NONE Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause When checking the actual topology a ring type connection was detected The fault value describes a component contained...

Страница 1027: ...nd connection number are described in F01375 The drive system is no longer booted In this state the drive control closed loop cannot be enabled Remedy Adapting topologies insert the components involved at the right connection correct the actual topology adapt the project parameterization in the commissioning software correct the target topology automatically remove the topology error p9904 Note Un...

Страница 1028: ...onents involved at the right connection correct the actual topology adapt the project parameterization in the commissioning software correct the target topology automatically remove the topology error p9904 Note Under Topology Topology view the commissioning software where relevant offers improved diagnostics capability e g setpoint actual value comparison A01384 Topology DRIVE CLiQ Hub Module inc...

Страница 1029: ...gy error p9904 Note Under Topology Topology view the commissioning software where relevant offers improved diagnostics capability e g setpoint actual value comparison A01386 Topology DRIVE CLiQ component incorrectly inserted Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The topology comparison has detected a DRIVE CLiQ com...

Страница 1030: ...meterization in the commissioning software correct the target topology automatically remove the topology error p9904 Note Under Topology Topology view the commissioning software where relevant offers improved diagnostics capability e g setpoint actual value comparison A01416 Topology Component additionally inserted Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 1...

Страница 1031: ...capability e g setpoint actual value comparison See also p9904 Topology comparison acknowledge differences p9905 Device specialization A01428 Topology Incorrect connection used Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The topology comparison has detected differences in the actual and target topologies in relation to o...

Страница 1032: ...rm value r2124 interpret hexadecimal ddccbbaa hex dd connection number 4 cc component number 3 bb component class 2 aa component number of the component that has not been inserted 1 Note The component is described in dd cc and bb where the component has not been inserted Component class and connection number are described in F01375 Remedy Adapting topologies insert the components involved at the r...

Страница 1033: ...properly Note Under Topology Topology view the commissioning software where relevant offers improved diagnostics capability e g setpoint actual value comparison A01484 Topology DRIVE CLiQ Hub Module not inserted Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The topology comparison has detected a DRIVE CLiQ Hub Module missi...

Страница 1034: ...ng properly Note Under Topology Topology view the commissioning software where relevant offers improved diagnostics capability e g setpoint actual value comparison A01486 Topology DRIVE CLiQ component not inserted Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The topology comparison has detected a DRIVE CLiQ component miss...

Страница 1035: ...ng properly Note Under Topology Topology view the commissioning software where relevant offers improved diagnostics capability e g setpoint actual value comparison A01489 Topology Motor with DRIVE CLiQ not inserted Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The topology comparison has detected a motor with DRIVE CLiQ mi...

Страница 1036: ...s exceeded Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The maximum number of BICO interconnections signal sinks when deactivating a drive object was exceeded When deactivating a drive object all BICO interconnections signal sinks are listed in the following parameters r9498 0 29 List of the BI CI parameters involved r949...

Страница 1037: ...fferent normalized units than the BICO input or the normalized units are the same but the reference values are different Example 1 BICO output with voltage normalized unit BICO input with current normalized unit BICO output and BICO input lie in different drive objects This means that the factor p2002 p2001 is calculated between the BICO output and the BICO input p2002 contains the reference value...

Страница 1038: ...king procedure test stop of the safety switch off signal path on processor 1 unsuccessful subsequent response to fault F01611 defect in a monitoring channel Fault value r0949 interpret decimal 0 Stop request from processor 2 1005 pulses suppressed although STO not selected and there is no internal STOP A present For a Power Module with STO via terminals at the Power Module STO_A STO_B these termin...

Страница 1039: ...annels different 2002 Status of the delay timer SS1 for both monitoring channels different status of the timer in p9650 p9850 2003 Status of the STO terminal for both monitoring channels different 6000 6166 PROFIsafe fault values PROFIsafe driver for PROFIBUS DP V1 V2 and PROFINET For these fault values the fail safe control signals fail safe values are transferred to the safety functions 6000 An ...

Страница 1040: ...he setting of the value in the F parameter F_SIL at the PROFIsafe slave The SIL level must correspond to SIL2 For fault value 6069 check the setting of the value in the F parameter F_CRC_Length at the PROFIsafe slave The setting of the CRC2 length is 2 byte CRC in the V1 mode and 3 byte CRC in the V2 mode For fault value 6070 check the setting of the value in the F parameter F_Par_Version at the P...

Страница 1041: ...afety data Message class Internal DRIVE CLiQ communication error 12 Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY POWER ON Cause The drive integrated Safety Integrated function on processor 1 has detected an error in the sign of life of the safety data and initiated a STOP A there is a communication error between processor 1 and processor 2 or communication has failed a time slice overflow of the safety s...

Страница 1042: ...holding brake check the Safe Brake Module connection check that the electrical cabinet design and cable routing are in compliance with EMC regulations e g shield of the motor cable and brake conductors are connected with the shield connecting plate and the motor connectors are tightly screwed to the housing replace the Safe Brake Module replace Power Module replace the Control Unit Note SBC Safe B...

Страница 1043: ...2 has been replaced Remedy acknowledge component replacement p9702 29 save all parameters p0977 1 or p0971 1 or copy RAM to ROM acknowledge fault e g BI p2103 Note In addition to the fault diagnostics bits r9776 2 and r9776 3 are set See also r9776 SI diagnostics F01641 SI P1 CU component replacement identified and save required Message class General drive fault 19 Reaction NONE Acknowledge IMMEDI...

Страница 1044: ...afety parameters set offline and loaded into the Control Unit 2000 Reference and actual checksum on processor 1 are not identical commissioning mode reference checksum incorrectly entered on processor 1 p9799 not equal to r9798 when de activating the safety functions p9501 was not deleted 2001 Reference and actual checksum on processor 2 are not identical commissioning mode reference checksum inco...

Страница 1045: ...ch on F01653 SI P1 CU PROFIBUS PROFINET configuration error Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Reaction NONE OFF1 OFF2 OFF3 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY POWER ON Cause There is a PROFIBUS PROFINET configuration error for using Safety Integrated monitoring functions with a higher level control Note For safety functions that have been enabled this fault r...

Страница 1046: ... in the drive For alarm value 2 configure the PROFIsafe telegram to match the parameterization in the higher level F control F01655 SI P1 CU Align monitoring functions Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY POWER ON Cause An error has occurred when aligning the Safety Integrated monitoring functions on processor 1 ...

Страница 1047: ...es the Safety functions that have been enabled F01659 SI P1 CU Write request for parameter rejected Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY POWER ON Cause The write request for one or several Safety Integrated parameters on processor 1 was rejected Note This fault does not result in a safety stop response Fault valu...

Страница 1048: ...power unit with the feature STO via terminals at the Power Module Note F DI Fail safe Digital Input STO Safe Torque Off See also p9501 p9601 p9761 p9801 F01660 SI P1 CU Safety related functions not supported Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY POWER ON Cause The Power Module does not support the safety related f...

Страница 1049: ...em defect was detected before the last boot or in the actual one The system might have been rebooted reset Fault value r0949 interpret hexadecimal 40 hex For a Power Module with STO via terminals at the Power Module STO_A STO_B these terminals are active DIP switch to ON However the STO via terminals at the Power Module function has not been enabled p9601 7 p9801 7 0 200000 hex 400000 hex 8000yy h...

Страница 1050: ...s withdrawn and the monitoring time is reset Note this message does not result in a safety stop response the test must be performed within a defined maximum time interval p9661 maximum of 9000 hours in order to comply with the requirements as laid down in the standards for timely fault detection and the conditions to calculate the failure rates of safety functions PFH value Operation beyond this m...

Страница 1051: ...he following rule p9546 2 x p9547 p9346 2 x p9347 If xxxx 9522 and 9585 Correct the parameter value F01682 SI Motion P1 CU Monitoring function not supported Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY POWER ON Cause The monitoring function enabled in p9501 p9601 or p9801 is not supported in this firmware version Note Th...

Страница 1052: ...690 SI Motion Data save problem for the NVRAM Message class Hardware software error 1 Reaction NONE OFF1 OFF2 OFF3 Acknowledge POWER ON Cause There is not sufficient memory space in the NVRAM on the drive to save parameters r9781 and r9782 safety logbook Note This fault does not result in a safety stop response Fault value r0949 interpret decimal 0 There is no physical NVRAM available in the drive...

Страница 1053: ...hecking procedure is set via binector input p9705 Note SI Safety Integrated A01697 F SI Motion Test stop for motion monitoring functions required Message class Safety monitoring channel has identified an error 10 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The time set in p9559 for the forced checking procedure test stop for the safe motion monitoring functions has been exceeded A new forced checking pro...

Страница 1054: ...ation beyond this maximum time period is permissible if it can be ensured that the forced checking procedure is performed before persons enter the hazardous area and who are depending on the safety functions correctly functioning See also p9659 SI forced checking procedure timer r9660 SI forced checking procedure remaining time Remedy Select STO and then de select again Note SI Safety Integrated S...

Страница 1055: ...eeded the selected tolerance The drive is shut down by the message C01700 SI Motion STOP A initiated Remedy Check the braking behavior and if necessary adapt the parameterization of the parameter settings of the SAM or the SBR function This message can be acknowledged without a POWER ON using Acknowledge internal event Note SAM Safe Acceleration Monitor safe acceleration monitoring SBR Safe Brake ...

Страница 1056: ...t value SLS2 p9531 1 p9331 1 safety monitoring clock cycle 12 ms 48 Position actual value r9713 0 1 limit value SLS3 p9531 2 p9331 2 safety monitoring clock cycle 12 ms 49 Position actual value r9713 0 1 limit value SLS3 p9531 2 p9331 2 safety monitoring clock cycle 12 ms 50 Position actual value r9713 0 1 limit value SLS4 p9531 3 p9331 3 safety monitoring clock cycle 12 ms 51 Position actual valu...

Страница 1057: ...ues plausibility error 6000 6999 Error in the PROFIsafe control For these message values the fail safe control signals fail safe values are transferred to the safety functions The significance of the individual message values is described in safety fault F01611 Message values that have not been listed are only for internal Siemens troubleshooting See also r9725 SI Motion diagnostics STOP F Remedy ...

Страница 1058: ...he drive detected a difference between parameters or results of the F IO processing and initiated a STOP F One of the monitoring functions no longer reliably functions i e safe operation is no longer possible The safety message C01711 with message value 0 is also displayed due to initiation of STOP F If at least one monitoring function is active then safety message C01701 SI Motion STOP B initiate...

Страница 1059: ...exceeded 1 Tolerance for the safe motion direction negative function exceeded Remedy check the traversing motion program in the control check the tolerance for SDI function and if required adapt p9564 This message can be acknowledged as follows Deselect the SDI function and select again carry out safe acknowledgment via Acknowledgment internal event Note SDI Safe Direction safe motion direction SI...

Страница 1060: ...ff as a multiple of 12 ms Note F DI Fail safe Digital Input A01772 SI Motion P1 CU Test stop for fail safe digital outputs running Message class Safety monitoring channel has identified an error 10 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The forced checking procedure test stop for the fail safe digital inputs is currently in progress Remedy The alarm is automatically withdraw after successfully endin...

Страница 1061: ...top state Expectation Mode 1 Mode 2 Mode 3 Mode 4 5 1 7 0 9 1 11 0 13 1 DI expected states in table format Test stop state Expectation Mode 1 Mode 2 Mode 3 Mode 4 5 1 1 7 0 0 9 0 1 11 0 1 13 1 1 Example Fault F01773 P1 is signaled with fault value 0001_0127 and fault F30773 P2 is signaled with fault value 0000_0127 This means that in state 7 Z 7 the state of the external readback signal was not se...

Страница 1062: ... DO Fail safe Digital Output See also p10007 SI Motion forced checking procedure F DO signal source A01788 SI Automatic test stop waits for STO deselection via motion monitoring functions Message class Safety monitoring channel has identified an error 10 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The automatic test stop forced checking procedure was not able to be carried out after powering up Possible ...

Страница 1063: ... test stop has been completed Note SI Safety Integrated C01799 SI Motion P1 CU Acceptance test mode active Message class Safety monitoring channel has identified an error 10 Reaction NONE Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY POWER ON Cause The acceptance test mode is active Remedy Not necessary The message is withdrawn when exiting the acceptance test mode F01800 DRIVE CLiQ Hardware configuration error Message...

Страница 1064: ...tor data Message class Hardware software error 1 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause An SMI DQI without motor data has been found e g SMI installed as replacement part Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal Component number from target topology Remedy 1 Download the SMI DQI data motor encoder data from the data backup again p4690 p4691 2 Carry out a POWER ON switch off switch on for this component N...

Страница 1065: ...ode DPV1 is set in the slave parameterization F01912 N A PB PN clock cycle synchronous operation sign of life failure Message class Communication error to the higher level control system 9 Reaction OFF1 OFF3 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause The maximum permissible number of errors in the controller sign of life clock synchronous operation has been exceeded in cyclic operation Remedy physically check ...

Страница 1066: ...Publisher with address in r2077 0 connection failed Bit 15 1 Publisher with address in r2077 15 connection failed Remedy Check the PROFIBUS cables See also r2077 PROFIBUS diagnostics peer to peer data transfer addresses F01946 A PROFIBUS Connection to the Publisher aborted Message class Communication error to the higher level control system 9 Reaction OFF1 NONE OFF2 OFF3 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY PO...

Страница 1067: ...rm value r2124 interpret decimal 1 Recorder 0 2 Recorder 1 3 Recorders 0 and 1 Remedy Temporarily activate or deactivate know how protection p7766 include the signal in the OEM exception list p7763 p7764 Where relevant do not record the signal See also p7763 KHP OEM exception list number of indices for p7764 p7764 KHP OEM exception list A02055 Trace Recording time too short Message class Error in ...

Страница 1068: ...ing times A02060 Trace Signal to be traced missing Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause a signal to be traced was not specified the specified signals are not valid Remedy specify the signal to be traced check whether the relevant signal can be traced A02061 Trace Invalid signal Message class Error in the parameter...

Страница 1069: ...owledge NONE Cause The following functions or settings are not permissible in conjunction with a multiple trace trace recorder 0 measuring function long time trace trigger condition immediate recording start IMMEDIATE trigger condition start with function generator FG_START Remedy if required deactivate the multiple trace p4840 0 0 deactivate function or setting that is not permissible A02096 MTra...

Страница 1070: ... of the first trace were able to be saved writing the measurement result files to the card is blocked by the parameter save 4 Data save operation canceled for instance the file required for the data save operation was not able to be found Remedy insert or remove the memory card use a larger memory card configure a longer trace time or use an endless trace avoid saving parameters while a multiple t...

Страница 1071: ...POWER ON Cause Too many functions have been configured on this Control Unit e g too many drives function modules data sets OA applications blocks etc Fault value r0949 interpret decimal Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting Remedy change the configuration on this Control Unit e g fewer drives function modules data sets OA applications blocks etc use an additional Control Unit Note OA Open Arch...

Страница 1072: ... Module A03501 TM Sampling time change Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The sampling times of the inputs outputs were changed This change only becomes valid after the next boot Remedy Carry out a POWER ON F03505 N A Analog input wire breakage Message class External measured value signal state outside the permi...

Страница 1073: ...alog input LG Ni1000 p0756 2 3 6 PT1000 p0756 2 3 7 DIN Ni 1k p0756 2 3 10 Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal 33 Analog input 2 AI2 wire breakage or sensor not connected 34 Analog input 2 AI2 measured resistance too low short circuit 49 Analog input 3 AI3 wire breakage or sensor not connected 50 Analog input 3 AI3 measured resistance too low short circuit See also p0756 CU analog inputs type Reme...

Страница 1074: ... for the air intake overtemperature has been reached For air cooled power units the threshold is 42 C hysteresis 2 K The response is set using p0290 If the air intake temperature increases by an additional 13 K then fault F30035 is output Remedy Check the following is the ambient temperature within the defined limit values has the fan failed Check the direction of rotation A05004 N Power unit Rect...

Страница 1075: ...ity monitoring p0255 4 6 activated After opening or closing a contactor of the parallel connection after a monitoring time has elapsed not all of the contactors have assumed the same state Fault value r0949 interpret binary Bit 0 1 simultaneity error when closing the contactors Bit 1 1 simultaneity error when opening the contactors Bit 16 1 PDS0 contactor is closed Bit 17 1 PDS1 contactor is close...

Страница 1076: ... Drive unit line supply voltage A06921 N Braking resistor phase asymmetry Message class Braking Module faulted 14 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause the three resistors of the braking chopper are not symmetrical DC link voltage oscillations caused by fluctuating loads of the connected drives Remedy check the feeder cables to the braking resistors if required increase the value for detecting asym...

Страница 1077: ...ture model 3 temperature too high See also r0034 Motor utilization thermal p0605 Mot_temp_mod 1 2 sensor threshold and temperature value p0611 I2t motor model thermal time constant p0612 Mot_temp_mod activation p0613 Mot_temp_mod 1 3 ambient temperature Remedy check the motor load and if required reduce check the motor ambient temperature check activation of the motor temperature model p0612 Motor...

Страница 1078: ...p0607 is started If the fault is still present after this time has expired then fault F07016 is output however at the earliest 50 ms after alarm A07015 See also p0607 Temperature sensor fault timer Remedy make sure that the sensor is connected correctly check the parameterization p0601 induction motors Deactivate temperature sensor fault p0607 0 See also r0035 Motor temperature p0601 Motor tempera...

Страница 1079: ... Remedy check the parameter involved check the macro file and BICO interconnection See also p0015 p1000 p1500 F07083 Macro ACX file not found Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Reaction NONE Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause The ACX file macro to be executed was not able to be found in the appropriate directory Fault value r0949 interpret decimal Param...

Страница 1080: ... See also r9451 Units changeover adapted parameters A07089 Changing over units Function module activation is blocked because the units have been changed over Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause An attempt was made to activate a function module This is not permissible if the units have already been changed over Se...

Страница 1081: ...r feedback signal missing Message class Auxiliary unit faulted 20 Reaction OFF2 NONE Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause the line contactor was not able to be closed within the time in p0861 the line contactor was not able to be opened within the time in p0861 the line contactor dropped out during operation the line contactor has closed although the drive converter is switched off Remedy check the setti...

Страница 1082: ...rror in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Reaction OFF2 NONE OFF1 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause It is not possible to power up with the motor rotating no flying restart In the following cases the flying restart function is not supported PMSM operation with U f characteristic and sensorless vector control Note PMSM permanent magnet synchronous motor Remedy Deactivate the...

Страница 1083: ... to maintain the DC link voltage r0070 within the permissible limits There is a system deviation between the setpoint and actual speeds When the DC link voltage controller is switched out disabled this is the reason that the ramp function generator output is set to the speed actual value See also r0056 Status word closed loop control p1240 Vdc controller configuration vector control p1280 Vdc cont...

Страница 1084: ...ulted 17 Reaction OFF2 IASC DCBRK NONE OFF1 OFF3 STOP2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause During kinetic buffering the speed fell below minimum speed p1257 or p1297 for vector drives with U f control and the line supply did not return Remedy Check the speed threshold for the Vdc_min controller kinetic buffering p1257 p1297 See also p1257 Vdc_min controller speed threshold p1297 Vdc_min controller speed...

Страница 1085: ...01 6 1 the specified flux setpoint is not reached although 90 of the maximum current is specified incorrect motor data motor data and motor configuration star delta do not match the current limit has been set too low for the motor induction motor encoderless open loop controlled in I2t limiting power unit is too small the magnetizing time is too short Remedy correct the motor data Perform motor da...

Страница 1086: ...imal 1 The upper output limit in p2291 is set lower than the lower output limit in p2292 Remedy For alarm value 1 Set the output limit in p2291 higher than in p2292 See also p2291 Technology controller maximum limiting p2292 Technology controller minimum limiting F07435 N Drive Setting the ramp function generator for sensorless vector control Message class Application technological function faulte...

Страница 1087: ...504 p2505 p2506 p2576 p2721 F07443 A LR Reference point coordinate not in the permissible range Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Reaction OFF1 OFF2 OFF3 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause The reference point coordinate received when adjusting the encoder via connector input p2599 lies outside the half of the encoder range and cannot be set as actual a...

Страница 1088: ...ation technological function faulted 17 Reaction OFF1 OFF2 OFF3 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause An error has occurred during the position actual value preprocessing Remedy Check the encoder for the position actual value preprocessing See also p2502 LR encoder assignment A07454 LR Position actual value preprocessing does not have a valid encoder Message class Error in the parameterization configurati...

Страница 1089: ...Reaction OFF1 OFF2 OFF3 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause After starting the search for reference the axis moved through the maximum permissible distance to search for the reference cam without actually finding the reference cam Remedy check the reference cam binector input BI p2612 check the maximum permissible distance to the reference cam p2606 if axis does not have any reference cam then set p2607...

Страница 1090: ... EPOS External block change not requested in the traversing block Message class Application technological function faulted 17 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause For a traversing block with the block change enable CONTINUE_EXTERNAL_ALARM the external block change was not requested Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal Number of the traversing block Remedy Resolve the reason as to why the edge is mi...

Страница 1091: ...eaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause In a traversing block a jump was programmed to a non existent block Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal Number of the traversing block with a jump destination that does not exist Remedy correct the traversing block add the missing traversing block A07469 EPOS Traversing block target position software limit switch minus Message class Error in the parameterization...

Страница 1092: ...n NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause When traversing the axis has moved to the traversing range limit Remedy Move away in the positive direction A07474 F EPOS End of traversing range reached Message class Application technological function faulted 17 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause When traversing the axis has moved to the traversing range limit Remedy Move away in the negative direction F07475 A EP...

Страница 1093: ...2582 EPOS software limit switch activation A07480 EPOS Software limit switch plus reached Message class Application technological function faulted 17 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The axis is at the position of the software limit switch plus An active traversing block was interrupted Remedy correct the target position change software limit switch plus CI p2579 p2581 See also p2579 EPOS soft...

Страница 1094: ...ion further into the workpiece check the fixed stop reached control signal p2637 if required reduce the maximum following error window to detect the fixed stop p2634 A07486 EPOS Intermediate stop missing Message class Application technological function faulted 17 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause In the modes traversing blocks or direct setpoint input MDI at the start of motion the binector inp...

Страница 1095: ... also p2569 EPOS STOP cam minus Remedy leave the STOP cam minus in the positive traversing direction and return the axis to the valid traversing range check the wiring of the STOP cam F07492 A EPOS STOP cam plus reached Message class Application technological function faulted 17 Reaction OFF3 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause A 0 signal was detected at binector input BI p2570 i e the STOP cam plus was...

Страница 1096: ...nction interrupted Message class Application technological function faulted 17 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause An activated reference function reference mark search or measuring probe evaluation was interrupted Possible causes an encoder fault has occurred Gn_ZSW 15 1 position actual value was set during an activated reference function simultaneously activate reference mark search and measuri...

Страница 1097: ...obe For alarm value 50000 Set the clock cycle ratio of the measuring clock cycle to the position controller clock cycle to an integer multiple To do this the currently effective measuring clock cycle can be determined from the alarm value as follows Tmeas 125 µs alarm value 50000 With PROFIBUS the measuring clock cycle corresponds to the PROFIBUS clock cycle r2064 1 Without PROFIBUS the measuring ...

Страница 1098: ...iguration commissioning procedure 18 Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause An encoder p0187 p0188 was selected however no physical connection assigned p0468 Remedy For operation with encoder set the encoder interface p0468 Note If operation without encoder is required set the encoder assignment to not used p0187 99 or p0188 99 See also p0142 Encoder component number p0187 Encoder 1 encoder d...

Страница 1099: ...he pole position identification routine p1982 1 for motor encoders without absolute position information Then using an encoder adjustment p1990 the angular commutation offset should be determined For fault cause 2 the quotient of the pole pair number divided by the ratio of the measuring gear must be an integer number p0314 p0433 p0432 Note For operation with track C D this quotient must be less t...

Страница 1100: ...pole position identification routine p1982 use the matching encoder evaluation r0458 r0459 See also p0430 Sensor Module configuration p0437 Sensor Module configuration extended r0458 Sensor Module properties r0459 Sensor Module properties extended F07555 A Drive encoder Configuration position tracking Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Reaction OFF...

Страница 1101: ...bits A07557 F Encoder 1 Reference point coordinate not in the permissible range Message class Application technological function faulted 17 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The reference point coordinate received when adjusting the encoder via connector input CI p2599 lies outside the half of the encoder range and cannot be set as actual axis position The maximum permissible value is displayed...

Страница 1102: ...ccc 01 hex 1 dec Position tracking cannot be activated because the memory of the internal NVRAM is not sufficient or a Control Unit does not have an NVRAM cccc 04 hex 4 dec A linear encoder is used that does not support the position tracking function See also p0404 Encoder configuration effective p0411 Measuring gear configuration r0456 Encoder configuration supported Remedy check the encoder para...

Страница 1103: ... encoder error using the encoder control word G2_STW 15 1 A07569 F Enc identification active Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause During encoder identification waiting with p0400 10100 the encoder could still not be identified Either the wrong encoder has been installed or no encoder has been installed the wrong e...

Страница 1104: ...Encoder 2 Measuring probe evaluation not possible Message class Application technological function faulted 17 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause When evaluating the measuring probe an error occurred Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal 6 The input terminal for the measuring probe is not set 4098 Error when initializing the measuring probe 4100 The measuring pulse frequency is too high 4200 The PR...

Страница 1105: ...in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The following problem has occurred during the position actual value preprocessing an encoder data set has been assigned however the encoder data set does not contain any encoder data p0400 0 or invalid data e g p0408 0 Remedy Check the drive data sets encoder data sets See also p0187 Encoder 1 enc...

Страница 1106: ...e resolution of absolute position actual values p0419 A07594 F N Encoder 2 Value range for position actual value exceeded Message class Application technological function faulted 17 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The value range 2147483648 2147483647 for the position actual value representation was exceeded When the overflow occurs the referenced or absolute encoder adjusted status is reset ...

Страница 1107: ...es the factor to convert the absolute position r0483 and or r2723 from increments to length units LU has exceeded the value range 2147483648 2147483647 for displaying the position actual value Remedy If the value for the maximum possible absolute position LU is greater than 4294967296 then it is not possible to make an adjustment due to an overflow For rotary encoders the maximum possible absolute...

Страница 1108: ...800 Drive No power unit present Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Reaction NONE Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause The power unit parameters cannot be read or no parameters are stored in the power unit Note This fault also occurs if an incorrect topology was selected in the commissioning software and this parameterization is then downloaded to the Cont...

Страница 1109: ... See also p0290 Power unit overload response Remedy reduce the continuous load adapt the load duty cycle check the assignment of the motor and power unit rated currents F07806 Drive Regenerative power limit exceeded F3E Message class Power electronics faulted 5 Reaction OFF2 IASC DCBRK Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause For blocksize power units types PM250 and PM260 the regenerative rated power r0206 ...

Страница 1110: ...wer unit application r0206 Rated power unit power r0207 Rated power unit current r0208 Rated power unit line supply voltage r0209 Power unit maximum current Remedy Replace the power unit or inform Siemens Customer Service A07850 F External alarm 1 Message class External measured value signal state outside the permissible range 16 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The condition for External alar...

Страница 1111: ...s External measured value signal state outside the permissible range 16 Reaction OFF2 IASC DCBRK NONE OFF1 OFF3 STOP2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY POWER ON Cause The condition for External fault 3 is satisfied Note The External fault 3 is initiated by a 1 0 edge via the following parameters AND logic operation binector input p2108 p3111 p3112 switch on delay p3110 See also p2108 External fault 3 p3110 ...

Страница 1112: ...ircuit for a nuisance trip reduce the torque thresholds of the leakage characteristic p2186 p2188 p2190 F07894 Drive Load monitoring pump fan blocked Message class Motor overload 8 Reaction OFF1 NONE OFF2 OFF3 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause The load monitoring is configured for a pump or fan p2193 4 5 The monitoring function detects when the pump fan is blocked It is possible that the blocking torq...

Страница 1113: ...r message Motor blocked and if required correct p2175 p2177 check the direction of rotation enable signals for a flying restart of the motor p1110 p1111 for U f control check the current limits and acceleration times p0640 p1120 F07901 Drive Motor overspeed Message class Application technological function faulted 17 Reaction OFF2 IASC DCBRK Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause The maximum permissible spe...

Страница 1114: ...rol check whether a line phase failure is affecting power unit PM250D check whether the motor cables are disconnected see A07929 If there is no fault then the delay time can be increased p2178 A07903 Drive Motor speed deviation Message class Application technological function faulted 17 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The absolute value of the speed difference from the setpoint p2151 and the ...

Страница 1115: ...tion faulted 17 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause For p2193 1 The torque deviates from the torque speed envelope characteristic too high For p2193 2 The speed signal from the external encoder refer to p3230 deviates from the speed r2169 too high Remedy check the connection between the motor and load adapt the parameterization corresponding to the load A07922 Drive Torque speed out of tolerance ...

Страница 1116: ... NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause Invalid parameter values were entered for the envelope characteristic of the load monitoring The following rules apply for the speed thresholds p2182 p2183 p2184 The following rules apply for the torque thresholds p2185 p2186 p2187 p2188 p2189 p2190 Load monitoring configuration and response must match It is not permissible that the individual load torque monitoring ar...

Страница 1117: ...ke Module in the Power Module or in the Control Unit Fault value r0949 interpret decimal 10 11 Fault in open holding brake operation no brake connected or wire breakage check whether brake opens for p1278 1 ground fault in brake cable 20 Fault in brake open state short circuit in brake winding 30 31 Fault in close holding brake operation no brake connected or wire breakage check whether brake open...

Страница 1118: ...ion technological function faulted 17 Reaction OFF1 NONE OFF2 OFF3 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause The load monitoring has detected a load failure Remedy check the sensor if necessary deactivate the load monitoring p2193 See also p2193 Load monitoring configuration p3232 Load monitoring failure detection F07950 A Motor parameter incorrect Message class Error in the parameterization configuration com...

Страница 1119: ... at the next switch on command When plotting the friction characteristic it is not possible to save the parameters p0971 p0977 Remedy Not necessary The alarm disappears automatically after the friction characteristic record has been successfully completed or the record is deactivated p3845 0 F07963 Drive Friction characteristic record interrupted Message class Error in the parameterization configu...

Страница 1120: ...lue 1960 Exit the speed controller optimization routine p1960 For fault value 3820 3829 check the load at speed p382x check the speed signal r0063 for oscillation at speed p382x Check the settings of the speed controller if applicable For fault value 3840 Make the friction characteristic error free p3820 p3829 p3830 p3839 p3840 For fault value 3845 Activate the friction characteristic record p3845...

Страница 1121: ...suring technique 17 Abort due to pulse inhibit 18 First harmonic too low 20 Pole position identification requested with the motor shaft rotating and activated flying restart function Remedy For fault value 1 Check whether the motor is correctly connected Check whether motor data have been correctly entered Replace the power unit involved For fault value 2 Bring the motor into a no load condition F...

Страница 1122: ...lso p1960 Rotating measurement selection Remedy Not necessary The alarm disappears automatically after the speed controller optimization has been successfully completed or for the setting p1900 0 A07981 Drive Enable signals for the rotating measurement missing Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The rotating meas...

Страница 1123: ...ocedure 18 Reaction OFF1 NONE OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause A fault has occurred while determining the saturation characteristic Fault value r0949 interpret decimal 1 The speed did not reach a steady state condition 2 The rotor flux did not reach a steady state condition 3 The adaptation circuit did not reach a steady state condition 4 The adaptation circuit was not enabled 5 Field weakening ...

Страница 1124: ...he minimum limiting is active 6 It is not possible to increase the speed by 10 as the suppression skip bandwidth is active 7 It is not possible to increase the speed by 10 as the maximum limiting is active 8 The torque difference after the speed setpoint step is too low in order to be able to still reliably identify the moment of inertia 9 Too few data to be able to reliably identify the moment of...

Страница 1125: ... p0340 3 carry out a motor data identification routine p1910 if required reduce the dynamic factor p1967 25 For fault value 2 adapt the speed setpoint p1965 or adapt the minimum limit p1080 For fault value 3 adapt the speed setpoint p1965 or suppression skip bandwidths p1091 p1094 p1101 For fault value 4 adapt the speed setpoint p1965 or maximum limit p1082 p1083 and p1086 For fault value 5 increa...

Страница 1126: ...ion contains errors The identified parameters are not saved to prevent inconsistencies Note Percentage values are referred to the rated motor impedance Zn Vmot nom sqrt 3 Imot nom Remedy For fault value 1 40 check whether motor data have been correctly entered in p0300 p0304 p0311 is there an appropriate relationship between the motor power rating and that of the power unit The ratio of the power ...

Страница 1127: ...detects an incorrect internal power supply voltage Fault value r0949 interpret decimal 0 Error when testing the monitoring circuit 1 Fault in normal operation Remedy replace Terminal Board 30 replace Control Unit F08010 N A TB Analog digital converter Message class Hardware software error 1 Reaction OFF1 IASC DCBRK NONE OFF2 OFF3 STOP2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY POWER ON Cause The analog digital conv...

Страница 1128: ...meters Name of Station and IP of Station r61000 r61001 A08564 PN COMM BOARD syntax error in the configuration file Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause A syntax error has been detected in the ASCII configuration file for the Communication Board Ethernet The saved configuration file has not been loaded Remedy corre...

Страница 1129: ...red using p8641 See also p8604 CAN life guarding p8641 CAN Abort Connection Option Code Remedy check the bus cable check the baud rate p8622 check the bit timing p8623 check the master The CAN controller must be manually restarted with p8608 1 after the cause of the fault has been resolved See also p8608 CAN Clear Bus Off Error p8622 CAN bit rate p8623 CAN Bit Timing selection F08701 CAN NMT state...

Страница 1130: ...o p8622 CAN bit rate p8623 CAN Bit Timing selection A08753 CAN Message buffer overflow Message class Communication error to the higher level control system 9 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause A message buffer overflow Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal 1 Non cyclic send buffer SDO response buffer overflow 2 Non cyclic receive buffer SDO receive buffer overflow 3 Cyclic send buffer PDO send buf...

Страница 1131: ...ytes of the mapped objects exceeds the telegram size for net data A max of 8 bytes is permissible Remedy Map fewer objects or objects with a smaller data type See also p8710 p8711 p8712 p8713 p8714 p8715 p8716 p8717 p8730 p8731 p8732 p8733 p8734 p8735 p8736 p8737 A08757 CAN Set COB ID invalid Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Reaction NONE Acknowl...

Страница 1132: ...nse not adequate Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause for the drive unit the options that require a license are being used but the licenses are not sufficient an error occurred when checking the existing licenses Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal 0 The existing license is not sufficient 1 An adequate license was...

Страница 1133: ...dule which is under license does not have a license Fault value r0949 interpret hexadecimal Bit x 1 The corresponding function module does not have a license Note Refer to p0108 or r0108 for the assignment between the bit number and function module Remedy enter and activate the license key for function modules under license p9920 p9921 if necessary deactivate unlicensed function modules p0108 r010...

Страница 1134: ...of the protected files As a consequence the project on the memory card cannot be run Fault value r0949 interpret hexadecimal yyyyxxxx hex yyyy object number xxxx fault cause xxxx 1 A file has a checksum error xxxx 2 The files are not consistent with one another xxxx 3 The project files which were loaded into the file system via load download from the memory card are inconsistent Note KHP Know How ...

Страница 1135: ...hase interrupted DC link voltage control switched off dynamic response of DC link voltage controller excessive or insufficient Fault value r0949 interpret decimal DC link voltage at the time of trip 0 1 V Remedy increase the ramp down time p1121 set the rounding times p1130 p1136 This is particularly recommended in U f operation to relieve the DC link voltage controller with rapid ramp down times ...

Страница 1136: ...ss Power electronics faulted 5 Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause The power unit was overloaded r0036 100 the permissible rated power unit current was exceeded for an inadmissibly long time the permissible load duty cycle was not maintained Fault value r0949 interpret decimal I2t 100 16384 Remedy reduce the continuous load adapt the load duty cycle check the motor and power unit rated cur...

Страница 1137: ...te Chassis power units do not feature phase failure monitoring Remedy check the motor feeder cables increase the ramp up or ramp down time p1120 if the drive has stalled in U f control check the speed controller settings A30016 N Power unit Load supply switched out Message class Network fault 2 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The DC link voltage is too low Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal ...

Страница 1138: ...ontacts of the brake connection a wire is possibly broken check the braking resistor See also p0287 Ground fault monitoring thresholds F30022 Power unit Monitoring U_ce Message class Ground fault inter phase short circuit detected 7 Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge POWER ON Cause In the power unit the monitoring of the collector emitter voltage U_ce of the semiconductor has responded Possible causes fibe...

Страница 1139: ...cle was not maintained insufficient cooling fan failure overload ambient temperature too high pulse frequency too high Fault value r0949 interpret decimal Temperature difference between the heat sink and chip 0 01 C Remedy adapt the load duty cycle check whether the fan is running check the fan elements check whether the ambient temperature is in the permissible range check the motor load reduce t...

Страница 1140: ... overtemperature calculated Bit 5 heat sink gating module power unit overtemperature measured Bit 6 Reserved Bit 7 Overvoltage detected Bit 8 Power unit has completed precharging ready for pulse enable Bit 9 Reserved Bit 10 Overcurrent detected Bit 11 Reserved Bit 12 Reserved Bit 13 Vce fault detected transistor de saturated due to overcurrent short circuit Bit 14 Undervoltage detected See also p0...

Страница 1141: ... power cable connections check the power cables for short circuit or ground fault check the length of the power cables A30032 Power unit Hardware current limiting in phase V Message class Power electronics faulted 5 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause Hardware current limit for phase V responded The pulsing in this phase is inhibited for one pulse period closed loop control is incorrectly paramet...

Страница 1142: ...unit Internal overtemperature Message class Power electronics faulted 5 Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause The temperature inside the drive converter has exceeded the permissible temperature limit insufficient cooling fan failure overload ambient temperature too high Fault value r0949 interpret decimal Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting Remedy check whether the fan is running check...

Страница 1143: ...sage class Supply voltage fault undervoltage 3 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause When the brake is being opened it is detected that the power supply voltage is less than 21 4 V Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal Supply voltage fault 0 1 V Example Alarm value 195 voltage 19 5 V Remedy Check the 24 V voltage for stability and value F30055 Power unit Braking chopper overcurrent Message class Brak...

Страница 1144: ...IMMEDIATELY Cause More than one setpoint telegram was not able to be transferred to the power unit module Remedy Check the interface adjustment and locking to the power unit module F30074 A Communication error between the Control Unit and Power Module Message class Internal DRIVE CLiQ communication error 12 Reaction NONE Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause Communications between the Control Unit CU and ...

Страница 1145: ...s a short circuit or fault to ground frame U f operation Up ramp set too low U f operation rated current of motor much greater than that of power unit power cables are not correctly connected power cables exceed the maximum permissible length power unit defective Fault value r0949 interpret bitwise binary Bit 0 Phase U Bit 1 Phase V Bit 2 Phase W Remedy check the motor data if required carry out c...

Страница 1146: ...ction voltage too high line reactor incorrectly dimensioned Alarm value r0949 interpret decimal DC link voltage 1 bit 100 mV See also r0070 Actual DC link voltage Remedy check the device supply voltage p0210 check the dimensioning of the line reactor See also p0210 Drive unit line supply voltage F30600 SI P2 STOP A initiated Message class Safety monitoring channel has identified an error 10 Reacti...

Страница 1147: ...upported bits 3 SI F DI changeover discrepancy time p9650 p9850 8 SI PROFIsafe address p9610 p9810 9 SI debounce time for STO p9651 p9851 1000 Watchdog timer has expired Within the time of approx 5 x p9650 alternatively the following was defined the signal at F DI continually changed with time intervals less than or equal to the discrepancy time p9650 p9850 via PROFIsafe STO also as subsequent res...

Страница 1148: ...op response Remedy Not necessary Note STO Safe Torque Off N30621 F A SI P2 Safe Stop 1 active Message class Safety monitoring channel has identified an error 10 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The Safe Stop 1 function SS1 was selected on processor 2 and is active Note This message does not result in a safety stop response Remedy Not necessary Note SI Safety Integrated SS1 Safe Stop 1 correspo...

Страница 1149: ...ocessor 1 or communication error between processor 1 and processor 2 brake control diagnostics Remedy check parameter p1278 for SBC only p1278 0 is permissible select Safe Torque Off and de select again check the motor holding brake connection check the function of the motor holding brake check the Safe Brake Module connection check that the electrical cabinet design and cable routing are in compl...

Страница 1150: ...of another safety related fault that occurred when booting that requires an acceptance test Remedy For fault value 130 carry out safety commissioning routine For fault value 1000 again carry out safety commissioning routine replace the memory card or Control Unit Using STARTER activate the safety parameters for the drive involved change settings copy parameters activate settings For fault value 20...

Страница 1151: ... the safety functions replace the memory card or Control Unit For fault value 129 activate the safety commissioning mode p0010 95 start the copy function for SI parameters p9700 D0 hex acknowledge data change p9701 DC hex exit the safety commissioning mode p0010 0 save all parameters p0971 1 or copy RAM to ROM carry out a POWER ON switch off switch on for the Control Unit F30659 SI P2 Write reques...

Страница 1152: ...0949 interpret hexadecimal Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting Remedy carry out a POWER ON switch off switch on upgrade firmware to later version contact Technical Support F30665 SI P2 System is defective Message class Hardware software error 1 Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause A system defect was detected before the last boot or in the actual one The system might have been reboote...

Страница 1153: ...y relevant parameters have been changed or a fault is present Note This fault results in a STOP A that can be acknowledged Fault value r0949 interpret decimal 0 Checksum error for SI parameters for motion monitoring 1 Checksum error for SI parameters for component assignment Remedy check the safety relevant parameters and if required correct set the reference checksum to the actual checksum execut...

Страница 1154: ...n SLS Safely Limited Speed SDI Safe Direction safe motion direction See also p9301 p9501 p9601 p9801 r9871 F30683 SI Motion P2 SLS enable missing Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY POWER ON Cause The safety relevant function SLS is not enabled in p9301 although other safety relevant monitoring functions are ena...

Страница 1155: ... STOP B initiated Remedy remove the cause of the fault on the monitoring channel of processor 1 check the switch off signal path of processor 2 carry out a diagnostics routine for message C30706 carry out a diagnostics routine for message C30714 carry out a diagnostics routine for message C30701 replace Power Module replace Control Unit This message can be acknowledged using Acknowledge internal e...

Страница 1156: ...MMEDIATELY POWER ON Cause When cross comparing the two monitoring channels the drive detected a difference between the input data or results of the monitoring functions and initiated a STOP F One of the monitoring functions no longer reliably functions i e safe operation is no longer possible If at least one monitoring function is active then message C30701 SI Motion STOP B initiated is output The...

Страница 1157: ... had moved faster than that specified by the velocity limit value p9331 The drive is stopped as a result of the configured stop response p9363 Message value r2124 interpret decimal 100 SLS1 exceeded 200 SLS2 exceeded 300 SLS3 exceeded 400 SLS4 exceeded Remedy check the traversing motion program in the control check the limits for SLS function and if required adapt p9331 Note This message can be ac...

Страница 1158: ... may be necessary to adapt the discrepancy time to the switching frequency If the period of a cyclic switching pulse corresponds to twice the value of p10102 then the following formulas should be checked p10102 tp 2 td discrepancy time must be less than half the period minus the actual discrepancy time p10102 12 ms discrepancy time must be no less than 12 ms p10102 td discrepancy time must be grea...

Страница 1159: ... DI 5 CU250S 2 readback via DI 6 Y 3 Incorrect timer state on processor 1 internal fault Y 4 Expected states of the diag DOs were not fulfilled CU240D 2 internal readback on processor 1 channel CU250S 2 readback via DI6 Y 5 Expected states of the second diag DOs were not fulfilled CU240D 2 internal readback on processor 2 X and V indicate the DI or Diag DO state dependent upon the reason for the f...

Страница 1160: ...eued test stop fault will be signaled if there is one F DO Fail safe Digital Output A30788 Automatic test stop wait for STO deselection via SMM Message class Safety monitoring channel has identified an error 10 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The automatic test stop was not able to be carried out after powering up Possible causes the STO function is selected via Safety Extended Functions a sa...

Страница 1161: ...n for all components upgrade firmware to later version contact Technical Support F30805 Power unit EEPROM checksum error Message class Hardware software error 1 Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause Internal parameter data is corrupted Fault value r0949 interpret hexadecimal 01 EEPROM access error 02 Too many blocks in the EEPROM Remedy Replace the module F30809 Power unit Switching informat...

Страница 1162: ...ware error 1 Reaction OFF2 IASC DCBRK NONE OFF1 OFF3 STOP2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause Communications error with an EEPROM or an analog digital converter Fault value r0949 interpret hexadecimal 80000000 hex internal software error 00000001 hex 0000FFFF hex module fault Remedy For fault value 80000000 hex upgrade firmware to later version For fault value 00000001 hex 0000FFFF hex replace the modu...

Страница 1163: ... the zero mark monitoring is set in p0425 rotary encoder or p0424 linear encoder Fault value r0949 interpret decimal Last measured zero mark distance in increments 4 increments 1 encoder pulse The sign designates the direction of motion when detecting the zero mark distance See also p0491 Motor encoder fault response ENCODER Remedy check that the encoder cables are routed in compliance with EMC ch...

Страница 1164: ...not be sufficient for the speed range check that the encoder cables and shielding are routed in compliance with EMC check the plug connections and contacts of the encoder cable check the encoder type encoder with zero marks check whether the zero mark is connected and the signal cables RP and RN have been connected correctly replace the encoder cable if the coding disk is soiled or the lighting ag...

Страница 1165: ... Module For fault value bit 10 1 check parameterization p0429 2 p0449 For fault value bit 11 1 check parameterization p0436 For fault value bit 12 1 check parameterization p0429 6 For fault value bit 13 1 check data line For fault value bit 14 1 incorrect encoder type replace the encoder or encoder cable F31111 N A Encoder 1 Absolute encoder internal error Message class Actual position speed value...

Страница 1166: ...ault value bit 6 1 The battery must be changed only for encoders with battery back up For yyyy 1 Encoder is defective Replace encoder F31112 N A Encoder 1 Error bit set in the serial protocol Message class Actual position speed value incorrect or not available 11 Reaction ENCODER IASC DCBRK NONE Acknowledge PULSE INHIBIT Cause The encoder sends a set error bit via the serial protocol Fault value r...

Страница 1167: ...re not within the tolerance bandwidth Fault value r0949 interpret hexadecimal yyyyxxxx hex yyyy Signal level track B 16 bits with sign xxxx Signal level track A 16 bits with sign The nominal signal level of the encoder must lie in the range 375 mV to 600 mV 500 mV 25 20 The response thresholds are 130 mV observe the frequency response of the encoder and 955 mV A signal level of 500 mV peak value c...

Страница 1168: ...ble for interruptions check the grounding of the tachometer shielding if required increase the maximum speed difference per sampling cycle p0492 F31120 N A Encoder 1 Power supply voltage fault Message class Actual position speed value incorrect or not available 11 Reaction ENCODER IASC DCBRK NONE Acknowledge PULSE INHIBIT Cause A power supply fault was detected for encoder 1 Fault value r0949 inte...

Страница 1169: ...ge class Actual position speed value incorrect or not available 11 Reaction ENCODER IASC DCBRK NONE Acknowledge PULSE INHIBIT Cause The unipolar level AP AN or BP BN for encoder 1 is outside the permissible tolerance Fault value r0949 interpret binary Bit 0 1 Either AP or AN outside the tolerance Bit 16 1 Either BP or BN outside the tolerance The unipolar nominal signal level of the encoder must l...

Страница 1170: ...The response threshold for A B is 1120 mV or the root of A 2 B 2 955 mV A signal level of 500 mV peak value corresponds to the numerical value of 299A hex 10650 dec The angle 0 FFFF hex corresponds to 0 360 degrees of the fine position Zero degrees is present at the negative zero crossover of track B Note The analog values of the amplitude error are not measured at the same time with the hardware ...

Страница 1171: ...he plug connections if the Hall sensor is used as an equivalent for track C D check the connection check the connection of track C or D replace the encoder or encoder cable F31131 N A Encoder 1 Deviation position incremental absolute too large Message class Actual position speed value incorrect or not available 11 Reaction ENCODER IASC DCBRK NONE OFF1 OFF2 OFF3 STOP2 Acknowledge PULSE INHIBIT Caus...

Страница 1172: ... 2 3 Bit 14 Reserved internal communication error F3x110 x 1 2 3 Bit 15 Internal communication error F3x110 x 1 2 3 Bit 16 Lighting F3x135 x 1 2 3 Bit 17 Signal amplitude F3x135 x 1 2 3 Bit 18 Singleturn position 1 F3x135 x 1 2 3 Bit 19 Overvoltage F3x135 x 1 2 3 Bit 20 Undervoltage F3x135 x 1 2 3 Bit 21 Overcurrent F3x135 x 1 2 3 Bit 22 Temperature exceeded F3x405 x 1 2 3 Bit 23 Singleturn positi...

Страница 1173: ...135 x 1 2 3 Bit 22 Temperature exceeded F3x405 x 1 2 3 Bit 23 Singleturn position 2 safety status display Bit 24 Singleturn system F3x135 x 1 2 3 Bit 25 Singleturn power down F3x135 x 1 2 3 Bit 26 Multiturn position 1 F3x136 x 1 2 3 Bit 27 Multiturn position 2 F3x136 x 1 2 3 Bit 28 Multiturn system F3x136 x 1 2 3 Bit 29 Multiturn power down F3x136 x 1 2 3 Bit 30 Multiturn overflow underflow F3x136...

Страница 1174: ...ault Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Reaction ENCODER IASC DCBRK NONE OFF1 OFF2 OFF3 STOP2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause When switched off the encoder uses a battery to back up the multiturn information The battery voltage is no longer sufficient to check the multiturn information Remedy Replace battery F31150 N A Encoder 1 Initialization error ...

Страница 1175: ...ion speed value incorrect or not available 11 Reaction ENCODER IASC DCBRK NONE Acknowledge PULSE INHIBIT Cause The input voltage of the analog sensor is outside the permissible limits Fault value r0949 interpret decimal 1 Input voltage outside detectable measuring range 2 Input voltage outside the measuring range set in p4673 3 The absolute value of the input voltage has exceeded the range limit p...

Страница 1176: ...o mark distance in increments 4 increments 1 encoder pulse The sign designates the direction of motion when detecting the zero mark distance Remedy check that the encoder cables are routed in compliance with EMC check the plug connections check the encoder type encoder with equidistant zero marks adapt the parameter for the distance between zero marks p0424 p0425 replace the encoder or encoder cab...

Страница 1177: ...not respond does not supply a start bit within 50 ms Bit 3 CRC error The checksum in the protocol from the encoder does not match the data Bit 4 Encoder acknowledgment error The encoder incorrectly understood the task request or cannot execute it Bit 5 Internal error in the serial driver An illegal mode command was requested Bit 6 Timeout when cyclically reading Bit 8 Protocol is too long e g 64 b...

Страница 1178: ...yxxxx hex yyyy Signal level track D 16 bits with sign xxxx Signal level track C 16 bits with sign The nominal signal level of the encoder must lie in the range 375 mV to 600 mV 500 mV 25 20 The response thresholds are 230 mV observe the frequency response of the encoder and 750 mV A signal level of 500 mV peak value corresponds to the numerical value 5333 hex 21299 dec Note If the amplitude is not...

Страница 1179: ...has exceeded the value in p0492 The change to the averaged speed actual value if applicable is monitored in the current controller sampling time Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting See also p0492 Maximum speed difference per sampling cycle Remedy check the tachometer feeder cable for interruptions check the grounding of the tachometer shielding if required...

Страница 1180: ...umulator contains larger values than p4683 or p4684 The zero mark distance for zero mark monitoring is set in p0425 rotary encoder Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal accumulated differential pulses in encoder pulses See also p0491 Motor encoder fault response ENCODER Remedy check that the encoder cables are routed in compliance with EMC check the plug connections check the encoder type encoder wi...

Страница 1181: ...ailable 11 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause For track A B pulses have been lost or too many have been counted These pulses are presently being corrected Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal Last measured deviation of zero mark in increments 4 increments 1 encoder pulse The sign designates the direction of motion when detecting the zero mark distance Remedy check that the encoder cables are rout...

Страница 1182: ... For alarm value 1 check the output voltage of the analog sensor For alarm value 2 check the voltage setting for each encoder period p4673 For alarm value 3 check the range limit setting and increase it if necessary p4676 A31461 N Encoder 1 Analog sensor channel B failed Message class Actual position speed value incorrect or not available 11 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The input voltage o...

Страница 1183: ...exceeded the maximum possible traversing range The value should be read in p0412 and interpreted as the number of motor revolutions For p0411 0 1 the maximum traversing range for the configured linear axis is defined to be 64x 32x of p0421 For p0411 3 1 the maximum traversing range for the configured linear axis is preset default value to the highest possible value and is p0412 2 rounded off to co...

Страница 1184: ...ed as follows select encoder commissioning p0010 4 reset the position tracking as follows p0411 2 1 deselect encoder commissioning p0010 0 The fault should then be acknowledged and the absolute encoder adjusted F31802 N A Encoder 1 Time slice overflow Message class Hardware software error 1 Reaction ENCODER IASC DCBRK NONE Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause A time slice overflow has occurred in encoder...

Страница 1185: ...eaction ENCODER IASC DCBRK NONE OFF1 OFF2 OFF3 STOP2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY POWER ON Cause A fault occurred on the Sensor Module for encoder 1 that cannot be interpreted by the Control Unit firmware This can occur if the firmware on this component is more recent than the firmware on the Control Unit Fault value r0949 interpret decimal Fault number Note If required the significance of this new fau...

Страница 1186: ...r type matches the encoder that has been parameterized correct the parameter specified by the fault value r0949 and p0187 re parameter number 314 check the pole pair number and measuring gear ratio The quotient of the pole pair number divided by the measuring gear ratio must be less than or equal to 1000 r0313 p0433 p0432 1000 A31915 F N Encoder 1 Configuration error Message class Error in the par...

Страница 1187: ...TRC07 BIN USER SINAMICS DATA SMTRCIDX TXT The following information is contained in the TXT file Display of the last written BIN file Number of write operations that are still possible from 10000 downwards Note Only Siemens can evaluate the BIN files Remedy Not necessary The alarm disappears automatically The data logger is ready to record the next fault case F31950 Encoder 1 Internal software err...

Страница 1188: ... IASC DCBRK NONE OFF2 OFF3 STOP2 Acknowledge PULSE INHIBIT Cause The 1 5 x parameterized zero mark distance was exceeded The zero mark distance for the zero mark monitoring is set in p0425 rotary encoder or p0424 linear encoder Fault value r0949 interpret decimal Number of increments after POWER ON or since the last zero mark that was detected 4 increments 1 encoder pulse Remedy check that the enc...

Страница 1189: ...error The checksum in the protocol from the encoder does not match the data Bit 4 Encoder acknowledgment error The encoder incorrectly understood the task request or cannot execute it Bit 5 Internal error in the serial driver An illegal mode command was requested Bit 6 Timeout when cyclically reading Bit 7 Timeout for the register communication Bit 8 Protocol is too long e g 64 bits Bit 9 Receive ...

Страница 1190: ...Bit 5 Encoder power supply overcurrent condition Bit 6 The battery must be changed yyyy 1 Bit 0 Signal amplitude outside the control range Bit 1 Error multiturn interface Bit 2 Internal data error singleturn multiturn not with single steps Bit 3 Error EEPROM interface Bit 4 SAR converter error Bit 5 Fault for the register data transfer Bit 6 Internal error identified at the error pin nErr Bit 7 Te...

Страница 1191: ...se thresholds are 490 mV and 1616 mV A signal level of 1300 mV peak value corresponds to the numerical value 2DE6 hex 11750 dec Note The analog values of the amplitude error are not measured at the same time with the hardware fault output by the Sensor Module Remedy check that the encoder cables and shielding are routed in compliance with EMC check the plug connections replace the encoder or encod...

Страница 1192: ... CUA32 CU310 pin 10 reference signal R pin 7 encoder power supply ground pin 11 reference signal R inverted pin 4 encoder power supply F32118 N A Encoder 2 Speed difference outside the tolerance range Message class Actual position speed value incorrect or not available 11 Reaction OFF1 IASC DCBRK NONE OFF2 OFF3 Acknowledge PULSE INHIBIT Cause For an HTL TTL encoder the speed difference has exceede...

Страница 1193: ...ss Actual position speed value incorrect or not available 11 Reaction OFF1 NONE OFF2 OFF3 Acknowledge PULSE INHIBIT Cause For the actual value sensing an error was detected on the module As a result of this error it must be assumed that the actual value sensing supplies an incorrect coarse position Remedy Replace the motor with DRIVE CLiQ or the appropriate Sensor Module F32122 Encoder 2 Internal ...

Страница 1194: ...gnal level of 2900 mV peak value corresponds to the numerical value 6666 hex 26214 dec Note when using the internal resolver evaluation CU250S The nominal signal level is at 1300 mV The response threshold is 1616 mV A signal level of 1300 mV peak value corresponds to the numerical value 2DE6 hex 11750 dec Note The analog values of the amplitude error are not measured at the same time with the hard...

Страница 1195: ...tion speed value incorrect or not available 11 Reaction OFF1 IASC DCBRK NONE OFF2 OFF3 STOP2 Acknowledge PULSE INHIBIT Cause After initializing the pole position using track C D Hall signals or pole position identification routine the zero mark was detected outside the permissible range For distance coded encoders the test is carried out after passing 2 zero marks Fine synchronization was not carr...

Страница 1196: ...lt word Some of these bits cause this fault to be triggered Other bits are status displays The status fault word is displayed in the fault value Note regarding the bit designation The first designation is valid for DRIVE CLiQ encoders the second for EnDat 2 2 encoders Fault value r0949 interpret binary Bit 0 F1 safety status display Bit 1 F2 safety status display Bit 2 Reserved lighting Bit 3 Rese...

Страница 1197: ... F1 safety status display Bit 1 F2 safety status display Bit 2 Reserved lighting Bit 3 Reserved signal amplitude Bit 4 Reserved position value Bit 5 Reserved overvoltage Bit 6 Reserved undervoltage hardware fault EnDat supply F3x110 x 1 2 3 Bit 7 Reserved overcurrent EnDat encoder withdrawn when not in the parked state F3x110 x 1 2 3 Bit 8 Reserved battery overcurrent EnDat supply F3x110 x 1 2 3 B...

Страница 1198: ...ation on the bit coding Remedy determine the detailed cause of the fault using the fault value if required replace the DRIVE CLiQ encoder F32138 Encoder 2 Internal error when determining multiturn information Message class Hardware software error 1 Reaction OFF1 IASC DCBRK NONE OFF2 OFF3 Acknowledge PULSE INHIBIT Cause A position determination fault has occurred in the DRIVE CLiQ encoder Fault val...

Страница 1199: ...N A Encoder 2 Maximum input frequency exceeded Message class Error in the parameterization configuration commissioning procedure 18 Reaction OFF1 IASC DCBRK NONE OFF2 OFF3 STOP2 Acknowledge PULSE INHIBIT Cause The maximum input frequency of the encoder evaluation has been exceeded Fault value r0949 interpret decimal Actual input frequency in Hz See also p0408 Rotary encoder pulse number Remedy red...

Страница 1200: ...PULSE INHIBIT Cause The position value has exceeded the permissible range of 0 5 0 5 Fault value r0949 interpret decimal 1 Position value from the LVDT sensor 2 Position value from the encoder characteristic Remedy For fault value 1 check the LVDT ratio p4678 check the reference signal connection at track B For fault value 2 check the coefficients of the characteristic p4663 p4666 A32400 F N Encod...

Страница 1201: ...ature in 0 1 C Remedy Reduce the ambient temperature for the DRIVE CLiQ connection of the motor A32407 F N Encoder 2 Function limit reached Message class Actual position speed value incorrect or not available 11 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause The encoder has reached one of its function limits A service is recommended Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal 1 Incremental signals 3 Absolute track ...

Страница 1202: ...ltiturn not with single steps Bit 3 Error EEPROM interface Bit 4 SAR converter error Bit 5 Fault for the register data transfer Bit 6 Internal error identified at the error pin nErr Bit 7 Temperature threshold exceeded or fallen below Remedy Replace encoder A32412 F N Encoder 2 Error bit set in the serial protocol Message class Actual position speed value incorrect or not available 11 Reaction NON...

Страница 1203: ...er of track B Note for Sensor Modules for resolvers e g SMC10 The nominal signal level is at 2900 mV 2 0 Vrms The response threshold is 1414 mV 1 0 Vrms A signal level of 2900 mV peak value corresponds to the numerical value 3333 hex 13107 dec Note when using the internal resolver evaluation CU250S The nominal signal level is at 1300 mV The response threshold is 650 mV A signal level of 1300 mV pe...

Страница 1204: ... of this error it must be assumed that the actual value sensing supplies an incorrect coarse position Alarm value r2124 interpret decimal 3 The absolute position of the serial protocol and track A B differ by half an encoder pulse The absolute position must have its zero position in the quadrants in which both tracks are negative In the case of a fault the position can be incorrect by one encoder ...

Страница 1205: ...alue incorrect or not available 11 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause When the zero pulse is passed a deviation in the incremental position was detected For equidistant zero marks the following applies the first zero mark passed supplies the reference point for all subsequent checks The other zero marks must have n times the distance referred to the first zero mark For distance coded zero marks ...

Страница 1206: ...e encoder cables and shielding are routed in compliance with EMC check the plug connections and contacts of the encoder cable are the C D tracks connected correctly have the signal lines CP and CN or DP and DN been interchanged replace the encoder cable A32460 N Encoder 2 Analog sensor channel A failed Message class Actual position speed value incorrect or not available 11 Reaction NONE Acknowledg...

Страница 1207: ...characteristic p4663 p4666 A32470 F N Encoder 2 Pollution detected Message class Actual position speed value incorrect or not available 11 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause In the case of the alternative encoder system interface on the Sensor Module Cabinet 30 SMC30 a dirty encoder is signaled via a 0 signal at terminal X521 7 Remedy check the plug connections replace the encoder or encoder cab...

Страница 1208: ...s Actual position speed value incorrect or not available 11 Reaction OFF1 OFF2 OFF3 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause The encoder with measuring gear no longer provides any valid signals Remedy It must be ensured that all of the encoders with mounted measuring gear provide valid actual values in operation F32503 N A Encoder 2 Position tracking cannot be reset Message class Actual position speed value ...

Страница 1209: ...SI initialization error 16003 DRIVE CLiQ encoder safety initialization error 16004 DRIVE CLiQ encoder internal system error Remedy replace the Sensor Module if required upgrade the firmware in the Sensor Module contact Technical Support F32899 N A Encoder 2 Unknown fault Message class Actual position speed value incorrect or not available 11 Reaction OFF1 IASC DCBRK NONE OFF2 OFF3 STOP2 Acknowledg...

Страница 1210: ... yyyy 8 The motor pole pair width is not supported by the linear scale being used yyyy 9 The length of the position in the EnDat protocol may be a maximum of 32 bits yyyy 10 The connected encoder is not supported yyyy 11 The hardware does not support track monitoring Remedy check whether the connected encoder type matches the encoder that has been parameterized correct the parameter specified by t...

Страница 1211: ... has occurred Fault value r0949 interpret decimal Information about the fault source Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting Remedy if necessary upgrade the firmware in the Sensor Module to a later version contact Technical Support A32999 F N Encoder 2 Unknown alarm Message class Actual position speed value incorrect or not available 11 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause A alarm has occurred o...

Страница 1212: ... error bit in the receive telegram is set 16 10 hex The receive telegram is too early 17 11 hex CRC error and the receive telegram is too early 18 12 hex The telegram is shorter than that specified in the length byte or in the receive list and the receive telegram is too early 19 13 hex The telegram is longer than that specified in the length byte or in the receive list and the receive telegram is...

Страница 1213: ...ng Module involved VSM to the Control Unit The nodes do not send and receive in synchronism Fault cause 26 1A hex Sign of life bit in the receive telegram not set and the receive telegram is too early 33 21 hex The cyclic telegram has not been received 34 22 hex Timeout in the telegram receive list 64 40 hex Timeout in the telegram send list 98 62 hex Error at the transition to cyclic operation No...

Страница 1214: ...d cable routing for EMC compliance if required use another DRIVE CLiQ socket p9904 replace the component involved F34895 VSM DRIVE CLiQ CU Alternating cyclic data transfer error Message class Internal DRIVE CLiQ communication error 12 Reaction NONE OFF1 OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause A DRIVE CLiQ communications error has occurred from the Voltage Sensing Module involved VSM to the Control Unit...

Страница 1215: ...1 OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause A DRIVE CLiQ communication error has occurred from the Terminal Module involved TM to the Control Unit Fault cause 1 01 hex Checksum error CRC error 2 02 hex Telegram is shorter than specified in the length byte or in the receive list 3 03 hex Telegram is longer than specified in the length byte or in the receive list 4 04 hex The length of the receive telegram...

Страница 1216: ... in the message value r0949 r2124 0000yyxx hex yy component number xx error cause Remedy carry out a POWER ON switch off switch on check the power supply voltage wiring for the DRIVE CLiQ component interrupted cable contacts check the dimensioning of the power supply for the DRIVE CLiQ component F35885 TM DRIVE CLiQ CU Cyclic data transfer error Message class Internal DRIVE CLiQ communication erro...

Страница 1217: ...42 hex Send error The telegram buffer memory contains an error 67 43 hex Send error The telegram buffer memory contains an error 96 60 hex Response received too late during runtime measurement 97 61 hex Time taken to exchange characteristic data too long Note regarding the message value The individual information is coded as follows in the message value r0949 r2124 0000yyxx hex yy component number...

Страница 1218: ...out the fault source Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting Remedy if necessary upgrade the firmware in the Terminal Module to a later version contact Technical Support F36851 Hub DRIVE CLiQ CU Sign of life missing Message class Internal DRIVE CLiQ communication error 12 Reaction NONE Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause DRIVE CLiQ communication error from DRIVE CLiQ Hub Module in question to Control ...

Страница 1219: ... 0000yyxx hex yy component number xx error cause Remedy carry out a POWER ON switch off switch on check the electrical cabinet design and cable routing for EMC compliance check the DRIVE CLiQ wiring interrupted cable contacts F36875 HUB DRIVE CLiQ CU Supply voltage failed Message class Supply voltage fault undervoltage 3 Reaction OFF1 OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause The DRIVE CLiQ communication...

Страница 1220: ...ion is coded as follows in the message value r0949 r2124 0000yyxx hex yy component number xx error cause Remedy Carry out a POWER ON F36887 Hub DRIVE CLiQ CU Component fault Message class Internal DRIVE CLiQ communication error 12 Reaction NONE Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause Fault detected on the DRIVE CLiQ component DRIVE CLiQ Hub Module involved Faulty hardware cannot be excluded Fault cause 32 2...

Страница 1221: ... Component number Remedy carry out a POWER ON when a component is replaced the same component type and if possible the same firmware version should be used when a cable is replaced only cables whose length is the same as or as close as possible to the length of the original cables should be used ensure compliance with the maximum cable length F40799 CX32 Configured transfer end time exceeded Messa...

Страница 1222: ...e supply voltage has failed Fault cause 9 09 hex The power supply voltage for the components has failed Note regarding the message value The individual information is coded as follows in the message value r0949 r2124 0000yyxx hex yy component number xx error cause Remedy carry out a POWER ON switch off switch on check the supply voltage wiring of the DRIVE CLiQ component interrupted cable contacts...

Страница 1223: ...ve error The telegram buffer memory contains an error 66 42 hex Send error The telegram buffer memory contains an error 67 43 hex Send error The telegram buffer memory contains an error Note regarding the message value The individual information is coded as follows in the message value r0949 r2124 0000yyxx hex yy component number xx error cause Remedy check the DRIVE CLiQ wiring interrupted cable ...

Страница 1224: ...s longer than specified in the length byte or in the receive list 4 04 hex The length of the receive telegram does not match the receive list 5 05 hex The type of the receive telegram does not match the receive list 6 06 hex The address of the power unit in the telegram and in the receive list do not match 9 09 hex The error bit in the receive telegram is set 16 10 hex The receive telegram is too ...

Страница 1225: ...yclic data transfer error Message class Internal DRIVE CLiQ communication error 12 Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause A DRIVE CLiQ communications error has occurred from the controller extension involved to the Control Unit The nodes do not send and receive in synchronism Fault cause 26 1A hex Sign of life bit in the receive telegram not set and the receive telegram is too early 33 21 hex...

Страница 1226: ...ntacts check the electrical cabinet design and cable routing for EMC compliance if required use another DRIVE CLiQ socket p9904 replace the component involved F40895 CX32 DRIVE CLiQ CU Cyclic data transfer error Message class Internal DRIVE CLiQ communication error 12 Reaction OFF2 Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause A DRIVE CLiQ communications error has occurred from the controller extension involved t...

Страница 1227: ...trol system 9 Reaction NONE Acknowledge NONE Cause An EtherNet IP controller attempts to establish a connection using an incorrect configuring telegram The telegram length set in the controller does not match the parameterization in the drive device Remedy Check the set telegram length For p0922 not equal to 999 then the length of the selected telegram applies For p0922 999 the maximum interconnec...

Страница 1228: ...differs at download Message class General drive fault 19 Reaction NONE Acknowledge IMMEDIATELY Cause In the STARTER SCOUT project that was downloaded the hardware sampling time of a free run time group 1 p20000 i 256 was set to a value that was either too low or too high The sampling time must be between 1 ms and the value r20003 r20002 If the sampling time of the selected free run time group is 1...

Страница 1229: ...A SINAMICS G120 CU250S 2 Control Units List Manual 09 2017 A5E33842890 1229 Appendix Content A 1 ASCII table characters that can be displayed 1230 A 2 List of abbreviations 1233 ...

Страница 1230: ... 32 20 Space 33 21 Exclamation mark 34 22 Quotation mark 35 23 Number sign 36 24 Dollar 37 25 Percent 38 26 Ampersand 39 27 Apostrophe closing single quotation mark 40 28 Opening parenthesis 41 29 Closing parenthesis 42 2A Asterisk 43 2B Plus 44 2C Comma 45 2D Hyphen minus 46 2E Period decimal point 47 2F Slash slant 0 48 30 Digit 0 1 49 31 Digit 1 2 50 32 Digit 2 3 51 33 Digit 3 4 52 34 Digit 4 5...

Страница 1231: ...er M N 78 4E Capital letter N O 79 4F Capital letter O P 80 50 Capital letter P Q 81 51 Capital letter Q R 82 52 Capital letter R S 83 53 Capital letter S T 84 54 Capital letter T U 85 55 Capital letter U V 86 56 Capital letter V W 87 57 Capital letter W X 88 58 Capital letter X Y 89 59 Capital letter Y Z 90 5A Capital letter Z 91 5B Opening bracket 92 5C Backslash 93 5D Closing bracket 94 5E Circ...

Страница 1232: ...tter l m 109 6D Small letter m n 110 6E Small letter n o 111 6F Small letter o p 112 70 Small letter p q 113 71 Small letter q r 114 72 Small letter r s 115 73 Small letter s t 116 74 Small letter t u 117 75 Small letter u v 118 76 Small letter v w 119 77 Small letter w x 120 78 Small letter x y 121 79 Small letter y z 122 7A Small letter z 123 7B Opening brace 124 7C Vertical line 125 7D Closing ...

Страница 1233: ...ode for Information Interchange American coding standard for the exchange of information AS i AS Interface Actuator Sensor Interface AS Interface open bus system in automation technology ASM Asynchronmotor Induction motor AVS Active Vibration Suppression Active load vibration damping B BB Betriebsbedingung Operation condition BERO Contactless proximity switch BI Binector Input Binector input BIA B...

Страница 1234: ...er Digital analog converter DC Direct Current DC current DCB Drive Control Block Drive Control Block DCBRK DC Brake DC braking DCC Drive Control Chart Drive Control Chart DCN Direct Current Negative Direct current negative DCP Direct Current Positive Direct current positive DDC Dynamic Drive Control Dynamic Drive Control DDS Drive Data Set Drive Data Set DI Digital Input Digital input DI DO Digita...

Страница 1235: ...ring System Engineering system ESB Ersatzschaltbild Equivalent circuit diagram ESD Electrostatically Sensitive Devices Electrostatic sensitive devices ESM Essential Service Mode Essential service mode ESR Extended Stop and Retract Extended stop and retract F F Fault Fault FAQ Frequently Asked Questions Frequently Asked Questions FBLOCKS Free Blocks Free function blocks FCC Function control chart F...

Страница 1236: ...erial data bus IASC Internal Armature Short Circuit Internal armature short circuit IBN Inbetriebnahme Startup ID Identifier Identification IE Industrial Ethernet Industrial Ethernet IEC International Electrotechnical Commission International Electrotechnical Commission IF Interface Interface IGBT Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor Insulated gate bipolar transistor IGCT Integrated Gate Controlled T...

Страница 1237: ...MC Micro Memory Card Micro memory card MSB Most Significant Bit Most significant bit MSC Motor Side Converter Motor side converter MSCY_C1 Master Slave Cycle Class 1 Cyclic communication between master class 1 and slave MSC Motorstromrichter Motor side converter MT Messtaster Probe N N C Not Connected Not connected N No Report No report or internal message NAMUR Normenarbeitsgemeinschaft für Mess ...

Страница 1238: ... PE Protective Earth Protective ground PELV Protective Extra Low Voltage Safety extra low voltage PFH Probability of dangerous failure per hour Probability of dangerous failure per hour PG Programmiergerät Programming device PI Proportional integral Proportional integral PID Proportional integral differential Proportional integral differential PLC Programmable Logic Controller Programmable logic c...

Страница 1239: ... connected serial data transmission between a sender and receiver also known as EIA232 RS485 Recommended Standard 485 Interface standard for a cable connected differential parallel and or serial bus system data transmission between a number of senders and receivers also known as EIA485 RTC Real Time Clock Real time clock RZA Raumzeigerapproximation Space vector approximation S S1 Continuous operat...

Страница 1240: ... Safe position SPC Setpoint Channel Setpoint channel SPI Serial Peripheral Interface Serial peripheral interface SPS Speicherprogrammierbare Steuerung Programmable logic controller SS1 Safe Stop 1 Safe Stop 1 monitored for time and ramp SS1E Safe Stop 1 External Safe Stop 1 with external stop SS2 Safe Stop 2 Safe Stop 2 SS2E Safe Stop 2 External Safe Stop 2 with external stop SSI Synchronous Seria...

Страница 1241: ...Universal time coordinated V VC Vector Control Vector control Vdc DC link voltage VdcN Partial DC link voltage negative VdcP Partial DC link voltage positive VDE Verband Deutscher Elektrotechniker Verband Deutscher Elektrotechniker Association of German Electrical Engineers VDI Verein Deutscher Ingenieure Verein Deutscher Ingenieure Association of German Engineers VPM Voltage Protection Module Vol...

Страница 1242: ...A Appendix A 2 List of abbreviations SINAMICS G120 CU250S 2 Control Units 1242 List Manual 09 2017 A5E33842890 ...

Страница 1243: ...ses and diagnostics 760 2421 PROFIdrive standard telegrams and process data PZD 761 2422 PROFIdrive manufacturer specific free telegrams and process data PZD 762 2440 PROFIdrive PZD receive signals interconnection 763 2441 PROFIdrive STW1 control word interconnection p2038 2 764 2442 PROFIdrive STW1 control word interconnection p2038 0 765 2444 PROFIdrive STW2 control word interconnection p2038 0 ...

Страница 1244: ... Status word closed loop control r0056 811 2530 Status word current control r1408 812 2534 Status word monitoring functions 1 r2197 813 2536 Status word monitoring functions 2 r2198 814 2537 Status word monitoring functions 3 r2199 815 2546 Control word faults alarms r2138 816 2548 Status word faults alarms 1 and 2 r2139 and r2135 817 2610 Sequence control Sequencer 818 2634 Sequence control Missi...

Страница 1245: ... 868 3630 Traversing range limits 869 3635 Interpolator 870 3640 Control word block selection MDI selection 871 3645 Status word 1 r2683 872 3646 Status word 2 r2684 873 3650 Status word active traversing block MDI active r2670 874 4010 Position actual value conditioning 876 4015 Position controller 877 4020 Standstill monitoring positioning monitoring 878 4025 Dynamic following errormonitoring ca...

Страница 1246: ...rol balancing acceleration model p0096 2 924 6823 Moment of inertia estimator p0096 2 925 6824 Speed controller with Kp_n Tn_n adaptation p0096 2 926 6826 Torque setpoint p0096 2 927 6827 Vdc_max controller and Vdc_min controller p0096 2 928 6828 Current power torque limits p0096 2 929 6832 Current setpoint p0096 2 930 6833 Iq and Id controllers p0096 2 931 6836 Id setpoint PMSM p0300 2xx p0096 2 ...

Страница 1247: ... I2t 974 8018 Motor temperature model 2 975 8019 Motor temperature model 3 976 8021 Thermal monitoring power module 977 8022 Monitoring functions 1 978 8023 Monitoring functions 2 979 8050 Diagnostics overview 981 8060 Fault buffer 982 8065 Alarm buffer 983 8070 Faults alarms trigger word r2129 984 8075 Faults alarms configuration 985 8560 Command Data Sets CDS 987 8565 Drive Data Sets DDS 988 857...

Страница 1248: ... Connector Input 14 Closed loop control Technology controller 966 Vector 887 Vector Dynamic Drive Control 921 Vector Standard Drive Control 915 CO Connector Output 14 CO BO Connector Binector Output 14 Command data sets 986 Connector Input CI 14 Output CO 14 Control words 754 757 787 794 Cxxxxx 996 D Data Set 986 Command Data Set CDS 18 Drive Data Set DDS 18 Encoder Data Set EDS 18 Motor Data Set ...

Страница 1249: ...x controller and Vdc_min controller p0096 2 928 Function diagrams PROFIdrive EtherNet IP EtherNet IP control word status word interconnection 783 Overview 759 PROFIdrive AKTSATZ status word interconnection 785 PROFIdrive manufacturer specific free telegrams and process data PZD 762 PROFIdrive MDI_MOD MDI mode interconnection 786 PROFIdrive MELDW status word interconnection 773 PROFIdrive POS_STW p...

Страница 1250: ...eive signals encoders 1 3 883 Encoder interface send signals encoders 1 2 884 Position and temperature sensing encoders 1 2 881 Reference marksearch with equivalent zero mark encoder 1 885 Speed actual value and pole position sensing motor encoder ASM PMSM encoder 1 882 Function diagrams fieldbus interface Configuration addresses and diagnostics 795 Receive telegram free interconnection via BICO p...

Страница 1251: ...3 0 839 Extended Functions via PROFIsafe 9601 2 1 and 9601 3 1 842 Fail safe digital inputs F DI 0 F DI 2 837 Fail safe digital output F DO 0 838 F DI assignment 840 F DO assignment 841 Parameter manager 831 SDI Safe Direction 835 SLS Safely Limited Speed 833 SS1 Safe Stop 1 internal STOP A B F 832 SSM Safe Speed Monitor 834 Function diagrams Safety Integrated PROFIsafe Manufacturer specific teleg...

Страница 1252: ...e setpoint 895 U f control characteristic and voltage boost 898 U f control overview 897 U f control resonance damping and slip compensation U f 899 U f control Vdc_max controller and Vdc_min controller PM240 900 Upper lower torque limit 903 Vdc_max controller and Vdc_min controller PM240 896 Fxxxx 996 G General About parameters 12 on faults and alarms 992 on function diagrams 737 I IASC 994 Index...

Страница 1253: ...nit data sets 706 Recommendation 20 Safety guidelines 21 Short name 14 Unit group 18 Unit selection 18 Values 20 Password for access level 4 15 PDS Power unit Data Set 18 Position control 875 Process data 754 757 787 794 PROFIBUS 754 757 787 794 PROFIdrive 754 757 787 794 PROFINET 754 757 787 794 pxxxx 13 Q Quick commissioning parameters 724 R Ramp function generator 846 857 Reaction to faults 993...

Страница 1254: ...09 2017 A5E33842890 V Values parameter 20 Vector control Table of contents 887 Vector control Dynamic Drive Control Table of contents 921 Vector control Standard Drive Control Table of contents 915 Version List of all parameters 25 List of faults and alarms 1003 ...

Страница 1255: ......

Страница 1256: ...Siemens AG Digital Factory Motion Control P O Box 3180 91050 ERLANGEN GERMANY Find out more on SINAMICS G120 by scanning the QR code ...

Отзывы:

Нет отзывов

Похожие инструкции для SINAMICS G120

Бренд: ABB Страницы: 138

Бренд: ABB Страницы: 116

Relion 615 series

Бренд: ABB Страницы: 136

Бренд: K&K Страницы: 6

Бренд: IBM Страницы: 144

Бренд: Baccara Страницы: 16

Бренд: Eaton Страницы: 28

Бренд: Parallel Страницы: 16

Бренд: V2 Страницы: 46

coviva Smartbox TKP100A

Бренд: hager Страницы: 4

Бренд: Vag Страницы: 12

Бренд: jbc Страницы: 4

Бренд: jbc Страницы: 4

Бренд: Mackie Страницы: 16

Бренд: TANDBERG Страницы: 47

Gemini GEM-P9600

Бренд: NAPCO Страницы: 6

Gemini GEM-P816

Бренд: NAPCO Страницы: 56

WisLink LPWAN RAK5146

Бренд: RAKwireless Страницы: 9

Бренды по названию

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

Популярные бренды

Загрузить еще бренды